Audio

352: A Sneak Peek Into How We Automate Our Businesses With Austin Brawner And Steve Chou

352: A Sneak Peek Into How We Automate Our Businesses With Austin Brawner And Steve Chou

In this special episode, Austin Brawner and I interview each other and talk about the different ways that we both automate our businesses.

Thanks to computers and automation, Austin and I are able to run extremely lean businesses and we reveal our philosophies and our efficient methods openly in this podcast.

Austin runs the E-commerce Influence Podcast which is one of the few podcasts that I actually listen to. He has a wide breadth of business knowledge and he really knows his stuff.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Austin and I automate our businesses.
  • 6 things that you can automate in your own business to make your life easier.
  • Different platforms and tools we use to increase efficiency.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Austin Brauner on the show. And this is a special episode because we interview each other and talk about the different ways that we both automate our businesses. Austin and I are able to run extremely lean businesses thanks to computers and automation. Anyway, if you don’t remember Austin, he runs the e-commerce influence podcast.

00:27
which is one of the few podcasts that I actually listen to. And because Austin works with and helps a variety of e-commerce entrepreneurs with their email marketing and advertising, he has a wide breadth of business knowledge and he really knows his stuff. In fact, he is one of the few people that I asked for advice in growing my own businesses. So if you’ve never listened to his podcast before, take your favorite podcast app, do a search for the e-commerce influence podcast and go check it out because you will not regret it.

00:54
But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:25
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash D. I also want to thank Clabio, who is also a sponsor of the show. Now, if you’re working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined, you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business. Now, if you’ve ever wondered how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it, companies like Living Proof and Chubbies, well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:53
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to do the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo helps you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

02:22
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:57
Steve, man, I’m excited to chat with you. It’s been a little while since we’ve connected. It was pre-COVID, I think. It was, definitely. You were one of the first hit people to have to take down your event. Yes, that was the most miserable event. Thank you for reminding me of that. I was ready to go. I was excited to go to Florida. And then there was an increasing level of emails being like, we’re thinking about going?

03:26
We’re thinking about not doing it. Oh, now we’re definitely not doing it. And yeah, man, we haven’t chatted too much since then. So I’m excited to reconnect. mean, even rescheduling that thing is still a little bit up in the air because who knows when this whole, when people feel comfortable then going to conferences. So for sure, for sure. Well, I’m excited to chat today. We kind of had this idea of doing a joint episode and thinking about some of the things that we both do well.

03:55
and then talking about them and sharing some of the things that have helped us in growing our business. One of the things I’ve always respected about you and from the beginning I was like, wow, Steve is an incredibly sharp guy and somehow he does all of this just by himself with a VA and he’s figured out ways to automate and make things happen and do a lot with a very small staff. So that’s kind of the inspiration for today’s episode.

04:25
which is five or six things that you can automate in your own business to make your life easier. And- It’s funny, we were talking about this earlier and you are the exact same way. You have two people running this vast organization. That vast organization is a compliment for a small organization. But yeah, man. So I think it’s something really cool and fun. And I think as you stick around in entrepreneurship,

04:54
long enough, especially online entrepreneurship, you can come up with ideas of ways to automate things that maybe in the beginning you wouldn’t have thought of. So I can kick off with my number one thing that I’m excited about automating and that we think we’ve done a really good job and that is hiring. And hiring, I think for a lot of people, it’s something that they kind of dread. They’re like, oh.

05:21
I got to hire somebody, oh my gosh, it’s going to take so much time. It’s going to be so frustrating. I’m going to be doing all this work and then maybe get the wrong person. So I kind of take a different approach and this has come from having my first job. hired quite a few people, like over 30 people, and we learned a lot during that. And the way that I look about this automation process is we have really systematized down to

05:51
multiple, like, I guess it’s kind of a mindset. First things first, my mindset is I think about marketing our business to a potential new hire, just like I’m selling a product. So the same amount of work going into like a sales page for a product goes into hiring for a job advertisement. Because I know that hiring somebody who’s incredibly talented,

06:18
and is so valuable to the company, it’s worth my time there. So once I do that, I use Airtable to collect all of the applications that we get. Why don’t you talk about what that is, just in case people don’t know what that tool is. Airtable is one of the things I’m most excited about right now as a tool. It’s kind of like Excel on Google Sheets on steroids, in a sense that you can, it’s,

06:47
all the really good stuff that you get from Google Sheets and Excel, like being able to pull in information, look at it in different viewpoints, and also the ability to then connect it to other apps, applications, and tools, and pull in information and push information. So it’s extremely flexible as well. And so basically the way that we use it is when somebody applies to a job app, they go through a form that we’ve created on our website with Airtable.

07:17
and it’s hosted by our table. And that information is then pulled into our, what looks like a Google Sheet, but a Google Sheet that’s dynamic. And as people come into this, we can move them from round one to round two. We have little tripwires and stuff that we can see if somebody’s gonna pass the round one to round two requirement. That’s something simple like including a word in their cover letter that we’ve specified. Then from round two to round three, we can visualize

07:47
and move people through this whole process almost like a sales funnel. So by the time they get to the round three and four, we, and we’re ready to actually have an interview. We’ve, they’ve gone through these steps and we’re, I’m interviewing basically typically on an average of like four or five people for every 200 applications. it’s really, really helpful. And my time is saved massively. And also we tend to get higher quality people.

08:15
because they go through this step-by-step process. I’m just kind of curious since we’re talking about this. So round one is something stupid like include a word or subject in your application, right? What do rounds two and three look like? Round two and three include listening to a couple of podcast episodes, really episodes that are like very deep in like the ethos of what my business is about. So one with a guest and one with just me talking about our business. if people are really excited after listening to the podcast episode, then they write a blog post.

08:45
a very short one to understand if they can write. So writing, we’re remote team, and I found that the ability to write is incredibly, incredibly important with a remote team. So that’s the next step, is going through a blog post. After that, the next step is recording a YouTube video, introducing themselves for two minutes. So by the time we get to the actual meet them in person,

09:12
We’ve got a YouTube video, we know they can write and we know they can follow it, pay attention to details. So these are obviously for higher paid positions that are very skilled, right? Yes. Yeah. But actually I would do a similar version. I’ve done a similar version of this with less steps for lower level positions. And I actually think that they’re just as important for lower level positions because with a lower level position, the thing that often you really need is someone to follow instructions.

09:42
Yeah, you know, what’s funny about that is we followed a similar scheme for hiring for Bumblebee linens. Yep. But what we found is we got almost no applicants that could make it through that entire funnel. And like literally when one person finally made it through the funnel, we’re like, all right, great. We’re going to, we’re going to interview that person. It’s pretty sad really. So I think there’s like a happy medium, at least in my experience when, when hiring like the lower level types of employees.

10:07
Were you there at eCommerce fuel when I was talking with Bill D’Alessandro about the number one question he asked applicants that determined whether he’s going to hire them or not? No, I’d love to hear it. So he asked them, he says, so he gives them an assignment. Like, let’s say you work for me and I gave you an assignment that was due Friday at 4 30. But then over the course of the week, I gave you a whole bunch of other stuff and you weren’t able to work on that one assignment that’s due at 4 30 on Friday. So

10:36
Let’s say four o’clock rolls around and you find that you don’t have time to finish it before you have to complete your work day. What do you do? Oh, it’s a good question. And so some people might say, hey, you know, I’ll email you and I’ll tell you, hey, I didn’t get a chance to do it, but I’ll get it to you first thing Monday morning. But the right answer to that question is I’ll just stay as long as it takes to finish it up. Cause that was the due date was today. Yeah. Right. And so that’s it. Number one hiring thing.

11:05
That’s great. That’s his number one hiring question that determines whether you make it in or not. It’s really interesting. think I would frame it in a way where if you, the moment that you know that you are not able to complete it, what do you do? And I’d love to hear what people say, how they would communicate that. Right. It’s interesting, right? Cause everybody has too much on their plate at all times and trying to figure that thing out is what’s funny about that is like his best employees. They just say, what do you mean? I can’t finish it.

11:35
Of course I’m gonna finish it. Right. Yeah. Well, Steve, let’s go to something you’re really, really good at. And number two, I’ve got content repurposing. Right, you have a very small team, but you have a big footprint out there of the content you produce and you push out. How do you do Yeah, so every week, you know, for some reason, when we were talking about this earlier, I felt like I didn’t do that much in this area, but you kind of convinced me that I did, so.

12:02
We’ll talk about it now. So every single week I put out one blog post, one podcast episode, one YouTube video. And then I have actually Instagram and Twitter now on autopilot. And I’m going to be starting a TikTok channel in a couple of weeks. Now on the surface, that actually sounds like a lot, but I actually do a lot of content repurposing and it, for me, it always just starts out with the blog. Every single week on Sunday morning while my kids are in Russian math for four hours. Just thought I’d put that in there. I sit down.

12:32
and I write literally for four hours straight and I put out that one three to 5,000 word blog post. And from that blog post, sometimes for my YouTube video, all I do is just take the exact words sometimes, because I write like how I talk. Sometimes I take those exact words and just put out a YouTube video. Other times I’ll just take bullet points from that, just turn on the camera and just riff on it. And for YouTube especially, I think it’s important that you have a setup in your office where all you got to do is click one button and start recording.

13:02
Like the lights have to be set up and everything. If you don’t have that, forget about it. It’s not going to happen. So what I do then after that, so I have this blog post and for the podcast, that’s not really automated because the purpose of the podcast for me is just to get to know people. So I’ll just have someone like my assistant schedule out interviews in advance, which require no prep on my part for the most part. Cause I just riff based on the answers that they give kind of like how we’re doing it right now for Twitter and social media.

13:30
Uh, I actually hired recently a consultant that just consumes all of my content, YouTube, podcasts, everything, and puts together these little, you know, tweets that go out three times a day. And then I take those and I put those on Instagram and those are actually going to be the fundamentals of my Tik TOK channel as well. And so there’ll be the tweets, what do you post the tweets, like pictures of the tweets on Instagram or do you do something different on Instagram?

13:59
So the tweets are actually in this Google sheet, which ones are going out. And I kind of see how they perform on Twitter and I the best ones. And then I, this, this part’s manual. I’ll find like a family picture or some picture to go along with it for Instagram. Cool. Cool. And then TikTok. So how long have you been taking dance lessons to prepare for your TikTok entry? You know, I just finished, I finished a three month series on hip hop dancing, which is going to be the fundamentals of my TikTok channel.

14:29
It’s gonna be good. what’s funny about this is I told Austin this and you actually believed me. I did, I did. Before he went on, he was talking about TikTok and I was like, that’s impressive. Steve’s committed to his craft. Okay, so very interesting. So you’re repurposing everything here and you’ve got now from one blog post, that one blog post turns into Instagram, tweets, a YouTube video, and also an email. Does the email go out as well?

14:58
Email goes out, that, I mean, that part’s not automated, but yes, I email out all these pieces of content to my audience on a weekly basis. Cool. And does that come from the writing or is that a separate email that you’re writing? Usually it depends how much time I have. Like if I’m, if I don’t have that much time, sometimes I’ll just cut and paste like an excerpt from the blog post as an intro for the video. But you got to understand like all these pieces of content aren’t going out at the same time.

15:23
Yes. Right. So I stagger them. So like the YouTube video of that blog post might come out like months later. Okay. That makes sense. feel like it’s all going out at the same time. And how do you manage that? Do have any tools that you use to manage that? Or is that all Google Sheets? It’s all just Google Sheets. I mean, that part is kind of manual and there’s no real method. I just wait and see if it’s been long enough basically that I publish the other post. Cool. That’s awesome. And so you’re doing all of this. you have anyone helping you?

15:53
push, publish, or is it just you? So the Twitter stuff is all automated. Instagram, that’s all kind of curated by me because I feel like my Instagram is a little bit more personal. Yeah. I use a tool called planily to just schedule everything out. So I’m scheduled out for like three months already. Oh, awesome. So I don’t have to touch that podcast. My, my VA handles that. My, my VA actually edits all my videos. Also, she actually edits all my Tik TOKs as well. So that, yeah, she’s been amazing.

16:21
Steve, I can tell already you’re going to be going to have a massive TikTok following. Dude, I’m excited. I just actually interviewed a TikTok consultant this morning on my podcast. Cool. So she gave me all these pointers. think in terms of expanding your reach, it seems like TikTok is probably the best platform right now or the fastest growing one for sure. Cool. So let’s move to the next one here on automations. So outsourcing email.

16:50
And I think we can both talk a little bit about this. I can start and dive in a little bit about how, how I do it. This has been one of the best, the best changes that I made, I would say in the last five years was directing my email to help scout and getting some help filtering through my email before it gets to me. So both Steve and I put out a lot of content. And when you put out a lot of content, you get a lot of responses.

17:19
And some of those responses I really want to see. And some of those are actually 95 % of them are pitches to go on my podcast. I would say you’re probably familiar with that. You probably get the same. And so I’ve got it set up so that my email goes to a help scout. And then I have my assistant who filters through the email and then assigns the ones to me that make the most sense for me to respond to. And sometimes she’ll even include a note. And if I get an email that is important.

17:47
I’ll also just send me a message on Slack saying, hey, here you got a new email about this to go check it out. Saves an incredible amount of time. So Austin, how come my emails have not been making through your filters? That’s what I want to know. That was actually explicit instructions to my assistant. To forward your emails on to a Chinese factory that.

18:13
that is going to be hard selling you widgets for the next. I still get so, guess every once in I still get tons of emails from going to the Canton fair. And they’re usually very hard sell emails about like the newest widget. But yeah, that’s what I do. Steve, what do you do? I know you’ve got your own process here. Yes, I don’t use Help Scout. I use a tool called Gorgias. And the reason why I like Gorgias so much is because you can literally tie in all of your social media channels. So you don’t do as much social, I don’t think as I do, but.

18:42
Facebook, Instagram, every time I post one of those I get comments and I want to make sure that people get responses to those comments. So all emails, social, Facebook Messenger, even SMS, they all come into the same platform. And then my VA goes through and just flat out just closes the one for podcast requests actually, he just closes a whole bunch of those. And then for people who are actually, you know, sending me an email, like there’s canned responses for certain things and

19:09
Just like you, only the most important ones get filtered to me that I finally answer. Yeah, it’s incredible and Gorgias is a great tool. I think I’ll probably make the transition after this conversation to Gorgias because I’m doing more social and we’re ramping that up. Yeah. Does Help Scout not handle social? Doesn’t, it doesn’t. Ah, interesting. It just does email and also like support beacons. So people can click on the support beacon on my membership.

19:38
ask a question, it goes directly in. So yeah, I don’t want this to be a gorgeous ad, but what else? It also does all my e-commerce store stuff comes in and it imports all that information. So one click of a button. It’s amazing. It’s fantastic. There are also sponsors of our podcast, uh, e-commerce. So I, I, I’m a huge fan. I just need to make the transition. Cool. Well, the next one here is something that I think you’re really good at. And as we were going into this episode, I was like,

20:08
You know, Steve, I know you have so much automated and you do so much with such a small team. And one of the things you mentioned was you like to delegate a lot of stuff to the floor. What does that mean? What do you delegate into the floor and how do you think about what’s important in your business? So by delegating to the floor, that’s actually a nice way to say I drop a lot of things on the floor. You know, sadly enough, I don’t really have like a set method, but for me, like I have this

20:37
The way I do this is ridiculously primitive. I actually have a draft in Gmail of all the tasks that I want to get done in a given week, and those are prioritized. So in a given week, if there’s something extraneous that comes up, I always open up my draft in Gmail and say, hey, does it fall under these directives? If it doesn’t, and I don’t think it’s important for the long term, I literally just drop it on the floor. If it’s something that might be longer term, that’s something I need to do.

21:07
I add it to that drafts under the long-term to-do list. Unfortunately, what ends up happening is a lot of my wife’s things fall into that and I get in big trouble. don’t think she’s seen my email drafts yet, but there’s a lot of the stuff that she wants kind of below. Like if she found that draft, I’m sure she’d move them up. Do you do something similar, Austin? Kind of curious. It’s interesting. I don’t use a Gmail draft. That’s a ultra power move. I’ve never heard of that, but that’s for you.

21:36
I definitely, I think the way that we do it is we do a lot of like sprints. So we like to work on projects for like two to three weeks at a time and try to get something like shipped. And within that process, it eliminates a lot. So if we say we have like a hard deadline, we’re like, Hey, we’re to put something out on this day. Then when you look at that and you go look at all the steps, it automatically eliminates a lot of the extraneous stuff.

22:05
because you’re planning on moving something forward. Like when I launched our membership, the coalition, we did it in 30 days from start deciding to do it to launching. And that required us to really limit a lot of the features that we had to get something out. And then on a personal level, I try to limit myself down to like three to five big things a week that I do. And I think there’s also just a mindset side of just realizing that like,

22:35
At a certain point, when you’re an entrepreneur, you recognize that you’ll never have enough time to do all the things that you want to do. So just give up that mindset of trying to check everything off. And I think that that’s been really helpful is just recognizing that I’m always going to have 10 to 20 times more stuff to do than I have time to do. Do you have a running task list though of those things that aren’t as high priority? I don’t, no.

23:02
I don’t. So when you say that, you have like a running task list of things that aren’t high priority. It’s like the things that you consistently. Hey, let me open up my drafts right now. Great. I’m very interested in this. Yeah. Okay. So here’s something that’s been on my back burner for a little bit. Like I actually haven’t converted over to the Facebook conversions API yet. Okay. It’s something that’s on my list, but it’s not something that’s going to directly bring in more sales. Yes. Right. So that’s why I keep pushing it down. I know it’s important, but I keep pushing it down.

23:33
Yeah, so I don’t have a running list, but I definitely run it through like a mental filter around that. at the end of the day, I’ll look at like, we have like our rocks for the quarter and the things that we want to move forward and always be cross-referencing the rocks that we have versus the stuff that I’m doing. And it’s like, is this really related to what I said that I wanted to do 45 days ago? Cause usually the first 45 days of a quarter, it’s like really easy to stick to your

24:03
priorities, the second 45 days, you’re far enough away that you start to like forget, we had this great meeting and we made all these plans. So that’s when I’m more cognizant of looking at my plan for the quarter. I mean, I know one thing that I need is what I call a mind sweeper. I actually had one of these at my last job, you know, when I was working full time, like I’m really excited about the big things like the big rocks that move things. But then like I leave like this trail of destruction behind.

24:33
Right? Where I’m just trying to get things done. Things are moving forward, but it might not be polished. I need someone just kind of behind me polishing everything that I do as I lay my path to destruction. Yeah. That sounds like a great role. That sounds like something you could hire for using my air table set up. Yes, exactly. It’ll be an extensive interview automated process where I asked them, Hey, it’s four 30 and you didn’t get it done yet. What are you going to do? What are you going to do?

25:00
Yeah, and you give them some half-baked blog posts and see what they can turn it into. That’s actually amazing. So people actually write the blog posts. That’s actually more difficult to me than putting out a two-minute YouTube video, actually. Well, yeah, we keep it short, though. It’s like 500 words, like a 500-word answer to some sort of a response and see how well people… And for every role, it’s different. Like, for a customer service role, we didn’t do that. We did a reply to a customer.

25:30
So here’s a scenario, write their email response. That was fascinating actually, because it was like 90 % of people just totally blew it up and then 10 % of people got it perfectly. It’s so interesting. It’s like a very basic email response to a customer who might be frustrated and 90 % of them were just like, okay, even though everything looks good on your resume, there’s no chance we could ever hire you considering your email response for this customer.

25:58
I know your interview question. Let’s say Steve Chu emails you here. How do you deal with this? Do you A, forward to a factory in China? Well, let’s get to number five here. And number five is one we can both talk about, which is running automation for email marketing and SMS and what that means for your business and for also for our clients, the people that

26:27
have gone through our trainings in our communities. This is one, I still think email and SMS, email automation is one of the most powerful things you can do after we’ve both been in this e-commerce space, online space for quite a few years. And there’s always new flashy things that pop up and people talk about. But the end of the day, email is still incredibly, incredibly powerful to automate.

26:55
and provides so many levers for business owners to be able to do more with a smaller team.

27:04
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

27:32
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

28:02
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

28:12
You know, it’s funny you say that over the years I’ve been drawn to new shiny objects. Like for example, I went on this Facebook messenger kick for two years. Yeah. But I just never learned my lesson with Facebook. You know what I mean? Yeah. Like I used to be excited about Facebook pages back in the day, then groups, but they keep just nerfing everything. And then they just did a gigantic nerf, partly because of Apple, think. But yeah. So email is the one stalwart that’s lasted the test of time. And then I think SMS is going to be another one of those platforms that last the test of time.

28:40
What are your, like, at end of the day, what are the most powerful automations, email automations that you have set up? So, I think the most powerful thing that I do is I keep it simple. Really, I had this one sequence where I only have one product, which essentially is to get people to the store and, sorry, not the store, to the course. Yep. And I have different autoresponder sequences depending on what they’re interested in. Sure.

29:09
Like if there’s interest in selling on Amazon, I have them click over, you know, with the drip, think we both use drip. It allows you to send them different sequences depending on what they’re interested in. But I just have forms and all of my blog posts. I have calls to actions on my podcast, my YouTube videos, and that’s how I build my list. The other thing that I do is I like to cross pollinate everything. So for example, one class might only be available on SMS. And so in order to get this, you know, I have them click on this link, which sends a text message and I say upfront,

29:39
you’re going to get one text message per week and that’s how it’s going to be delivered. And so that way I have like, you know, people on both places, which allows me to reach them more because the deliverability for both platforms, at least SMS is really good right now, but I just noticed that there was a junk folder in my messages on my Android phone recently. And I think that it’s going to probably go in that direction at some point as well. For sure. We can already tell that it’s going in that direction, especially as exponentially the number of

30:07
people texting me for random stuff. Politicians usually lead the way on some of this stuff. And if you get on any one SMS list, you’ll just get hammered to eternity about certain issues. And that’s not a good experience. When I look at some of the email and SMS automations that are incredibly powerful. One, like you, have like a onboarding series. So if somebody signs up, they go through a quiz funnel, ask some questions, and then they go into a sequence.

30:37
Uh, that will, it’s designed to send them to the coalition and sign up. Uh, other things that I’ve put in that have been really helpful have been browse abandonment emails related to that. it’s, you know, browse abandonment emails when people are checking around and I always try to personalize those. So it’s like, Hey, I you were on the, all the website, like hit me, hit reply, hit reply and let me know what you’re thinking about. And a lot of times I get interesting questions about whether or not they should join the course. And.

31:07
From a client perspective, those two are easy ones right away, like card abandonment, browse abandonment, onboarding sequences, and then also replenishment sequences. what’s been interesting, I’ve been working with someone for the last couple of months, they came in with zero email. Like they were doing, I think they were sending like one email every two months. And now we’re up over 30 % of their revenue coming from.

31:37
email marketing in a couple of months because it just got, like you said, like kept it simple, but focused on the powerful stuff. It’s an email mark, email every single week that goes out, like a broadcast email featuring some sort of a product. And then we focused heavily, their replenishables business on a repeat purchase sequence that goes on for literally months. So if you buy something and don’t repurchase, you’ll be followed up about

32:07
this for months and it’s crazy. There’s eight or 10 emails and the email like eight or nine is performing almost as good as the first email. They’re just, it just happens to be replenishable that people buy over time. And so it was inspired kind of by a, you, do you wear contacts, contact lenses? do. Yeah. Okay. Did you ever buy from 1-800-contacts? I do not. Okay. Well, if you do, if you want to see an incredible experience, they’re the most relentless business I’ve ever.

32:37
scene with follow-up because they know if you buy contacts, you have to buy more contacts and they know your prescription. So they just continue to follow up with you every two to three weeks for eternity by SMS and email. it usually and it’s like one click experience where I just can click and buy my contacts. It makes it so easy. So I’ve been replicating that. I’m curious since I know you work with a lot of clients, how do people combine the email and SMS experience for an e-commerce store?

33:07
So this is where it starts to get really exciting. And there’s been some like big rollouts of, you can do this now on Postscript and you can do this on Klavia. And if you are trying to combine the two of them, I think from a strategy perspective, something that’s very interesting is I like to think of like upgrading my email flows. So I’ve been talking about like, how do you upgrade your email flows? So if you take what you’re currently doing and you recognize that

33:34
Maybe a good open rate is like 35%. Well, that’s 65 % of the people have not seen this. So if you’ve got an abandoned cart flow and you’ve got people that are going through this email sequence and you’ve also happened to capture their SMS number, well, you can put in something called like a clean up text message. So if somebody goes through the email sequence and they haven’t purchased something, then maybe you send them a text message. So you add a text message on the end of that.

34:04
or on your welcome series, the same sort of thing. Send a couple of emails and then they haven’t made a purchase, send your emails to like a discount or an offer email, then also hit with them with an SMS message. So you’re kind of, you’re stacking these to work together and you’re taking whatever you’re already doing and you’re just upgrading your flows. And it’s the same like the post purchase replenishment flow. If you’ve got emails going out,

34:33
why don’t you pop in an SMS message every three emails so that you’re not overwhelming people, but you’re getting through to people. So just kind of interpreting what you were saying, would you say that if you sent out an email, but it was unopened, you would send a text message to someone who hasn’t opened.

34:53
Yes, I think it’s a little bit harder to do that specifically because the way that the systems are set up, you’re not going to be able to really tell if they opened or not. I was saying more like if they don’t take the desired action that you want them to take and a desired action of an abandoned cart is to make a purchase. Desired action of a new subscriber sequence is to make a purchase. So it’s more like if they’re not taking those actions, then send a message or two, but don’t treat it the same way. It’s a totally different channel, right? Like you can’t

35:22
You can’t SMS text people the way that you email people. It’s just not acceptable. about for like a direct campaign? Like what I like to do is I’ll start out with email. Yeah. And then I’ll wait like several days and then send out a text to the people who haven’t opened or that’s why I kind of brought it up. I was kind of curious if you do something similar for direct campaigns. Yes, I think that that’s a great and I guess I think of that as like a cleanup campaign, like clean up all the people who had not made a purchase.

35:50
That’s what I think about for campaigns. Yes. It’s a great way to look at it. And also, you know, another way to think about SMS from a campaign perspective, this isn’t really automation, but you know, asking questions and I know you are deep into Facebook Messenger. you kind of like, it’s, the same premise that if you’re trying to launch something from a direct, if you’re like a direct to consumer clothing company,

36:15
hey, we’re trying to decide between these two things, this pink or this green shirt, which one do you like? Having people respond back is a great way to drive sales. I mean, that’s actually the most important aspect of SMS in my opinion, the ability for someone to instantly reply. So the way I get people used to SMS is I say, hey, this is an open line for you guys. Anytime you have a question, just hit reply. Yeah. And that way they’re not going to mark my next campaign as spam. You know, it reduces the chances.

36:45
And I’ve actually closed so many sales through SMS. Yeah. Is it getting immediate response? Yeah. But we also did find out today that it isn’t actually a direct response back to Steve. goes through your filter system. And I found out that none of my emails make it to you because they’re for you. Yeah. So, but yeah, those those are great, great, great ways to do it. And there’s a lot of opportunity there. I love just.

37:13
the opportunity around, I think there’s very few things that are more exciting than automating something that you do consistently away so you don’t have to do it again. So fun. I agree with you. Actually, it’s kind of like engineering work. And that’s, it’s kind of like work I used to do at my full-time job. And it just makes things a lot more interesting and fun. Do you have anything else that you’re excited about? Like tool-wise, tools-wise that you’re using or?

37:43
to help you automate stuff or not? Well, you know my personality, right, Austin? I like to code a bunch of stuff up. Yeah, oh yeah. One thing that I, this has been on my to-do list for a long time. What I’m actually really fascinated about is the ability to text to purchase. Yes, it’s cool. So if already someone has an account, I don’t know if there’s tools out there, I’m sure there’s tools out there that already do this. I don’t know if you’re any your There is, there are, yeah.

38:10
But the idea is they have their credit card stored already somewhere and then they just text back a word in the quantity and then it instantly becomes a purchase. I wanted to write that for myself because then I have infinite control over what I can do. what tools are available that do this for you? Oh man, there’s two on Shopify. let me just think, I’m gonna look it up real quick. I think it’s Electric SMS. Have you used it before?

38:38
Yes, I have. your clients, okay. Does it work though? It does. So it’s, they just changed their name now to Recharge SMS, but it’s ElectricSMS.com. this only, so this one works for, I’m gonna tell you the use case of this. This is if people are on subscription already, and helps automate support and prevent churn. So what that means is that you’ll text somebody and say, hey, your order’s gonna come out scheduled for let’s say like,

39:07
May 6th, for example. And you could text back, modify order, and you can change the order by text. And you can, for example, swap a flavor. You could skip it. You could update the quantity, change your shipping address, your billing info, next charge date, whatever. you could also add a one-time item. So you could add another item to your order on a consistent basis, which is pretty cool.

39:37
And that works for anybody using recharge on Shopify. Actually, I think it doesn’t necessarily have to be Shopify, just anybody using recharge. Oh, okay. So it’s another feature of recharge, basically. It’s a feature of recharge, but it’s a totally different company. It’s like an agency built it. Oh. And that’s, yeah, so it works with recharge. And then I’m trying to think of the other one that I’ve heard of. The other one that I heard of was…

40:04
It’s a one, it’s different. It’s a one click purchase from email, which I thought was interesting. So you send an email and it would be able to just go directly to, you just press like, I think it’s called like a one trick pony or something like that. You press the yes in the email and it automatically purchases for you. So the use case that I was thinking of was you get on live and you try to sell something and then

40:33
It’s easier to say, just text this to actually make the purchase. Or if you do some sort of auction like thing. Basically, the whole premise is having their credit card information stored somewhere. So email would work, SMS, I mean, it doesn’t really matter what the use case. should get in the, so Dirty, I think it’s called Dirty Lemon. Have you been to that website? I have not. So Dirty Lemon, are like text first, a text first e-commerce business.

41:03
If you text them, you will have somebody live going back and forth with you and you can start your subscription directly through text. It’s pretty cool. And they do a lot of their sales using this text message thing. So it’s not exactly what you’re saying, but they’re incredibly good at it. You can be able to see what they’re doing and then code it up and then start your next, I mean, start your next multi-billion dollar app here.

41:31
You know what’s funny, Austin? Like I get so many emails now that I actually look forward to getting a text because it actually stands out. If that makes any sense. Totally agree. I texted you to set this up because I was like, probably should text Steve versus email. Well, that’s the only way I’m going to get ahold of you apparently. For, yeah, that’s, mean, that’s, that’s the beauty of automation. But yeah, this is awesome. And.

42:01
I this is a fun episode to do together. think if you’re listening to this episode on my podcast and you have not listened to Steve’s podcast, Steve, why should they listen to my wife, quit her job podcast? It’s because I bring on guys like Austin to talk about, you know, the latest trends in e-commerce or online business. And everyone I get there, they’re in the trenches. They’ve been pre-screened. Usually I’ve met them in person and they know their stuff. So you can actually trust.

42:30
the words that people say. On the same vein, I encourage all of you to check out Austin’s podcast. And Austin, why should they listen to eCommerce influence? Because I am laser focused on helping eCommerce entrepreneurs build more wealth and live a more fulfilled life. And the way I kind of think about that is by bringing in very interesting people that I’ve met that are doing cool things in our industry.

43:00
try to figure out how they’re wired and try to bring some of those nuggets back to you. awesome. Steve has been great and we’ll talk to you guys soon. Yep. Sounds good.

43:14
Hope you enjoyed that episode and once again, if you haven’t checked out Austin’s podcast, it’s called Ecommerce Influence, go over there now and check it out. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 352. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

43:40
So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

44:08
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

351: How To Use Facebook Groups To Make Millions Selling Keto Products With Jen Garza

351: How To Use Facebook Groups To Make Millions Selling Keto Products With Jen Garza

Today I’m thrilled to have Jennifer Marie Garza on the show. Jen is the founder of LowCarbInspirations.com which is a company that specializes in keto and healthy living. She’s also the author of one of the highest-selling keto cookbooks of all time called “Easy Keto For Busy People”.

She runs a gigantic Facebook group with almost 200K members, a Facebook page with almost 700k fans, and another Facebook group with 100k members.

Jen is one of the most successful people I know in this space, and in this episode, she’s teaches us her secrets.

What You’ll Learn

  • What led Jen to writing about keto.
  • How Jen grew her Facebook page and Facebook group to over 700k fans and members.
  • How to use Facebook Groups to make millions of dollars.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my dear friend, Jennifer Marie Garza on the show, and Jen is the founder of lowcarbinspirations.com, where she specializes in keto. She’s the author of one of the highest selling keto cookbooks of all time called Easy Keto for Busy People. And today we’re going to learn how she generates most of her engagement and her sales with Facebook groups. But before we begin, I want to thank Clavia for sponsoring this episode.

00:30
Are you working around the clock to build a business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how companies you admire the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid

01:00
purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. So to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you own your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an ecommerce business of any kind,

01:28
You know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data.

01:55
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. But not only that, it is price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast,

02:23
covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. And no topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:46
Welcome to the My Wife Coder Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jennifer Marie Garza on the show. Now Jen is the founder of Low Carb Inspirations.com, which is a company that specializes in keto and healthy living. She’s also the author of one of the highest selling keto cookbooks of all time called Easy Keto for Busy People. And I believe that when she launched it, was number two on all of Amazon.

03:10
She runs a gigantic Facebook group of almost 200,000 members and a Facebook page of almost 700,000 fans. And I just found out from chatting with her before this, she actually has another group of 100,000 related to keto as well. And she also sells a variety of keto related resources over at lowcarbinspirations.com. Now Jen is actually easily the most successful person I know in this space and she is a rock star, but I have to warn you.

03:36
that she’s also extremely humble and modest, probably one of the most humble people that I know. So what I’m going to try to do today is I’m going to do my best today to force her to brag about herself. And with that, welcome to show, Jen, how are you doing today? How are you? I’m so happy to be here. I meant what I said, by the way, you are easily one of the most humble people I know. And I don’t do well talking about bragging about myself. Let’s start this off in case people who do not know who you are.

04:06
What led you to writing about keto or publishing about keto? See, I’m four years into my journey. So when I started, I didn’t know where to go. There was no information and I was trying to figure it out. And that is a not a good place to be in. So I just really wanted to make it simple for other people wanting to get healthy and do low carb. So why keto in the first place actually? Was there a goal? The only thing that worked for me, the only one and I’ve tried

04:36
Every diet plan, every crazy thing, every pill, potion, powder, I’ve tried it all to lose weight and nothing worked. So this is literally the only thing that worked. Actually same here. I didn’t go keto, but I went extremely low carb and I lost 35 pounds I think in four months. Wow. And not only that, but my head is a lot clearer. I don’t get any food coma or anything like that and I just feel fantastic.

05:05
Yes. Yeah. And that’s so that kind of leads to why I named my website low carb inspirations.com is because keto is so strict. It’s like you have to live life. And I couldn’t sell I couldn’t see myself being that strict forever. But I knew being that strict would get me to my goals. And then I knew going forward, I still know that I will forever in my lifetime be low carb.

05:33
Same here, actually, I was very strict for an entire month and it was actually miserable. But then I found by just going low carb, you can maintain it pretty easily. you use keto to get where you want. You use keto to help with your inflammation, to reduce body fat, help with the brain fog, do all the stuff that you need it to do and then maintain with low carb. Exactly. So your book, I noticed, is named keto. Is it because that’s the word that people search for?

06:02
Or if you had your druthers, would you have named it like low carb cookbook or something like that? No, I believe in keto and I help people to do keto. So I will still help people to do keto. I feel like there’s stages. I feel like there’s stages. It’s like you start off and you want to do keto, but you’re really doing low carb because you don’t understand keto. And then you lose a few pounds and you’re like, man, I feel good and the food is good. And then you get stricter and then you really do become keto.

06:31
And then it really, really works. And then you’re like, holy cow, this is awesome. And then you get to like a carnivore stage to where you’re like, wow, I can get really strict and get to my goals even faster. And then you incorporate like intermittent fasting because it really helps you make you feel good. And then you get to your goals and you’re like, okay, I’ve done it. I’ve gone there. Now I want to live life a little bit and maintain. And that’s where you hit like low carbs. So I feel like

06:59
there’s just a bunch of stages, you know, so I think my publisher found me through keto friendly recipes, Facebook page, and, you know, they wanted to monetize off the keto name, and it was in the very beginning stages. So that was the name of the page. But as me thinking of a whole new website, I was like, I could see the stages. And I could see that I didn’t want to be that forever. And

07:26
I just thought keto is low carb. It’s just a stricter form. So it fits and my vision long-term is low carb. It’s just keto is a piece of it. It’s funny. I went through the exact stages that you were talking about, like word for word, literally. Yeah. Yeah, I’ve been doing this long enough to know like, hey, what stage are you in and why are there keto police? It’s because you’re in this stage and they’re in that stage and it’s okay.

07:51
So what’s funny about this is the keto police was my mom. She saw me when I lost, I actually lost more than 35 pounds overall. And she looked at me and in Asian cultures, it’s actually better to be a little bit plump because it like symbolizes prosperity. And all of a sudden my face was the most noticeable. It was like kind of like gone. She was like, oh my God, can I give you some money and feed you? Are you doing okay? Do you need money? Oh, That’s funny.

08:20
So in terms of your income, I know you make a lot of money in full-time income doing this. Where’s your, what are your earners? Is it the stuff that you sell on your website or is it your book? So in the past two years, my main focus has been on the two books that I put out and one here and I have an agent and we negotiated some amazing contracts.

08:47
In fact, in talking with my agent, I’m not allowed to say what it is that I got. But I’m I know it was like, I’m trying to, you know, build into what you want me to talk about. Oh, no, it’s okay. You don’t need to use numbers at all. We’re just trying to get an idea of you know, where where all the money. Yes. So the book, the first book, I know that my my agent negotiated a rate that out of every other publisher that I know of, it was double that. So

09:16
Most of my income for the last two years has been the books and the, you know, you get royalties from that. So that’s continuing. But this last year, I would say it’s I’ve self published a book. I have to give first rights to my agent. If ever I do another book, and they didn’t want my latest book, which is fine by me. Right. The latest book that continues to sell every day is probably telling people what that book is.

09:46
It’s called keto chocolate recipes. We were just chatting about this just before. See, I have to pull the information out of Jen just case you guys are listening. She doesn’t like to self promote at all. Not at all. I am not good at self promotion. I know. I know. I have to do it for you. So can you talk about self publishing versus going with a publisher and an agent? Yeah. So I don’t know how you pitch an agent because

10:10
Publishers find you if you have a little bit of popularity online and you have a big audience They know you can sell and if you’re not selling anything, it’s a total win for them. So this publisher Houghton Mifflin hardcore HMH came to me and wanted me to publish the book and Then you negotiate a contract you can work with an agent without an agent you negotiate all the terms and I don’t know if you know this but an agent because I was even

10:38
wondering if I should have an agent or not. She was able to negotiate a lot more that paid for her salary plus more, but her job, main job, one of the things I learned is that her main job is she will get you all the money that she thinks that book will make upfront, meaning you will be paid in full upfront for the life of that book. And her job is to get you that upfront and not make royalties on the end.

11:08
So that’s the benefit of having an agent is that they get you paid upfront for the work that you’ve done. So if you do end up getting royalties, then she miscalculated and the negotiations can go better for the next book. I see. Yeah. I never knew that process. So I knew the negotiation was great in the beginning. So when the book started doing very well, I was like, Oh my goodness. I didn’t even think about royalties because I, I,

11:37
would have done it just for what you gave me. This is how we had that discussion and that royalties are paid out I think twice a year and I had hit royalty payout in the first term after the book was published, which was super rare. So does that mean that you probably could have made more money by taking less upfront and getting more on the royalties back in then?

12:03
No, I personally don’t think so. Because at that time, I wasn’t for sure if keto was a trend. And I knew how I felt about keto, I knew how I would be in it and then out. So I kind of took that into consideration as to how long a book titled keto would actually go for in a couple of years. Does that make sense? Yeah, actually, it does. Yeah. But but why not self publish this book? I think

12:32
leads to little bit of self confidence issues. Which you should never have. yeah, well, you know, as an overweight person who’s been overweight, like there’s confidence issues that comes with that just perfectly honest. No, but I had I had a big audience and I’ve never sold to them. And the contract was written in a way to where, you know, I had a huge team that supported me and team with skills that I couldn’t do. I’m not a photographer.

13:00
I’m not a food stylist. So for them to take my recipes that I know are successful and have a team make them, style them, photograph them and put them into a book. I mean, that’s a huge deal for it to give off a good first impression. So I am happy I did that and I don’t regret that either. So I didn’t realize. So they sent a team of photographers into your house. No, I went to New York. Oh, okay.

13:30
went for almost two weeks. Every photograph in every one of my book is food that was actually cooked in a studio. And there was a team of six people, a photographer and assistant, a food stylist and assistant, and the head cook and an assistant. And it was like a streamlined process to where we chose, way ahead of time, we chose what recipes we wanted in the book.

13:58
and then they would plan out and have all the groceries in this little bitty studio in New York City. And then they would cook in batches and the food styling and the photographers would prep up the site while the food is being cooked. And it was like this assembly line of just food making. That is so cool, actually. Yeah, it’s very cool. In fact, I should write

14:26
I’ve been tempted to write a blog post on it because I took a lot of photos and just to kind of see the process. I mean, my kitchen is fairly big and in this studio in New York, it was super small. So I was amazed that there was literally eight of us in this little place with one normal fridge and two mini fridge, and then one oven and a couple of convection ovens. I was like, oh my God, like you guys are serious. Well, everything’s bigger in Texas. You realize that.

14:57
So, okay, so that book, I can understand now. I mean, you wouldn’t have had the resources or the photographers and all that to pull that off. But then this Chaffles book that you just put out, did you take all your own photos? Yes. Okay. Well, I got confidence then. Okay, I see. So that first book deal gave you the confidence to publish the other. And then I did a second book deal just because

15:23
Literally, they came at me a week after the first one published because it went that well and offered me the second deal. Wow. I was like, holy crap, do I get a break? I just finished. And then the time frame of hurry up and get it out there is crazy. So I agreed to do all of that work again. And I think that ruined me because now I don’t ever want to do it again. I remember you posted on the Facebook, I think it was your personal page.

15:53
You had to come up with some insane number of recipes in an insane short amount of time. Yeah. 125 recipes in four months. Yeah. Crazy. Yeah. That probably burned you out too. It did. Yeah. By the way, how do you move so many books? How do I, what do you mean? That first book that launched and you met all your goals. I imagine whenever you publish a book, you are responsible for driving a lot of the sales, right? They do.

16:23
I have learned that they do very little. This is why they pitched me. I have a huge audience. I’m well connected to that audience and I’ve never sold to that audience. So when you get people that know, like and trust you and you come up with something, people will buy that just because you helped them, even if they don’t need it, which I really feel is the key. So given that you never sold to your group before, how did you frame the offer when you did post it?

16:51
just that I’m finally doing a cookbook, I guess I’m finally offering you another tool to help you on your keto journey. And there’s some people that like that some people that don’t. But for those people that don’t like it, I still offer those recipes, most of the recipes free on my website that they can print. So there’s just some people that like that tool in their kitchen that they can hold on to. was most of your advertising for your book just based on your Facebook group?

17:21
Yes, the group is where I had the most in-depth conversation. So if people wanted to talk to me, they knew that I was most active in my group. So I would show processes in the group. I think the biggest thing that probably brought all those sales is that I did a live weekly on Facebook with many different keto experts. And we just talked about the struggles.

17:49
and solutions that came along with the journey and then threw in a little blurp at the end. Hey, I’m coming out with a book. It’s going to launch here. And you just stir up that conversation. I see. Did you do stuff on your page as well as the group when you went live? So I always go live on my page first, because that’s where anybody can see it. And then I would share it to the closed group. Okay. And then what about was email a factor or was it just mainly social channels?

18:17
You know, I just, focused on social and I didn’t even do ads either. It was just a matter of connecting with your audience. Amazing. Are you allowed to give an idea of how many books were sold in that short period of time for that first book? Oh, I wish I would have known we were talking about this. I don’t even remember. I know that it’s a big deal for you to sell a hundred thousand books. And I do know I hit that mark because

18:46
the publisher only prints so many and then, you know, reorders come in quickly. And then when you hit a certain mark, they’re like screaming. Here’s the here’s the other thing to know is that I’ve been told that selling 35,000 books from a published book makes it a successful book. And I know I’ve done over 100,000. Which is crazy, because if you look your group was

19:14
Maybe it’s probably grown since then, but at the time it was probably less than 200,000. And that implies that almost everyone bought a book. know, but the books were in like the Amazon stores and, you know, Target and Sam. So there’s a lot of people that didn’t even know me that see it on the shelves though, too. And then they find me and read the book and then come in and find me. So I think it’s a push for both. think

19:44
My audience is what really lifted it. And then to really sell over that amount is how it got into big stores. That makes sense. Yeah, that makes sense. Well, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about Facebook groups. mean, you seem to have a knack for creating them. I have a very small group of, I want to say 13,000, and it’s actually a nightmare to manage. I’m sure you have some experiences there, but let’s say you’re starting from scratch with a Facebook group.

20:14
How do you grow it initially? So I start the groups as public so anybody can find them. And let me just say real quick ahead of time, I haven’t started a group in a little while. So I don’t know if the rules have changed for starting groups, but I remember starting a group. that Chaffles group? That’s relatively new, isn’t it? I think it’s about a year old now. Yeah, yeah, yeah, that’s relatively new. Okay, okay.

20:41
So when I started the group, I would make it public and I would just share, you know, to my Facebook page and my other group. Everything would be shared to the Facebook page, because that’s kind of like what I think of as my business card as to, hey, come see who I am. And then the group is what I consider like my living room. And I’m like, hey, you see the Facebook page, you’re at my front door of my house, you like what it is. And I welcome you into my living room. And that’s what I consider my group.

21:09
So I’m like, hey, this is what we have. Come on into my group. And I might do that via my Facebook page or my email list. And I might also offer them like, here’s a printable of the top 10 best recipes for this particular group, like the Chaffles group with here’s the top 10 recipes for the Chaffle group. And then just to be in and around people who like the same subject is just how you

21:38
get people into that group.

22:05
So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry,

22:34
You name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

22:51
So I took a look at your Facebook page and the groups and it seems like most of your focus is on the group, the page you post, but it’s not conversational. No, The page, so my page, my Facebook page, the way I look at that is that I’m walking around in the world and somebody might see it and they may or may not like keto. And if they like keto, then there’s my business card. It’s kind of like that first introduction to a relationship.

23:20
It’s like, hey, if you like it, come follow along. And then if they really get to like it, and if they actually like read a blog post or actually, you know, do a recipe in the blog post, I will say, if you want to be part of this, or if you want to talk to other like minded people, let me invite you to this group, because here’s where we really test and talk and have fun. And then that’s how they get invited into the group. So how often do you post about the group on your Facebook page?

23:52
Not hardly at all. want to make sure before I invite them to my living room, I want to make sure that they won’t miss the subject. Okay. And so I will get those people in a blog post. If they took the time to read, we all know how hard it is to get somebody to read a blog post, but if they took time to read the blog post, I will tell them the benefits of being in the group and give them the invitation in the group. as a business person, I would make sure that all of your top

24:21
blog posts that get traffic, I would make sure that you have that invitation in there that relates to the subject of the group. Interesting. So do you try to go for a Facebook group sign up over an email sign up?

24:36
I could. Well, I’m just asking like how you have it set up because you know, in general, if you have if you’re trying to get somebody to do too many things, it gets more difficult. Yeah, but if they so if you find a chaffle recipe of mine that has been super popular and lots of people are seeing it. They really like that. And all of a they’re like, Oh my god, this is awesome. You can make bread in a mini waffle maker.

25:00
Just like that reaction I just gave you in our earlier conversation. Yeah, so they’re going to read further and they’re going to go, oh my god, she has a group. I got to join that group. Like it just gets them excited. And I get most people in my group by engaging in recipes first. Okay. And then in the group, the second step is that people are so excited to be in the group, they invite all of their friends.

25:25
Oh my God, you’re doing low carb. You got to be in this group. It’s so cool. We share all this stuff and there’s all kinds of recipes and you know, that’s how it works. So I’m going to ask you this question because it’s like a chicken and egg. Does your website bring people to the group or does the Facebook channels bring traffic to your website? In the beginning, I would have to get traffic to my website first because that’s how I got people into the group.

25:54
In fact, I wouldn’t even invite my friends. know how all these people say, invite your friends, invite this. I would never want any of my friends who don’t care about this to be in my group. Why is that? Does that hurt the group? I feel it does. I don’t know if it really does. But if you’re not, if you don’t care about chaffles or if you don’t care about low carb recipes or if you don’t care about keto.

26:19
You will never interact in the group. You will never take part. So I would never want you in there. I just wouldn’t. You might not like what we’re doing. I want happy people who are in the journey to be part of it. Does that imply then that you prune members who are inactive from the group? I have. have. So let’s talk about the intricacies of group management here because I can’t imagine my small group has tons of spam.

26:49
Yeah. And it’s almost like a full time job for someone to just kind of moderate it. Yes. I have a love hate relationship with Facebook right now. I don’t ever believe in just doing one platform. And my love right now is TikTok. Oh, I didn’t know you had a TikTok channel. Okay, I’ll have to subscribe. started my TikTok channel and I just hit 10k. So wow, I know. know. So I’m super happy because TikTok is like fun and happy and

27:16
But anyway, back to Facebook. Well, we can talk about TikTok at the end, actually. I’m sorry, what did you? So we were talking about the group and managing it. Oh, managing it. OK, so when I first started my group and it was super small, I really wanted people to feel welcome. And I wanted them to know that I would share anything and everything in my journey, pretty, happy, ugly anything. So I really.

27:42
just shared and really just was super open, super authentic. And I really feel like that’s how it grew. And then- How many times were you posting in it a day? Honestly, I would check the group every two hours that I was awake. So technically from 8 a.m., I would wake up, first check the group because I moderated all of the posts too. So I didn’t let anybody post without me seeing because it was so important for me.

28:12
I think when you’re overweight and trying to lose weight, you are so used to people body shaming you and being ugly and talking negative to you that I really, really wanted this to be a very positive experience. So I would moderate a ton and it would be every two hours of every waking minute from 8 a.m. to 11 p.m. I would be in the group. I would check it before I went to bed. I’d check it right before I got up. I would approve posts.

28:41
And this was before even you could set up words to have flag words to find, you know, things. sometimes you get something that goes negative or whatever, and you find them within those two hours. And I did that for probably two years. Luckily though, when you are very open and authentic and people really like to connect with you, you will get volunteers. And…

29:06
Even me just saying, I am so sorry for that negative post, guys. would, I never want you to experience that. It’s super hard for me to keep up with this growing group. And then people are like, I’ll help you. I’ll help you. And you’re like, Hey, that’s awesome. So then you bring on some moderators that are volunteer. And then I even had, you know, one that was paid and it was not even paid that much. was just like 25 a week. And that was just for her to really.

29:35
help out because she loved it and she loved a little bit of extra money. do you recommend turning on full moderation in the beginning just to make sure that you can curate the type of posts that you want to see in that group? So I think groups can easily be overrun with spam and in the world of keto there is everybody and their mom seems to be selling some ketone and I just I don’t believe in it. I believe in good food and

30:03
and stuff like that. So I really cared what the feel of my group was. I wanted it to be positive. I don’t ever want somebody to feel like it’s a hateful place to be because I wouldn’t want to be there. And then I really have, I mean, I’m growing this group for the group. I want to be in this group. I want to be in this group. So I build tools to help people along their journey that are not spammy. So

30:31
Don’t bring your stuff into my group. Don’t bring your negativity. Don’t bring yourself promotion. If you want that, you grow your own group. Right, right. So yes, yes. I felt very strongly in the beginning. You set, you set a first impression. You really do. I a hundred percent agree. And just, I’m clearly not doing it right, but I was getting spam comments. Actually, I was only getting spam comments. So finally I just turned on full moderation and I just banned people.

31:00
Like right away. I banned for no reason. I banned immediately for with no warning because their warning was given when they sign up.

31:10
Okay, that’s interesting. So how do you structure the signup process for the group just to make sure that the ideals for the group are communicated properly? So in the beginning, it probably seems a bit harsh, but I’m sure that they will not sell. If there is self promotion of any kind, you need to ask an admin before you do it. Any sort of links and stuff is considered self promotion, right? Anything that you sell that is related to you is considered a self promotion. Okay.

31:40
So self-promotion in any kind is not approved. So these people who think they can sign up for ClickBank and do all of these affiliates, that’s self-promotion. That’s a promotion. You cannot do that. So I just don’t allow people to self-promote or make money off of that. And you you get some people who, who, well, you put your affiliate link. Yeah, I grew the group. I trust what I put and I don’t have to explain that. And

32:09
The first thing is you have to be positive. You have to be positive and no self-promotion. Like those are my two rules. And I feel like positivity and no self-promotion, those are my rules for weeding out people. So if I get somebody that wants to affiliate mark and they just built a Clickmuna webpage selling this 28 day keto kickstart, whatever, and you’re blasting it in my group or you’re

32:36
promoting to go to your own group, I just don’t allow it. So when your group is public in the beginning, just to get that initial set of members, when do you turn that off? I made it private pretty quick. I want to say within the first month, if you know, I was able to have a customized name, which I think you can do now right off the bat. yeah, I turned it off pretty quick when I got, I think like under 100 people or something. I just was like, you know,

33:06
The way I thought about it is the content. I didn’t want people to read my struggles with weight loss. I really didn’t want, I have a lot of friends on Facebook and some of them are, you know, on Capitol Hill. Some of them are with the police. I don’t want them seeing my talk on my struggle. I just don’t. So I think that’s how you think of it. Do you want people, do you want to control that audience or do you want only the people who want to be there?

33:37
to see the conversation. And I know this is really far back now, but for my group, which is pretty much dead at this point, I feel like you constantly have to be posting in order to initiate some conversations because people are shy in the very beginning. So can you talk about the process in the beginning about your posting schedule? And then is it still full moderation today? No, it’s not. I have so many moderators now that volunteer, all volunteer now.

34:06
that I am not in there every two hours anymore. This is my hate side. I just, just, uh, I feel like there’s been a switch with Facebook and I feel like a lot of people I can see in the analytics how, you know, even with all this political stuff, I can see where people have even left Facebook. So I go, I look as my business, as I really focus on sharing over all platforms.

34:35
And I look at what brings me joy. And that’s probably why I’m TikTok mainly right now. But I still share, know, there’s ways to schedule in the group. I’m not just going to leave those people hanging. I will post something in the group that sparks conversation. It’s never all about promoting. Like yesterday or the day before, my daughter made this amazing poke bowl all on her own. It was a beautiful presentation. So I snapped a photo and said,

35:04
Okay, if my 16 year old can make a keto friendly or low carb recipe, y’all can do it too. Here, look. And it just, didn’t lead anywhere. just was conversation. It was just fun. It was just, you know, it’s just keeping that conversation going, but it’s more in and out. And I don’t know. You actually grew a group to a hundred thousand relatively recently when you started that group.

35:29
Can you just kind of comment on posting frequency and the types of things that you posted about just to kind of generate some conversation so that you weren’t the only one doing it? So I feel like that my Chaffles group is what you’re referring to. And I feel like that one is almost a cheater way to start a group and grow it really fast because I was literally getting 500 to 1500 people to join a day. And it was really hard for me to keep up even.

35:57
going through these profiles to see who were spam accounts and who weren’t. So I feel like I hit on that group, I helped to start a trend. I helped to create a trend by creating a product that wasn’t out there on the market. And then I drew people in with showing them how you can take

36:20
this thing and do this and guess what? You can make a cake out of it or you could do this or you could, and it’s not been done before. So I think that group was like my easiest group to grow because you find something on an upward trend and you create a group around it that if you have that focus and it’s just really easy to be, it’s just really easy to take a viral blog post and invite people. Okay. Well then let’s talk about your main page then. How often were you posting?

36:50
And what were the types of things that you were posting to generate the conversations? On the Facebook page? On the group. Oh, on the group. So the low carb inspirations group. That’s correct. Here’s what I would do. I would really focus on the conversations. And if there is a huge conversation about whether you can cheat on Cheeto, if you can cheat on Cheeto,

37:16
If you can cheat, like if there’s a big conversation about that, I may go in and do a live on it or I may go in and I might write an article to give people those answers and then talk about that. It just depends. I would really focus on what the conversation was and what the needs are of the group members. And I would try and provide them with either a blog post, a live video or something, something. A blog post. Would you post that on the group?

37:46
Like the contents or just the link? No, I would, I always focus my traffic to go back to something that pays me. So I really do. Now there are some times where I may just, I don’t promote all the time. I feel like if I promote all the time, then it comes across as inauthentic. I mean, I will post like in my own journey, there’s things called non-scale victories, NSVs, and I will

38:15
totally post a selfie of me in a fitting room, because I’m about to cry in happiness that I can button these pants that I never thought I could get into. And people feel that like they understand that. you, you, you keep it authentic. You keep it as you’re in the same journey there are and you’re sharing your things. Like I remember posting me being able to buckle on an airplane, which I haven’t been on in so long. I remember being able to buckle my seatbelt and have like

38:45
a massive amount of belt like leftover and flapping and I that’s that’s different. And those are tear moments that are tearjerkers of happiness. And just to take a selfie showing that. And you know what people feel that people are like, Oh my god, that’s where I am I can barely fit in a seat and I want to get where she’s at she knows she understands the struggle. Or people who have like, Oh my god, that was my same tearful moment.

39:14
So you’re just really connecting and then, you know, you write blog posts that help people like stuff that you can’t type out in one or two sentences, like intermittent fasting, explaining what breaks the fast and what doesn’t, you know what? Here’s a blog post. It’s maybe a five minute read, read it. It will be very beneficial to you. will completely understand it. Here’s the link. a lot of this stuff comes easy to you. And what I’m trying to get out of you is, and I know there’s no formula here.

39:43
And I know everything that you do just comes really naturally. But in the beginning, like, let’s say you have a group that’s kind of dead, right? What are some things that you post to even get those conversations so that you can even help people? Because you don’t know what they want in the beginning. Well, this is hard to talk about because I don’t know the subject of the group, but I would look at the subject of the group and I would literally think of you. would put yourself in your customer shoes and I would write out their journey. I would write out their

40:13
beginning, start and end journey. And I would write out struggles of that, or I would even ask my group, I would almost survey them, hey, where are you struggling? What can I help you with? And this is how I would build my content or I would do it the easy way and I could go to answerthepublic.com and I would type in the keyword that you’re trying to hit and see where people have questions. And then I would just say, hey, let’s talk about X today. And let me give you my three tips.

40:42
Okay. Is that how it does actually, and I’m just trying to get an idea. This these are the processes that you used when you started that main group, the low carb inspirations group. Yeah, and I still I still do that. Like I still I always think of the person who’s reading the blog post or the person who’s in the journey. And I try and act like I’m talking directly to them. And I try and figure out all that like, I’m too deep in this process.

41:11
I’m too deep in it. So I have to step outside and I have to go to websites like answer the public.com because I cook all the time in my house, but I don’t understand that somebody may need this. And to me, I thought that was common knowledge. So I have to really research to see what are people asking? What are people asking that I know that I can help them with? Do you have any guidelines on, especially in the beginning, how many times you need to post?

41:41
to kind of jumpstart a group.

41:44
Hmm. Or just remember how many times you were posting in the beginning. Yeah. You know, it’s funny when you only have 10 people in there. I’m just very attentive to answer their questions or to feel like I’m over delivering. And then when you have 50 people in there, 100 people, then you find like when you do that, then other people follow your lead and then you don’t have to do it as much. So there’s no real schedule, but

42:14
I mean, if I looked at it and if somebody posted four hours ago and didn’t get an answer, I would feel bad. Wow. Okay. Yeah. But I mean, that’s, that’s the growing of the group in the very beginning. And maybe you started up with a group of friends who all have the same philosophy and maybe you guys take turns or there’s lots of ways that you can do it, but really think about like for my group, I didn’t want people to not have answers. I wanted them to have answers. want them to feel good. So I will post.

42:44
feel good things, and then I will answer their questions. So. Let me ask you this. If you were to start all over again, do you still think Facebook groups is the best way to build community today? You know, I, I, I, this is the love part for Facebook groups because you could have posted something a year ago. And if somebody searches, like I tell people to search my name all the time and whatever they’re looking for.

43:11
because something that I posted three years ago could pop up back into conversation. Like I have my before and after photo, I have my husband’s before and after photo, and my daughter’s 16 now, but when she went through keto, she was 12, and I still have that before and after photo. So sometimes you bump those conversations back up and it shows social proof of all these people who liked it and talked about it, and then you get the conversation started again. So it’s just a bank of information.

43:41
keep it clean. It’s a really good bank of information. So just for the people listening out there, starting a Facebook group in the in beginning is no joke. It sounds like you were monitoring it every two hours. And that’s what it takes, right? To jumpstart the group. And then once you get a group of engaged followers, then you can kind of loosen the reins a little bit, maybe get some moderators and make your life easier. Does that sound about accurate? Yeah, that’s it. That sounds accurate. I mean, you could start it maybe a little less intense and maybe

44:11
connect with people who are really close to you and you all take turns or take timeframes or take days even and you really grow it. And this is only my way. I’m sure there’s other ways to grow. But this way works Jen. does and it pays off big. Like anything worth doing is worth doing well. Right. I think that’s the key is that if you if you look at your person, the person you’re trying to help.

44:39
You create a good impression. You provide information. feel they feel like you’re there with them on the journey. I tell people all the time when they post, I love watching your journey. I loved watching your journey. Or I love how all the positive stuff you share in the group because I really am watching and they feel like Jen commented, which is

45:04
It’s so weird, but it’s true. They feel you, you build this connection and isn’t that the, isn’t that the next level of marketing is that if they feel like you’re there for them, if they feel like you’ve held their hand and if they feel like you’re dedicated to their success, aren’t they dedicated to you? I mean, that’s what marketing is all about. And a lot of people just start running ads and stuff, but that’s very impersonal. mean, this is the grassroots way of doing it. way you’ve done it. is. it’s not easy. I mean, it’s not easy. That is not easy, but

45:34
I don’t moderate the group as much anymore. I’m not in there every two hours. Thank God. It feels like a weight lifted when you have so many people who can help you. And I’m constantly bringing on new moderators because there was somebody yesterday that messaged me and said, Hey, there’s somebody promoting a 28 day thing and putting their own group. Do you guys allow that? And I’m like, no, but thank you. Hey, you want to be a moderator? You’d be great.

46:02
The benefits are great. You don’t get paid, but let’s not worry about that. Well, here’s the thing too. People who are in this, it’s a journey. So sometimes they’re really into it. And if they can be so active in the group, it helps them on their journey. And then some people decide, you know what? I’m so grateful to this group. It helped me get here. I’ve learned this and I’m done. And that’s okay.

46:26
And then in terms of getting people back to your site for emails, it sounds like you just occasionally post like a recipe or something that would genuinely help someone to guide them to your blog. And that’s where you grab emails and that sort of thing. Yeah, I don’t occasionally post a recipe every time I create a new recipe. I posted in the group and every time it leads back to my website, because I want people to have an option to print it for their own cookbooks. But then again, I want it I want it monetized. I want to be paid for my work. So everything I do leads back to my own site.

46:56
It’s just I don’t do that 100 % of the time. I know this is going to be really hard for you to this question, but if you were to kind of quantify your recipes versus regular posts, what would that percentage be? Well, recipes. Or, you know, links back to your website, period. Oh, link. OK, so. So like one in five. no. So I would if I’m answering questions.

47:24
I may answer 10 questions in the group and then I may post one or two recipes that day, one in the morning and one in the evening. Okay. And then if it’s, if it’s a new recipe or something new that was good information, not only would I share it in my group, but I would look at the rules of other Facebook groups. And if they allowed me to share my website and my recipe, I would share it there too, which is the actual key to

47:54
really growing your group is to share in as many like-minded groups as you can that allow that activity. Okay. Some don’t allow it. Like some want you to post a recipe, but they don’t want a link and they don’t want that. They want you to post the full recipe in there. And that’s not how I make money. So I won’t be part of those groups. Right. Let’s switch gears a little bit.

48:20
We’re coming close to the time, but I did want to talk about TikTok. What attracts you so much about to TikTok? And am I going to see dancing videos of you when I follow you? did one dancing video, but it’s just fun. I feel like I get like a dopamine hit every time I watch it. It’s quick content. I feel like I have ADD, so I grasp content very quickly. for the fact that it’s

48:46
10 seconds to 60 seconds and I can see it and digest it and boom, onto the next. That’s very appealing to me. It’s not, I think it goes down to a feel. When I log onto Facebook, it feels like, especially here lately, there’s been nothing but either political or hate or disgust or anger. There’s hardly anything positive and that gets to me versus when I’m on TikTok, it’s like,

49:12
I choose to follow certain people and it’s mainly food or fun or crafts or I feel like there’s just a total atmosphere change to where, you know, it knows what I like and it knows that I like positive and it’s quick. It’s quick content. as a content creator, do you see this as a really good platform for yourself? You know, I’m really, I don’t know. I’m up in the air in that.

49:42
Now that I hit 10,000, you know, you’re not going to get rich posting on TikTok. It’s very little, but I am seeing more people say, Hey, I bought your book. Hey, I really like your content. Hey, you’re the only one who explained it in such a way that I can understand. Where can I buy your books? And I’m like, these people, like you’re sharing stories, which you’ll be lucky if they lead you back to your website, but

50:11
I wanted a way to talk to people quickly. And I wanted that like, hey, let me blast this information out there. if somebody, and I’m visual, I’m a very visual learner, but I don’t like YouTube because that’s too time consuming and it goes too slow for me. So if somebody in the group is like, hey, like here recently, somebody said,

50:32
I’m doing keto, but nobody else in my family is doing it. How do you stay on track? Well, guess what? I did a TikTok on that. go and I grabbed the link and I put it in there. Hey, watch this. And they’re like, oh, thank you. I mean, you have that face to face. It feels like a face to face conversation. It feels like you’re giving them the answer in a short amount of time that doesn’t feel intrusive for them to go and read a blog post. And it’s quick. And then they remember you. They remember your face. Then they follow. And then they’re like,

51:00
Wow, you give great, where can I get your cookbook? It leads to like that. Do you find that Instagram is the same way? Or are you on Instagram heavily or no? I am on Instagram and I’ve never really gotten into Instagram. I think it’s because I just feel like it’s this fake life of beautiful photos and picture perfect stuff that I just.

51:24
that platform never appealed to me. So even though I do have a following on it, it’s simply because other people who I’ve hired have run it for me. Okay. So I don’t, I don’t. That makes sense. Yeah. Instagram does have that impression. Yeah. It has always for me and I’ve just never, I’ve never gotten into it. And there’s a lot of people that get into it to get sponsored posts and I can’t stand working for other people. So it never appealed to me to do that.

51:51
You know what, come to think of it, in a way, Instagram is like the complete opposite of what you stand for. Almost, right? Exactly. I want to be real and I want to, I want to, you know, it’s not always pretty and I want to tell you where I struggle and that makes it real and that makes it relatable. you know, I think you find your people, the people who you can relate to, which is what I really like, because I won’t relate to everybody. won’t, not everybody will like you and you’re not everybody’s person.

52:20
So it’s just a really good way to find your people. Yeah. Hey Jen, where can people find your cookbook? Where can they find your group if they’re interested in keto? Cause she will not let anyone in who’s not going to contribute to the group, but in case they are, where can they find you? You like keto and you like low carb recipes, then you can definitely find the page is keto friendly recipes.

52:47
And then the group is low carb inspirations plus keto friendly recipes. And if you happen to be a chaffle addict like I am, you can find keto chaffle recipes, but there’s so many groups that you can just go to facebook.com forward slash group forward slash slash chaffles. And that’s my group. the way, can you explain what a chaffle is and how you spell that? Chaffles, C-H-A-F-F-L-E.

53:14
And the reason why it’s called a chaffle is because it’s a waffle that you can make into many different things from breads to cakes to, you know, lots of stuff. And it’s cheese plus egg. So, um, cheese plus waffle is chaffle. yeah. And this is something I just learned right before this interview that I’m going to have because I’ve been hurting lately for variety. So I’ll show you how to do it. And then your website is.

53:44
lowcarbinspirations.com. Yeah. And then there’s a whole bunch of recipes. And I believe there’s an ecommerce store on there as well, right? There is. There’s a shop. Yes. And what do you sell in the shop since I have to extract all the information out of you, Jen? Yes, yes, I sell I do. I do have my cookbooks on the shop or links to them. I find that the best prices I think are on Amazon for the cookbooks. And then I do sell some digital products. I have some downloads. I have a keto starter.

54:12
video course. So if anybody really wants help and wants to take it at their own pace, there’s short videos, there’s a course to get them started. So yeah, there’s quite a bit of helpful tools in there. We do meal plans. They can get some digital download for meal plans if they really like to prep ahead of time and want to be successful. I know that low carb has really changed my life. And there’s no one that I trust more to teach it than you. Oh, you’re so sweet. Thank you.

54:41
And I really appreciate you coming on the show. Thanks a lot. I appreciate you inviting me. Thank you. All right. Take care.

54:51
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now when I went on the keto diet long ago, I actually lost 35 pounds in four months. The diet works and Jen knows her stuff. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequaterjob.com slash episode 351. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. And SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

55:20
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clayview, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

55:50
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

Bonus: $3500 Per Day Selling Custom Prints On Etsy With Luke Emery

Luke Emery has a background in design and portrait painting. So he decided to utilize these skills and his e-commerce experience to start a business selling custom pet portraits.

Van Woof specializes in putting your dog or cat into a Renaissance-style oil painting, as if they really posed for the portrait.  

This business makes $3500 per day on Etsy today.

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the show where I on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into how they started their online businesses. And today is a very special bonus episode because I want to introduce you to my buddy Nick Loper. Nick runs the Side Hustle Show where he interviews entrepreneurs on how they started and grew their successful online businesses. And in fact, his show is a lot like mine. It’s one of my favorites and you should definitely check it out over at the Side Hustle Show.

00:27
He also runs a popular blog over at sidehustlenation.com as well. Anyway, what you’re about to hear today is a full episode of Nick’s podcast where he interviews Luke Emery, an entrepreneur who makes $3,500 per day selling custom prints on Etsy. It’s a great episode and it just goes to show that with the right product, you can make a pretty good living selling on Etsy. So enjoy this episode with Nick of The Side Hustle Show.

01:00
Right now, processing, pretty much the average is like $3,500 a day, which is insane.

01:13
What’s up, what’s up, Nick Loper here. Welcome to the side hustle show because your nine to five may make you a living, but your five to nine makes you alive. That was Luke Emery that you just heard describing the sales volume for his new print on demand e-commerce business called VanWoof.com. Through that site and through the VanWoof Etsy shop, Luke sells these custom pet portraits that are done in the style to look like a real oil painting of your fur babies.

01:40
Luke also co-hosts the Lockdown Livelihood podcast, and what’s crazy is this whole business started as an on-air challenge just six months ago. So yes, from zero to thousands of dollars in sales a day in a very short period of time. Stick around in this one to learn how Luke has marketed these paintings, how the fulfillment and logistics work, and how you might be able to use some of the same tools and platforms to follow a similar path.

02:07
Notes and links for this one along with the full text summary with all of Luke’s top tips from the call are at sidehouseownation.com slash Luke. Now, to be fair, Van Wolf isn’t Luke’s first attempt at e-commerce, which is a business model he called very difficult and very competitive to break into, but it has seen faster, more profitable traction than any of his previous projects. I asked him why he thought that was. Ready? Let’s do it.

02:37
think it’s been an accumulation of multiple of my skills. So I think I’ve been doing e-commerce for two and a half years. Before this, I’d sold thousands of products online through Amazon mainly, but also through Shopify. I studied architecture at university, which is heavily a design-based course, lots of Photoshop, lots of photo manipulation, learning about

03:05
the way to design things, also learning about the history of art. And then I also have done a lot of portrait art, like oil painting, pencil. So I think it was the combination of the three things made it that I was able to put a really good product out there, but also be able to sell that product and market the product properly. Was anybody else doing this or was this just something like, I know I’m going to put

03:33
picture of your dog on a classic painting and we’ll mash them together. Other people are doing them, but other people are doing them badly. So kind of the biggest competitor, they pretty much just cut out a dog’s head and put it on a old kind of Renaissance style portrait. What I’ve done is made sure that every piece looks like a piece of art. So every piece is

04:01
digitally painted, it’s merged with the costume so that it really looks like the dog could have been there and posed and someone painted it. Was there a lightning strike of inspiration to say, yes, this is going to be my next side hustle? we actually, on our podcast, we did an Etsy challenge where it was two weeks, who can make the most money on Etsy? And it was me versus the co-host Alex.

04:31
He has these customized bar ends for bikes, because he’s a product designer. And because my background was art, I thought I’ll start doing these things. So I started doing these things, stayed as my side hustle for a long time while I was working on my other things. And then I think when it started to hit maybe seven or $8,000 a month in sales, I thought, maybe I’m going to have to switch this over to my main thing now and start trying to scale, hire people, those kinds of things.

05:01
It started off very much as a little project side hustle, which then turned into very much a main hustle. I like this. You guys are throwing down the challenges to each other on air and say, okay, who could make the most money on Etsy? Let’s do it. And you say, okay, well, how can I combine these skills and areas of interest that I already have and create something that’s better than what’s already out there? And it sounds like you really had a home run with that when

05:29
you were first setting up your shop, do you recall those first orders or what do you think gained that initial traction? remember spending a lot of money on Etsy ads and it not being a particularly good return. So initially like turning off, like I was making a loss at the start on the ads and then I was getting a bit of organic sales through Etsy and that kind of dropped off. And then I think I’d switch the ads on again. I was like, you know what, I’ll invest a little bit in ads and then

05:58
think Etsy is quite rewarding in the way that if you spend money on ads, they will also help you out in terms of SEO and showing it to people. And no matter how much I scale ads, it seems to look like Etsy will give you equal back. So if you bring 5,000 people to the store, they’ll bring 5,000 people to the store. That’s the way that it’s worked with me. I don’t know if that is the hard rule of Etsy, but it seems like that.

06:27
I’ve heard it’s become very much pay to play. Like if you’re relying on Etsy organic discovery, organic search, you’re fighting an uphill battle. But if you can afford to run some trials with their in-house ad system, then it sounds like good things start to spin. Yeah. And their ad system is the best. It has no settings. You just type in how much you want to spend and that’s it.

06:50
That sounds like just such a leap of faith in ad dollars. It’s like, uh, okay. You mean I don’t get to target my people or my keywords or anything? Yeah, they pick it all for you. And for a lot of people, that’s great. And for a lot of people, that’s not great for me. That’s great. Especially because I’m getting such a high return on ad spend at the moment that it doesn’t bother me. And I quite like it. I’m not an ads expert. I’ve never really run a

07:17
wildly successful Facebook ad or Google ad in my life. So having Etsy ads where I just either up the ad spend or down the ad spend is amazing. For a custom product like this, did you have a sense of what to charge or how much the market would bear here? I looked around to see what other people were charging and I definitely wasn’t the cheapest. just, at that time, it felt like that was what was right for the amount of work.

07:47
that I was putting in. And it seems like the market thinks that’s the right price. And I’ve just not changed it since. I’m looking at the shop now. seems like the average rates, depending on the size and what you want done, it’s like 30 to $100 ish. Yeah. So I mean, the easiest way to break down the cost is it’s pretty much $30 for the piece of art, just as the digital. And then if you’re having it on an 8 by 10 canvas, the 8 by 10 canvas is $20.

08:17
If you’re having on 12 by 16, then it’s like $40. So it would be $70 for the 12 by 16. And it’s free shipping as well. So the shipping’s included in that prize. the beginning, you’re doing this art yourself. So someone would send you a picture of their dog. You had a handful of not blank, but like you said, Renaissance style paintings or other pieces of art where, okay, I could realistically Photoshop a dog’s head on here and make it look like it was painted into the original.

08:45
And you were doing that yourself at first using your Photoshop skills. Yeah. So I started off doing it myself. Now I have a team of two full-time artists and then 21 freelance artists that are working pretty much full-time at the moment. So they vary in how much they can produce each day, but most of them produce like five to seven pieces. And during that process, I mean, what my…

09:14
role is now at the company is making sure that all of these pieces of art are actually better than mine and that they all meet a certain standard. So I spend a lot of time creating basically like educational material for the artists so that they can always be improving their designs. I have made the best artists that I’ve hired who’s

09:40
one of my full-time artists, head of art, and he basically will go in with each of the artists and make sure that they’re doing their work up to standard and then also educate them, help them do it better. And we’re constantly like improving and making sure that it looks more and more like artwork because that’s essentially what I’m trying to create is like everyone who buys from us, it looks like they’re getting a van worth. It doesn’t matter which artist does it. They all look.

10:09
pretty much the same. Yeah, that’s interesting how it’s not completely automated, completely digitized, but there’s this element of manual labor that goes into creating these things such that they look super individualized and customized for each pet. really cool. Yeah, it’s kind of a strange business. I was saying this to someone the other day. Well, they said to me, it’s not actually a product-based business. It’s actually a service-based business because

10:37
Every time someone comes to me, although they’re getting a product in the post, they’re buying a service because we have to start from scratch every time to create this new piece. Although I can see yourself like, well, we had a, in my case, we had a Shih Tzu last week, you know, it’s got to be close enough. Like, no, no, no. We’ve got to use the actual picture that somebody submitted. Yeah, we basically have to do that. You see so many dogs that it’s so hard to even like remember what happened and what order number it would possibly be.

11:07
Yeah, they all blur together. This has got my gears spinning a little bit on what else this could be applied to because this is a really interesting one. If you have the skills or you can hire somebody with the skills to get this stuff done. Do you have a sense of what percentage of people go for just like the digital print or most people like, no, I want the physical canvas mailed to me? I would say probably about 20 to 30 percent pick the digital only and the rest want their canvases or posters.

11:34
think the reason is because actually the pricing is pretty reasonable for the canvases and the posters and they would struggle to get that themselves if they went out and tried to order one online. So I think just like keeping the price reasonable, obviously I make like a little bit of markup on it, but I don’t want to rip people off at the same time. And I prefer people getting a canvas or a poster that was from us. So then I know that they’ve got a decent print so that they take.

12:02
pictures and create user generated content and they’re definitely having it printed out and showing to other people because I think word of mouth has been a massive advertising platform for us. Yeah, I believe it. I imagine once those first few customers who found you either organically or through those Etsy ads, know, once they get their orders back, they say, this is incredible. This is fantastic. You so they’re sharing it.

12:29
on Instagram and everybody else can go and take a look at it and that leads to more sales or more exposure in that way. I was going to ask if you had all of that physical product infrastructure, if that’s a drop shipping setup, like how that shipping and fulfillment is happening for the canvas and poster prints. Yeah, so it’s basically a drop shipping model. So I’ve got a printing partner and they do all of it and send the tracking numbers to

12:57
Etsy or Shopify. And it just works better that way. The prices are so competitive. Like if I were to go and buy a printer and hire someone to make the canvases, wouldn’t even be able to get close to their prices. Yeah. Is that done through a Printful or a Printify or something like that? Guten. Oh, okay. Yeah. Their prices are a lot better for canvas and posters and

13:22
From other products that I’ve looked at, I also do these Christmas sweaters as well that is just like a dog head cut out in a Santa outfit. The prices were a couple dollars cheaper for those as well. So I think Guten is definitely up there as one of the cheaper ones to use. It’s not as sexy as Printful, but it’s definitely much more reasonably priced. Now that is an important piece of the puzzle here, like having somebody else.

13:47
with the backend to the physical product fulfillment and the global distribution. hey, you’re saying free shipping, global shipping, that’s a lot to try and manage, especially at the volume that you find yourself doing all of a sudden if you were running this out of a spare bedroom. It’s difficult enough having to scale up artists every time that I’m scaling up sales. Having to scale up production as well would be

14:15
nightmare and there would definitely be things that get lost. I think if you’re in a position where you have this kind of business or any kind of product business, get rid of the logistics as quickly as possible. It’s horrible. It eats up so much time. you run into any production issues or fulfillment logistics issues? I imagine with the volume that you’re doing, somebody’s bound to get the wrong dog or something. Yeah, there’s been wrong dogs.

14:43
Not loads, maybe like three or four over the time. It was actually when we were getting much lower orders and it was just teething problems of starting. Now the system set up so much better. Like I pretty much had to build a software out of lots of different softwares to manage the ordering system. Because when you’re getting this many orders, there’s not really a piece of software out there that allows you to manage, you know, like a group of artists and then assigning them all.

15:13
a mini project to do and then having it going through if the customer wants iterations to it, if it’s ready for me to check, all these kinds of things. It was originally on a Google Sheet and now using the software called ClickUp, but it’s got a huge automation element to it where there’s Dropbox folders being created automatically and things getting sent off to Google Sheets and things coming in from Etsy and…

15:40
Shopify into the Google Sheet and then being added to ClickUp as tasks. So I basically had to make this weird software out of these three softwares because there wasn’t something out there that actually fulfilled my needs. there you go. There’s the next side hustle. Everybody migrates to software eventually, right? Okay, so let’s talk about that workflow for a minute. So somebody discovers the storefront. They say, yes, I would like this. I was looking at the Yoda one.

16:08
It’s like, OK, I would love to have my dogs head on this Yoda costume. And so they place the order. And then what happens after that? tell me about that workflow. You place an order on, Shopify or Etsy. It doesn’t really matter. That automatically gets added to the database. It then gets added to ClickUp as a task.

16:31
If it’s Shopify, then it automatically adds the customer reference photos and all the information about it. So the costume that they want and the size. If it’s Etsy, it doesn’t do that. one of the virtual assistants has to go in, find that information, upload it to the Dropbox that is automatically created. It’s then assigned to an artist. They do the piece of artwork.

17:00
they mark it off that they’ve done it, I then go in and check it. If I think it’s good enough, get sent off to the customer by one of the VAs. The customer has 48 hours to check it and say if they want any changes or if they approve it. And then if they want changes, changes are made, if they approve it, then it gets sent off. Well, one of the other VAs.

17:23
goes into Guten, orders it, gets shipped off to the customer and arrives at their house. So there’s a lot of moving parts and there’s a lot of parts where it has kind of broken in the past. And the operational side of the business has definitely been the biggest headache for me and the hardest thing to scale. And I think the place where I’ve learned the most, again, it’s one of those unsexy things that

17:50
No one’s talking about on podcasts or in books very often. It’s something that when you get to this point that you realize you have to learn bits of project management and operational management and all those kinds of things. All of the behind the scenes stuff that really make it tick. And this is a really important differentiation here between just a straight up print on demand service like, I’m selling t-shirts with some clever slogan on it. Those orders get automatically sent to Guten or Printful or whoever you’re using for fulfillment.

18:19
It’s like this element of customization is what is causing all this back and forth. But it’s also what differentiates you from everybody else that’s out there. It’s like, this is what makes it worth 30, 40, $50 to order. And it’s really kind of a cool thing that you have built there. When you’re going out and trying to find a software and it doesn’t exist is the strangest experience because you’re Googling all these things, but you don’t really know what you’re Googling. I’m Googling like artist management.

18:49
software, like designer management, small scale operation management software. And it all it would throw me back with was like monday.com or Asana. did you look at Jar at all the guys that design pickle built Jar to handle their design flow? I didn’t see that. No. It might be worth a look. I don’t know. It seems like they’re probably getting in more reps. Okay, so each customer is getting a digital proof of their portrait before the order is complete. So I imagine that gives you a chance to make any

19:19
corrections that almost guarantees that you’re getting a five-star review because they said, yes, this is what I want. Anything else on that customer approval process? You said they had just a 48-hour turnaround to say, yay or nay. The customer approval process is very important because customer experience is the most important thing, I think, even before product, maybe. Because everyone

19:45
cares about reviews now, it’s really any kind of online purchase is about the reviews because the social proof, people just looking at it, I don’t know how many more times likely to buy, but I’m sure it’s a lot. So giving the customer the opportunity to check and say if they want changes and then doing the changes regardless of if I think the changes are good is really, really important. And the reason

20:15
is because I want the customers to go out and tell people it was so easy to communicate with the seller. They asked me if I wanted changes. They made the changes and the final product I got was great. And generally that’s what the reviews say from people. The reason that I introduced this 48 hour timer was because sometimes like they just don’t read their emails. They don’t read their Etsy messages. There has to be a point where I say, sorry,

20:44
This is the cutoff. I do make it very clear. If you don’t respond within 48 hours before they buy it says it as they send the photos, it says it. And then as I send them the mockup, it says it. actually changed the wording and it used to say unlimited changes. And people really did take that quite literally. So I changed the wording to, we will send it to you for approval.

21:14
so that then people generally just approve it. Because my other thought was, we’re an art company. And if someone produces a piece of art for you, you don’t ask for changes. That’s not what artists do. They produce a piece of art, you receive it. It might not be exactly what you wanted, but that’s what art is. And I’m trying to turn it as much into an art company as possible. And if you get a Van Werf,

21:43
then you get a van worth. Obviously, still want, especially with Etsy, I still want the customers to be able to ask for the changes. Etsy is a very personal platform between the buyer and seller, especially when you’re in the custom space. And I want to make sure that the relationships there are, that they stay in good standing. I like that. That’s a very subtle shift from unlimited modifications or unlimited requests to, know,

22:12
we’ll send it your way for approval. I think that’s genius actually, because it’s like, hey, this is what our artists came up with. And if something major needs to be fixed, yeah, we’ll fix it. But here it is. That’s pretty much it. It’s the major fixes. You got the wrong body. You got the wrong dog head on the wrong side, because sometimes it might have two dogs in it. It’s stuff like that. Was there anything that you did to optimize your Etsy store for either conversions or discoverability? Yeah, I’ve done lots of

22:42
conversion optimization, I added video at some point. So I got some professional videos shot by a videographer. I added those to some of the listings. I changed a lot of the wording round. I swapped some images round to see if that did anything. And all these things have made like slight improvements. I’m not going to do anything at the moment because conversion rates are a bit warped because of the Christmas.

23:05
period. So it wouldn’t be obvious what has happened. also we’re just so busy now. I don’t really need to focus on anything apart from making sure the artwork is good and that everything is working smoothly. So I have done some conversion rate optimization. It did work a little bit. I’m doing a lot of it on the store at the moment. You know, want to kind of double, triple the conversion rates. Had a UX audit recently and they came back with

23:35
A lot of things that need changing. And I think to anyone there who’s got an online store, got an Etsy store, subtle changes can make huge differences. And especially with like an online store where you’ve got absolutely free run of how it’s set up. It could be the, these minor things that you didn’t even realize that you had wrong, like the buy button being the wrong color or slightly in the wrong place or buyers don’t really know where it’s shipping from.

24:05
Like someone messaged me the other day and said, could you sell me a digital version because I’m in the U S so this customer had no idea that I don’t ship from the U S and it’s just things like that where it could knock the conversion rate down 0.5%. But what that actually is, is like, is a 50 % reduction in conversion rate when you’re looking at something like Shopify. Sure. Sure. Yeah. They’re like, no, no, no, we can ship it to you. It’s no problem.

24:34
Well, tell me about that building out of your own Shopify store versus relying solely on the Etsy platform. What’s the reasoning there and what’s going on at VanWoof.com? My first kind of flurry in e-commerce was I had an Amazon FBA business selling hemp oil on Amazon and it was going really well. I mean, at the time I had quit my job in the February and by November I was making, you know, about

25:04
$10,000 profit per month. I was living in Vietnam and like just completely living the high life. was like, oh my God, this is amazing. This is pretty much running on autopilot. It got cut off from me overnight and just Amazon banned my product. All my funds got cut off. Your product specifically, or like this category of product? The products were always getting banned.

25:28
They now are, you’re allowed to sell CBD oil on Amazon at the time. You weren’t really, so people were selling it as hemp oil. It got re-initiated again and then it got taken away from me again. So I twice had a platform cut me off. And I think you’ve had a similar Google slap at some point. Yeah. Everybody has their Google slap stories. Yeah. So I’m well aware of when you don’t control the customers, what can happen.

25:56
So one of my initial plans was always, okay, get this onto a store, grow the store as quickly as possible. I’ve got two marketing agencies. One are Facebook ads experts. The others are Google ads experts to really try and grow the store as much as possible because I don’t like being reliant on a platform. I mean, you’re still reliant on like Facebook ads, Google ads, all these things, but having actual

26:24
control over everything that happens is very important for the longevity of a business. Yeah. Is there a dramatic difference in the fees with Shopify versus an order process through Etsy? Etsy fees are pretty good. think that they work out at about, I think, 10 to 11 % total. Shopify, it’s only kind of 2.3 or 2.4 % or something. So there’s a big difference.

26:50
In terms of conversion rates, the conversion rates on Etsy are so much better because the thing with these big platforms is everyone trusts Etsy, Amazon, eBay. When they go onto a new store, there’s all these, you know, they don’t know anything about it if they’ve not been told about it before. And it’s a whole new experience for them. They don’t know the buying process. They’ve got to type in their credit card details again. All these things that customers are wary of. What I’ve never done before with

27:18
Facebook is the remarketing campaigns that like they’re the most important, you know of the campaigns getting people educated about the store getting people back to the store So they are almost thinking. Oh, yeah, know this or I’ve seen it everywhere Right what you can’t do based on people who visit your Etsy store, but you can if they come to Van Wolf comm yeah, exactly Yeah, yeah, there’s no I mean, there’s no way of like retargeting people that going on your Etsy store But it’s so important to try and build

27:46
off of a platform and just not be reliant on one platform. But Etsy is great. I’ve pretty much been on, I mean, I’ve used Amazon, I’ve done a lot of selling on eBay. Etsy is the best by a long way. I really, really like Etsy. Is there something on Amazon that would allow you to do custom portraits like this? Is there anything in their arsenal? Yeah, there is. Yeah. So I am a registered

28:14
custom product Amazon sell it in the US. They just don’t have the customer base for it and they don’t have a good setup for it. So I wouldn’t even bother creating the product on there because Amazon is so strict with things like shipping on time and all these things that when you’ve got custom products, it’s very hard to do. It’s interesting. So they do have it, but that’s just not the brand perception. People say if I want something custom, I know where to go and that’s Etsy. Yeah, exactly. Is there a target?

28:42
profit margin you’re shooting for on any one of these. I know you’ve got a huge team in place to deliver these orders now. Yeah. So, I mean, like the gross profit on each product is roughly 50%, but I mean, the operational costs are high. So that does get eaten into, but I’m interested to see what my profits will be at the end of November. I only do my accounting at the end of the month. So I don’t know what it’s going to be like for November, but it’s going to be a lot healthier than it’s ever been. Definitely.

29:12
Sure, it’s very much once you have team members in place, volume cures a lot of ills because you’re paying them whether or not they’re doing work. Or actually, I should rephrase that, like, are some of the folks paid on a per job basis? Yeah, so the freelancers are paid per job, but then I have some full time staff as well that are just paid by the hour, by the day. There are some costs. And then obviously there’s the marketing agencies that…

29:40
All these people need paying. I have so many Shopify apps that need paying for as well. They’re all the softwares. They cost money. I’ve got an automation software that costs about a hundred dollars a month. So all the things very quickly add up as you scale. But there’s no other way. There’s literally no other way. And I think it is important to know when you should spend money and you know, initial spending money on

30:08
marketing agency like the first month, it might not pay dividends because there’s a lot of testing and things like that, but three, four months down the line, then it will start paying off. The same with the automation software. If you’re bootstrapping a business and you’ve got $100 automation software, then I wouldn’t have wanted to pay something like that. But now it’s actually saving me hundreds of dollars each month in labor.

30:38
Yeah, I could do all these, you know, Zapier tasks myself, or I could just pay this fee. Okay. Is this something that people are actively searching for? Like, would it be a dream of yours to rank number one in Google for custom dog portraits? Is that a search term that is getting used? It doesn’t get a huge amount of traffic. I think I would like to rank top for something like dog portrait. And I don’t know, maybe three months ago, I reached out to the local newspaper where I grew up.

31:04
and was like, oh, I just started this business. It might be quite interesting for you guys to write about. So they wrote about it and I was like, I’ll get a backlink from this. I then wrote to the next biggest newspaper from the area where I grew up. And this is not a big area. It’s a place called Devon in the UK and the town might have had 30,000 people and then the city next to it might have had 250,000 people. like tiny places. So then

31:34
After this, small newspaper, I write to the bigger newspaper in the city and say, Oh, this newspaper wrote about it and quite an interesting story. I’m a local guy and I made this business. It’s doing okay. Then like a month later, this producer from a nationwide BBC TV show has read this article and gets in contact and it’s like, Hey, we want to do, you know, like this feature about.

32:01
people and their pets and these dog portraits that really cool. It’d be amazing if we can make a section for the one show. So this all happened because I tried to get a couple of backlinks and what I ended up getting was just this amazing piece of media attention because being on the BBC is also gives you the step up to be on other things. And it’s not aired yet. It is in probably

32:30
early December, I have no idea what something like that does. But it’s just like adding to the kind of storm of backlinks and people talking about your business and all those things that make, you know, get you up the rankings, get the free kind of organic traffic, get the media attention that gets you more media attention because it all kind of feeds into itself.

32:57
If you go out there and just focus on, know, I want to just do SEO and just try and get backlinks. It doesn’t really work. You kind of have to do it all at the same time and it all just feeds back into itself. And again, it’s just one of those things that just got really lucky where I’d reached out to like a couple of papers. They’d both written something and then I get reached out to by like one of the biggest media organizations in the world.

33:22
Yeah, that’s leveling up these small press wins into some major earned media. And it’s better than spending money on ads because it’s like an implicit endorsement there. And on top of that, to improve the conversion rate on the standalone Shopify store as seen on BBC, you know, so now all of a sudden it’s like this huge measure of social proof. had one other question I wanted to ask you about, which was sourcing the background art or sourcing kind of the foundational prints. Like, is that all just public domain art?

33:52
Yeah. So any, basically any artwork that was created before somewhere like 1920 is public domain. So it’s just a case of going out there and getting it. I’ve started doing newer stuff. Like you’ve seen the Jedi do some game of Thrones stuff. That’s all created by the artists. So I kind of get some reference pictures, mock it up. Then it’s all painted. We’ve got a load of Marvel ones coming out as well. So the more modern ones.

34:21
What I do is I get reference pictures. kind of almost create a collage of like a background and maybe the costume and maybe some other props and things. And then they’ll get digitally painted over to create it. So it’s like an individual piece that you won’t see anywhere else. Okay. And it’s considered fair use because you’ve adapted it. You’ve made your own interpretation of it. Yeah, exactly.

34:43
Luke, what’s next for you? You’ve got the Lockdown Livelihood podcast. You’ve got a busy e-commerce season going on. I appreciate you taking the time today to share with Side S Nation what’s going on in Van Wolf world. What’s next for you? Where do you want to take this in 2021? It’s going to be a big media push, think. So, like really focusing on getting the brand out there as much as possible and trying to turn it into as much of a household brand.

35:07
As I can, improving the operational side is always important, but I think I’m going to try and take a step back from that as much as possible. Currently hiring, I think they call them a fractional COO, which is somebody who comes in and just kind of acts as the operations officer just to make sure everything’s running smoothly. And I will try and focus as much as possible on media appearances and just getting VanWoof out there as much as possible.

35:36
over the spring, over the summer, when this thing was in its very early stages, or when you and Alex are laying out the ground rules for this challenge. Did you have any idea this is what it would look like six months from now? No, I think you always have visions. I remember actually very distinctly saying to my girlfriend at some point, oh, if I start getting 10 orders a day, maybe you can start printing them off and sending them to people.

36:02
she lives in America thinking at the time, no, that’s ridiculous. That’s never going to happen. So you always have kind of ambitions in your head about the brands you create and things, but at the same time, you’re also kind of realistic. Like I’ve had so many failed business ideas in the last two and a half years, and I’m very realistic about things. I’m very grateful with where things are now and just like having a steady income when you are a full-time entrepreneur is

36:31
It’s just the nicest feeling ever. I always think that being an entrepreneur is very similar to being an artist where you’re basically not making any money most of the time. When you’re starting off as an artist, when you’re starting off as an entrepreneur, I quit my job to do it. And you have to kind of live a lower quality of life to how like all your friends are kind of.

36:57
They’re getting promoted in their jobs, especially when they’re getting to 30 and they’re starting to get senior positions and getting paid good wages. And then you have to cut everything down and not live in as a nicer place and not be able to go out for the meals. then, so when stuff starts to pay off, it feels really good. And I’m just trying to appreciate the situation and be grateful every day for the amount of orders that I’m getting and the money that’s coming in.

37:24
Yeah, it’s really exciting to see what you build. I’ve been smiling through this whole conversation just because I think it’s such a creative business and the way that it’s set up essentially for non-demand drop shipping. think it’s a really cool operation. VanWoof.com. You check them out over there. Order yourself a custom pet portrait. And of course, check out the Lockdown Livelihood podcast on Spotify or wherever you get your podcasts. Luke, let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip for Side Hustle Nation.

37:52
Take action on your ideas. think it works a lot better than going out there and doing courses and reading books. You learn as you are taking the action. And I think something that I’ve got really good at, and this was a two week challenge, right? So the idea of that is go out there, take action as quickly as possible. You’ve got two weeks to do it, see what you can do, because you don’t know where the things are going to take you. You know exactly what’s going to happen at the end of reading a book. You’re going to know a couple more things.

38:21
but actually like going out there and doing something, you learn so much along the way. And then as things happen, you realize that the next thing that you need to learn and then you go out and learn it. So I think action is the most important thing. is a very strong educator. I like the idea of giving yourself a deadline to, hey, here’s a two week challenge. I’m gonna test something out. If it works, great. If it doesn’t, okay, back to the drawing board for the next two weeks. Anyways, Luke, very much appreciate you joining me, taking some time out of this busy season.

38:51
and we’ll catch up with you soon. Thanks, Nick.

38:57
So I push the button to stop the recording on this call and Luke goes, hey man, eight new orders came in while we were talking. So it just goes to show you if you can hit the product in the marketplace right, things can really escalate quickly. Now, unfortunately, we are past the cutoff for a Christmas delivery from VanWoof this year, but still encourage you to check out the kind of art they’re cranking out over there. Hopefully you enjoyed this chat and it gets your creative juices flowing. Once again, you’ll find the full text summary of this episode.

39:26
with links to all the resources mentioned at sidehustlenation.com slash Luke. Hey, one last thing. Can I send you some free stuff? If you head on over to sidehustlenation.com slash join, I’ll send you my free report, the five fastest ways to make more money, plus my weekly newsletter packed with money making ideas. On top of that, you’ll also get access to hundreds of members only goodies and bonus files, including tons of tactical tips from top podcast guests.

39:53
plus an invite to the world’s largest, most active, and most supportive Side Hustle community. That’s all free for you at sidehustlenation.com slash join, or text the code HUSTLEON to 33444. Big thanks to Luke for sharing his story, and big thanks to Ahrefs for sponsoring this episode. Your seven-day trial awaits at ahrefs.com.

40:16
That is it for me. Thank you so much for tuning in until next time. Let’s go out there and make something happen and I’ll catch you in the next edition of the side hustle show. Hustle on. So I hope you enjoyed that episode. And once again, that interview was for my buddy Nick Loper over at side hustle nation dot com. His podcast is called The Side Hustle Show. And I encourage you to go check it out over at side hustle nation dot com. In the meantime, if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife quarter job dot com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

40:46
Just put your email in there and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

350: How To Outsource Inventory Management To A 3PL With Aaron Rubin

350: How To Handle Inventory With A 3PL With Aaron Rubin

Today I’m thrilled to have Aaron Rubin on the show. Aaron is the shipping expert on the Ecommerce Fuel forums. He runs his own 3PL or 3rd Party Logistics firm and warehouse software company called ShipHero.

And he built a 7 figure online store at 19 years of age.

In this episode, we do a deep dive into Aaron’s experiences with eCommerce along with every question that I could think of related to using 3PL to handle inventory for your shop.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Aaron started his first ecommerce business and grew it to 7 million in top line revenue.
  • How a 3rd oarty logistics firm works and how to outsource your inventory.
  • How Aaron started and grew his 3PL company called ShipHero.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You know, listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have Aaron Rubin on the show and Aaron is the founder of Ship Hero, a third party logistics and warehouse management software company. He also built an online store at age 19 and grew to 7 million in top line revenue. Now in this episode though, we’re going to talk about the ins and outs of using a 3PL. Before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

00:57
I also want to thank Clayview, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build a business you always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories, do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change.

01:22
These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo helps you own your growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash mywife.

01:51
Now, finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Job Podcast.

02:19
where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Tu.

02:33
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Aaron Rubin on the show. Now, Aaron is someone who’s been a member of the e-commerce fuel community for a very long time. And I believe he’s actually the shipping expert on the forum and he runs his own 3PL or third party logistics firm and warehouse management software company called Ship Hero. He is also a longtime veteran of e-commerce where he started and built an online store at 19 years of age. He grew it to 7 million bucks in top line revenue. Now, so why am I having Aaron on?

03:03
Amazon has been tightening its grip on how many units sellers can send into FBA. And I’ve actually been getting a lot more questions about 3PLs lately. So today what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna do a deep dive into Aaron’s experiences with e-commerce, along with every question that I can think of when it comes to using a third party logistics firm to handle your inventory. And with that, welcome to the show, Aaron. How are you doing today? Hey, I’m good. Thanks for having me. How are you? I’m good. So Aaron, I…

03:30
checked out your interview on the Tropical MBA podcast and you have a very interesting startup story about how you got started in e-commerce and eventually had that led to starting your own 3PL. So I wanna hear first about that first painful journey and what lessons you learned first. Sure, so my first company sold apparel for martial arts, started it, yeah, like I said, 19 in college. had sort of the only…

03:56
The last real job, I’m 41, my last real job was when I was 16 working as a lifeguard. So after that I had made money online doing a bunch of different things. The most popular of which was had a website with scanned pictures of Cindy Crawford photo shoot from Sports Illustrated. I had banner ads on that. So that made me like 20 grand or something, which you know, 17 was great. I remember that Pepsi commercial, right? Is that?

04:25
Yes. That was Cindy Crawford, right? Yeah. I think so. Good old days. So, and it was totally like, you know, it wasn’t like Playboy. It was just Sports Illustrated. But at the time, it was popular on the internet. Different era. Yeah. So a family friend reached out, actually wanted to talk to my brother. My brother, my older brother was a computer programmer, wasn’t interested. So he punted it to me and he wanted to, he wanted to buy a website called kickpunch.com that sold martial arts.

04:53
Products and he wanted sort of a second opinion You know my second opinion was like I want to say like $9,000 or something that the guy was asking and like I was like it’s not worth 9,000 You could probably build it for less and he’s like well, why don’t we just build it together and I was like, okay cool I figured it’d be another little side project that had a bunch of these little things I was doing to you pay my way, know sort of pay my bills in college So yeah, I jumped on it figured that’s what it would be and then you know the

05:23
company still exists. That was my primary way of making money for 15 years or so. So you were selling karate geese, was that the one that grew to 7 million? Yep. All right. So can you, how did you grow it so quickly to 7 million? Well, so we had some up and down. So when we started, we were just buying from this supplier in, so I’m like a little bit outside of New York city. There was a physical store in Manhattan.

05:53
that sold these products and what we would do is we would just order from him. He would ship it to our warehouse, which was my co-founder’s father’s basement. And I would pack them because he was 10 years older than me. So he was married, had kids, and he lived a different spot. whatever, he was working a full-time job to make money. I was in college. I didn’t have to actually attend classes. So I would just pick and pack all the orders.

06:23
So that’s how we started and like at the time, this was like 1999, you wanted to buy these sort of products online. There wasn’t a lot of choices. And then also we bought the domain A1MA for A1 martial arts and there was no Google. So this is pre-dated Google. So everything was the Yahoo directory was the sort of definitive source. So we were in there and it was alphabetical order. So A1MA ranked first in our category and that was it. That was the entire strategy at launch.

06:51
Man. Okay. And so people just found you through that directory or did it just later become all word of mouth because Google and the search engines weren’t. Yeah, it was just, I mean, it started with all that directory over time. You Google took off the directories no longer became valid and people did, you know, a one one MA. You know what mean? Like that sort of, that thing doesn’t last too long. And we ended up switching the name to karate Depot because we wanted to rank for karate equipment and you know, having the, the domain.

07:18
have a key, the keyword was important back then. So we switched the name there and yeah, that we were just entirely focused on Google optimization, but it was always SEO focused. There was no paid at the time. didn’t do any banner ads. It wasn’t much you could do back then. was all, it was all search and asked for how much was word amount. was no Google analytics those days. There was no attribution. So we could see the refers, but that was, it was really tough to know where people came.

07:46
So what ended up happening with that e-commerce store? I think you had a falling out with your partner or something like that. Yeah, I I’ll spare you the painful story, but basically the company had grown. growing pretty nicely every year. took a few years to get to a million dollars and then we were growing it like a million dollars a year into the financial crisis. And then when the financial crisis hit, two things happened. Revenue dropped because our

08:15
primary audience was mothers or parents who were putting their kids in karate school and didn’t want to spend all the money that the school was charging because the school would charge full price. We were charging a little bit less so they would buy from us. But the karate schools all had a huge drop in enrollment when financial crisis hit because no one, know, was tough times, right? A lot of layoffs. So the business shrunk and at the same time everyone pulled

08:46
pulled their access to capital. So I had an American, we used a few American Express cards. One of them went from like a $50,000 limit to a $500 limit. And like I would buy on it. So I couldn’t even like, it wasn’t like it was floating. was just like, it wasn’t like it was rolling over month to month. It was just the cashflow, right? Which just wasn’t there. I couldn’t buy anything on a $500 limit. And then also we had a credit line with a bank called Citizens Bank.

09:15
which we had never been late a day on, but they said, you know, it was at will. And they said we had, think, 60 days to pay it off and it was like $170,000. So all that hitting at the same time caused a cash crunch, which we thought would be, which I thought would be fine, but in reality wasn’t because our financials were wrong. So we had more debt on the books, less cash than was on the books and…

09:43
all the profits that we thought we had been making, we thought we’d be pulling half a million dollars in in profit, we weren’t. We were making significantly less than that, because the books were all wrong. So along those lines, what do you do differently today? Were you using a bookkeeper at the time when that happened? Yeah, so my co-found, we had an outside accountant and my partner did the, handled the whole financial stuff.

10:11
So, and the outside accountant was my partner’s friend. So I had no relationship with him and I had no visibility into what was going on. I would just see like a, here’s a PNL, you know, once a quarter or once every six months. And I didn’t have any info deeper than that. And I just trusted it all. Okay. Okay. I see. So if you were to do things differently, you’d hire like an independent accountant and bookkeeper.

10:40
Yeah, exactly. mean, just, you A, just look at the numbers more, right? Not like, just trust the really high level info, sort of dig a little deeper, ask some of the tougher questions. Cause there was in the summer when the financial crisis started, he did tell me there was issues and I was like, okay, let’s, I want to understand everything. I want to dig into everything. And he was super resistant and then came back with like, yeah, everything’s really fine. I just understood anything. Like, don’t worry about it. And like,

11:08
just wouldn’t give me access to see, you know, get my own QuickBooks login and really understand the data. And I should have fought harder at that point. It would have given me six more months of time. But he was super resistant that I didn’t fight hard enough. I don’t mean to bring up memories like that, the disconnect for me is how does that lead to like a warehouse software company? Yeah, so what happened after that was

11:36
So we were insolvent, like we had more debt than assets and like a shrinking business with no profits. But then we also had a lot of debt that was personally guaranteed. So we couldn’t just walk away because that would require personal bankruptcy. I told him that, well, my first, we had started these like couple other side businesses when we were selling like nursing scrubs. like,

12:02
totally unrelated, he had never spent a day working on any of it. I’d just done it all myself. I’d set up the website, got the sourcing and I did it all myself, but it was part of this entity. So I told him, let me have that, you can take the rest of the business, but I don’t want any of the debt. Just give me this business that I started as part of this and let me walk away. He said no. So then I switched to, okay, I’ll even give you that, just take everything, but you need to pay off the debts. I don’t want to up paying any of these debts.

12:30
that are personally guaranteed, I don’t want to have to file personal bankruptcy, to which he also said no. So what we ended up with was I took everything. So I took all the debts personally. And the way I was able to do it is I, my father took out, who is a college professor, didn’t have a ton of money, but he had a house that was paid off. So he took off, took out a mortgage and gave me the money for that. And I used that to pay down the debts.

12:56
to get my partner out and then I, so then I was the only owner of it after that. That seems like an unfair deal to me, but go on. Yeah, it was either that or we were both going down. Right. So like, you know, it wasn’t gonna, he wasn’t willing to take it. So I didn’t have much of a choice. So I had that and then I had this business that was super underwater and I also had the debt to my father. So now I really couldn’t just declare bankruptcy because now like- Right, your dad’s involved, yeah. Yeah, I’d be sailing with a debt that he had no way to pay back.

13:26
because it’s a mortgage on his house. So I had to make it work and it was brutal. Like I worked, like if there was a job that I could outsource for like 12 bucks an hour, I’d it myself. I did it myself. I was just struggled for years to sort of get that company back to zero. And once I did, it got a lot easier. So then I grew it back to the point where we never got

13:52
We got to, I think we had been at, I don’t remember the exact numbers, but it was like 6 million pre this, and then it was, we got to like 7.3 million post this whole financial crisis thing. And we switched to the customer segment. started Brazilian Jiu Jitsu was an emerging martial art at the time. So we sort of got a pretty dominant position in that industry. went out, there was no good, there were good suppliers in Brazil and good brands in

14:22
The UK, no one great in the US. So I couldn’t get deals with any of the people in Brazil. So I went to the UK, made deals with a couple of the biggest brands for like to be their US distributors, started a website which still exists and it’s still super popular, is BJJHQ.com, which is Brazilian Jiu Jitsu headquarters. It’s a flash sale site. What I saw is, do you know back country? Yeah, I do. So back country had this thing called steep and cheap.

14:50
which was like their flash sale thing, which was a deal that they initially, and then it’s converted to like rolling where every 20 minutes was a different deal. But anyways, I was at, I think IRCE, no, I didn’t go to IRCE. I didn’t have the money to go to IRCE. So I bought the DVDs of speeches at IRCE and someone from back country spoke about how they launched steep and cheap and like it quickly became like 50 % of their revenue or something like that.

15:19
I loved the idea because I had no money. I had no money in the bank to buy inventory, but by doing a deal all day, I only had to buy enough stock for a few days ahead. I think at the time, were a lot of these companies kind of folding and you were just buying off excess stock? What do mean? For these deals, like your sourcing. No, no, so we didn’t do it really buying closeouts. We never really did it that way a little bit, but what we ended up doing was just buying totally

15:49
valid popular products, but what we were able to do is, hey, we’d buy a decent quantity, so we’d get a decent price, but also logistics were a little bit easier because it was only one product, so you didn’t have to store and ship a variety. But the biggest thing was cash flow. So I didn’t have any money, but if you got to stock 500 products, you have to have inventory of all these different products. But if you only sell one deal a day,

16:17
just need to buy like the next week worth of products, right? So like, and usually you could buy it on a credit card or get 30 days term. So like sort of was a really good cashflow, which is what I needed because I had zero money in it. had like zero dollars in the bank. So we went all in on that and it worked. So, you know, we ended up launching our own brands and sort of keep, keep going with that. But that was really the way we went from zero to actually like having a real business again.

16:46
And you used the 3PL for your inventory, right? No. we went back and forth. What happened was after the whole issue with my partner, we had no money. We didn’t really have much of a business. So we went with the 3PL. And that 3PL went bankrupt. us and a company called Everlast, which is a large boxing brand, outsourced to these same guys. And then, yeah, those guys went, well, those guys just

17:15
did an awful job, both us and Everlast sued them. They declared bankruptcy to get out of the lawsuit. And then someone else bought them. So they continued to exist, but our lawsuits got tossed or whatever. We had to start all over because it wasn’t the same company anymore. So that was a disaster. So we ended up going back in-house, but we didn’t really have to have a really significant warehouse because we just won item a day.

17:43
But you grew this business back to where it was previously. when did you decide to start Ship Hero then? Because you already have this successful e-commerce business. Why throw that away and do a SaaS company of all things? Yeah, so we had grown it. We grew it back to be bigger than it was and much more profitable. So it got to the point we were making just over a million dollars a year of profit. So I paid my dad back, cleared all the old

18:10
debts because we had credit card debts from they’ve been rolling for the last five years. Cleared everything out. Finally got to a place where it’s a little more comfortable. The martial arts business, I had just backed into it. I started doing Brazilian Jiu Jitsu after a while and I actually like it. But most of what I was doing was sort of apparel manufacturing and design because that’s really what we were. that’s not something that I’m at all passionate about.

18:40
Okay. It’s not my thing. I did it because I needed, you know, like I had a wife and kids and know, bills, but it was great. Like I, you know, it, you know, paid for all those things, but it wasn’t something I cared about and would want to do if I didn’t need the money. So, my background is computer programming. That’s where I started. Um, and I always wanted to get back into it, but when I was making like just enough money to live, it, you know, it didn’t really have a luxury of, of doing what I wanted. did what I had to.

19:10
And then once the company got to the point where I was like, okay, I have extra money. Now I could bank some of that, save a little bit of it, and then start investing. And then instead of doing those $12 an hour jobs myself, hire a couple of people, let them do it, stop packing my own boxes, and go after something that I found just more personally satisfying, something I’m more excited about, which was gonna be software and…

19:38
shipping. mean, I’d run the warehouse for so long, done a lot of the work myself. I just was super familiar with it. I knew what I wanted, how I wanted the warehouse to run. I knew how the software I wanted to be. And then once I had this sort of the money, I decided to go for it.

19:54
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:23
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:52
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

21:03
You know, one thing that I was, when I was listening to your tropical MBA podcast, I was thinking to myself, like SaaS businesses usually, because we have a similar background. I’m an electrical engineer and I was thinking to myself, I’ve always wanted to start a SaaS business myself, but it is very capital intensive and you almost need to get funding, but you bootstrap this whole thing, right? If I recall. Yes. Yeah. So how do you, when you’re starting this warehouse software company,

21:29
And I’m sure the listeners out there who are running e-commerce businesses, they’re thinking to themselves, okay, should I go 3PL or should I run my own warehouse? So how do you know which route to take? Yeah, so well, to make that choice, I would pretty much always go 3PL if you really have to debate it. So back in the day, there weren’t a lot of good 3PLs and it was super scary.

21:57
to outsource to a 3PL, because the standard 3PL business model is spend all your time and energy acquiring a customer and then spend zero time and energy doing a good job for that customer, because it’s super difficult to switch. So once they’re in your warehouse, they’re not going to leave. And all your competitors aren’t that good either. So there’s no one really great for them to go to. So unless you were a top 500 retailer, you sort of were stuck with these crappy 3PL options.

22:26
you got to run your own because you can’t trust your business to a crappy 3PL operator. But that’s changed over the last five years. So there’s a lot of good options. On the forum, we talk about that a lot. There’s people who leave lots of feedback. And sure, there’s still some poor quality ones. even on the couple of guys that are actually on the forum, there’s Big Sky Fulfillment on there. There’s Societa Industries on there.

22:55
There’s Phoenix Direct on there. Those guys are all like quality operators, right? And a bunch of others. So like now you have good choices and like the idea that you should build your own warehouse and figure out how to pick pack orders, hire your own team, you know, deal with all the labor and workforce management stuff that comes along with it. If you have a standard off the shelf product.

23:19
It’s just not worth it. If you’re doing custom products, which I think you might be, right? Do you guys do some custom? we do embroidery. I don’t think a 3PL, unless you guys do custom stuff. That’s funny. actually, in my e-commerce business, one of the big ways we stood out was we bought a couple of Tajima machines and make… Yeah, that’s like us. Yep. So we embroider the back of uniforms for schools. So yeah, I’m super familiar with that. there are 3PLs that will do that. I can actually name a couple, or I can find a couple.

23:48
You know, that’s more niche, right? So that might pay to do in-house, but that’s the outliers, right? That’s like 5 % of the population, 95 % of 95 % of people sit outdoors. What’s funny, Aaron, is I actually never recommend any specific 3PLs to anyone because I’ve been burned many times in the past. Here’s what usually happens. Like a 3PL I recommend because a colleague might use them or several colleagues. It’s always good for a bit, but then when things fill up or when things get busy,

24:16
there’s always some disaster that happens. And then, and I want the listeners to know I’ve never used ShipHair before and this isn’t an advertisement for your company, but I’m being frank here, like what makes like a good 3PL and what’s to stop a 3PL from being what I’ve experienced in the past? Like what makes your service different? Yeah, so mean, certainly that is the norm. We are, like I said, they get you in and then at some point they start doing a horrible job and you…

24:43
as the merchant, you pay the cost because the customers leave you, right? So yeah, totally get it. So just to get a little bit of the history, we didn’t actually start our own 3PLs for a long time. For many years, our approach was we had all these 3PLs, there’s hundreds of warehouses using our software. And we said, you can make deals with any of these 3PLs and use whichever ones you want.

25:10
and it’s all networked. if you wanted to, let’s say you were in one 3PL and you wanted to switch to another one, you could do it seamlessly. You don’t have to change your software and you don’t even have to move your product. You can just send your new product to a new warehouse and just let the old warehouse run out of stock. Cause that’s the hardest part is moving it. So we really wanted to just solve exactly the problem you said, which was the same problem I had when that 3PL went bankrupt. I wanted to solve and I did not want to do it by opening warehouses. I wanted to do it with just the software.

25:40
Which is still, the software still does it and we do still have, we do have clients that have moved between 3PLs and use multiple different ones and we totally support that. So I would definitely encourage people to look at any of the 3PLs that we serve and you could Google it. I think it’s marketplace.shiphero.com. can see a list. Okay. So let me, let me just kind of reiterate what you just said. So a lot of 3PLs use your software.

26:07
and those are part of a network. So the idea is that if one 3PL goes down, in theory, because the other 3PLs use the same software, you can just start using a new one and just pick up exactly where you left off. Yeah, exactly. a customer of ours is Universal Music Group, so they’ve got everyone from Lady Gaga to Justin Bieber, Taylor Swift, everyone, right? So they had a couple of their own facilities, but then they also used all these other facilities for around the US and around the world. And if they’re not happy with one,

26:36
They don’t make a big deal about it. They just add a new one and they stop giving business to the old one. And it’s pretty undramatic, right? So you can do that today. It’s actually ecommerce3plfinder.com is the URL. And these are just clients that use us. You’re not using us directly. They’re just using us. And that works really well. And that sort of protects you from that downside. What about when shipments like, let’s say I ship a container in and…

27:02
and they never put it in or they claim they lost it or some disaster like that. Still you’re at a lot of money though, right? Well, I’ve never heard of someone saying they never got a container. That would be pretty awful. Well, not never got it, but like it took forever to get in. They lost parts of it or… Yeah, I mean, so that happens a lot, right? So, yeah, so that’s a horrible experience and hopefully that’s a lot less prevalent these days. You know, the other thing is there are…

27:27
we’ve gone from an era where it was mom and pops, which didn’t have a lot of accountability to being much more established brands. So the same way like, know, Coke can’t put out a really horrible product because like they’ve invested so much in their brand. It’s just not worth it for them. It’s the same thing with a lot of the modern three PLs where like, you know, us as an example, but anyone else, you can just Google

27:54
know, Shapiro fulfillment reviews, right? And like it’s on these platforms on, you know, the Shopify app store where I have no control. I can’t remove them. I can’t block them. I can reply, but if people are not happy, they can make it super obvious, right? So you can go through your top, you know, 10 three PLs and just look at them in the Shopify app store or any of the other trust pilot G2.

28:19
you know, anywhere, right? Or even just go on, you know, e-commerce fuel, if you remember, ask there, ask on Twitter. And like, you’ll see which ones are good and which ones are bad. And they’re definitely good ones and definitely bad ones. And where it used to be really hard to find that these days, I think it’s pretty much out there. You can tell who’s, who’s doing an awful job and some do an awful job still. if you are, if you’re considering a three PL, what should your sales volumes be like before you even consider it?

28:49
to make those numbers work. It’s usually once you’re beyond your sort of available space, right? So if you’ve got a garage, you’ve got a basement, you can ship it yourself, you have the time and space, like do that. But then once you get to a point where it’s like, I got to sign a lease, that’s when you should start looking at, maybe I should just out.

29:09
I’m just trying to think, let’s say, let’s try to put some numbers in the mix. Let’s say you’re selling a non-oversized Amazon product and maybe you’re doing six figures in revenue and you’re trying to make this comparison between 3PL and Amazon FBA. In general, would you say that the 3PL will tend to be cheaper than Amazon’s warehouse? No, mean Amazon, if you’re exclusively selling on Amazon, use FBA to the degree you can as much as possible. It’s going be cheaper than using a third party warehouse.

29:38
Amazon’s expensive if you’re selling like on Shopify and you want to ship directly to your customers using Amazon then yeah, Amazon’s pretty expensive. But for direct Amazon sales, Amazon’s the best option. So for people who have their own store and Amazon, do you recommend a combination of both or or Amazon fulfillment for your own store as well? Like what are the trade offs and when is the breakdown? When does it become when does it make sense to do one or the other?

30:05
Yeah, once you get above like 25 orders a day that’s shipping through your own channels, that’s when people start to send it on their own. Storage on Amazon is super expensive and the shipping’s not cheap for direct sales either. So, but if you’re just doing a few, it doesn’t matter, right? You just need to cost. It’s not worth the hassle of dealing with a 3PL. But once you get above like 25 orders a day that are off Amazon sales, that’s when you should probably start looking at if a 3PL makes sense. Okay. And

30:33
Are only smaller items generally a good fit for 3PL? And what parameters for products work best in terms of like size, margins, and that sort of thing? It doesn’t matter. mean, 3PL is just a warehouse. So every product needs to go through some warehouse, either it’s your own or it’s outsourced. Size is generally not a factor. It’s really if there’s stuff that’s non-standard and small that you can run into issues.

31:00
For example, like we mentioned embroidery or if you write custom notes on shipments to customers or you like to wrap it with pretty paper in a certain specific way. Like if you’re doing a thousand orders a day, you’ll have no problem finding many 3PLs that will be happy to do that. But if you’re doing 10 orders a day, they’re not gonna train someone at a 3PL to be able to handle like, this is how the customer X wants things done. So.

31:28
If you’re small and really custom, do it in-house. But if you’re standard, the 3PL is almost always a good option. And if you’re custom and big, 3PL is also usually a pretty good option. So what are some questions that you would ask for 3PL? I mean, you have the advantage of being a customer at one point for a 3PL. What questions do you ask? And are there any things to just watch out for? Yeah, so the big difference or a big

31:56
thing to look out for is how the pricing works on the shipping. So in general, just to pick round numbers, if it’s gonna cost you $10 to get a package to your customer, about $2 of that’s gonna go to the 3PL and about eight is gonna go to a shipping carrier like UPS. People tend to get really obsessed about the $2 when talking to the 3PL and forget the $8. You shouldn’t do that. You should look at what’s the total cost for me to get this package to my customers. Because what people see is like,

32:25
I’m just going to get this UPS account and there’s this list of pricing and the pricing that UPS provides is, you know, I do this for a living and I have a hard time figuring out what a package is actually going to cost, right? Because there’s residential surcharges, delivery area surcharges and a bunch of fuel surcharges and know, it’s 6 % for fuel and it could be $2.25 for delivery area surcharges. But how many go to a delivery area surcharge? I don’t know. And then there’s zones. There’s zones like one through eight.

32:53
you would think that, oh, well, half of them will go, you know, the same amount of, go to one as we’ll go to eight, but it’s wrong. like 10 times as much goes to zone eight as zone one, because the zones are increasingly large in size, because it works like based on a circle, right? So like the concentric circles get much bigger. So the math becomes, you know, to the point where even doing an Excel is really difficult. You pretty much have to use algorithms to understand what things are gonna cost.

33:17
Which of course is well beyond the scope of what most people can do. So what they do is they ignore that and they just focus out, okay, how much is it gonna cost to pick and pack the order, right? So you end up at a supplier or the 3PL that saves you 15 cents on picking and packing but costs you 75 % on the shipping charges because dirty secret, the 3PLs get kickbacks on the shipping charges. So they might say you can use our UPS account and it’s great, but they get a kickback from UPS off of what you spent, which is highly variable.

33:47
So, and you have, and it’s opaque, you don’t know what that number is, right? So, going in, you have no idea what those numbers are. So, what I would always recommend is get an all-in price. Just say like, I’m gonna give you this product, how much is it gonna cost to get to my customer? Don’t give me a breakdown of like, well, this is the pick and then there’s this UPS fee. Just give me a total amount. Ideally, with no zones. If you need to do zones, give me what the average is gonna cost me so I can know that it’s gonna cost me.

34:15
875 on average to ship this item to my customer in the US, right? If a 3PL can’t give you that, the number’s probably not that good. Otherwise, they’d be happy to share. It’s interesting, because I’ve looked at a number of 3PLs over the years, and some have really complicated pricing structures, which make it really hard to actually estimate what your costs are. There’s pick fees, there’s shipping fees, storage fees. I’m just kind of curious how you guys run it.

34:42
Yeah, so we just provide a… It’s just on the website. Go to fulfillment.shiphero.com, just click on the pricing tab and it’ll tell you. There’s no zones, there’s no multiple fees, there’s no receiving, no storage for the first product that sells within 60 days, no pick and pack shipping separate. just, it’s gonna cost you. It’s like a flat rate, basically. Flat rate, anywhere within the lower 48. Is there any savings on, do you pass any of shippings?

35:11
costs back to the customer? Like you’re getting kickbacks because you’re doing so much volume, right? Yeah, but so we just give you the total price counting everything. So you don’t have to think about like, how much is UPS or how much is FedEx? we’re just telling you what it’s going to cost to get it to your end customer. And what about the cost to like store stuff in the warehouse? Yeah, so that’s again, it’s all right there. I was just asking you just, just so people listening can just get an estimate in their minds, like how much roughly it would cost.

35:38
Yes, I’m just going to website now. So we do the first 60 days free. So any products that turn within 60 days, you don’t pay any storage on. Okay, nice. After that, it’s $5 a month for a bin and which is 4.4 cubic feet and $30 a month for a pallet. Okay. Do you do seller fulfilled prime? So seller fulfilled prime requires that the seller, not us, is certified. So we do.

36:08
but it requires that the seller is certified, which very few are, and they don’t really take a lot of people. I think it’s been closed for like a couple of years from the sign-up. it’s like I have it for my e-commerce business, where it was approved from years ago, and you can take that to any warehouse you want. And we have a couple other people that have it, but it’s a decreasingly small percentage, because they’re not opening it up a lot. And what would you say is your competitive edge, personally?

36:37
for Shapiro. So like me as a person or my company? Your company and you, guess, since you’re running it. I we have, I think we’ve got a pretty good team. It’s pretty, pretty aligned on where we’re trying to go. So like we’re not a venture-backed company like you discussed. So I think you mentioned, so we’re bootstrapped. do it like we’re pretty like blue collar and hands-on. I mean, it’s a blue collar business. mean, yep.

37:06
you’re unloading containers and putting them on shelves and making sure everything just gets there, Yep, exactly. like we’re a software, like I’m a programmer and that’s like we have 40 some odd engineers, but we’re pretty practical in terms of like the job is to put the right item in the right box and ship to the right customer and sort of not that complicated, but it requires showing up every day and doing the work.

37:35
Right? Like you can’t call out a day and not ship the orders for a customer. Like nothing else matters if you don’t ship it. So I think we’ve got the right attitude on that. also, again, not being, you know, venture backed. don’t, like we don’t sell like, oh, you’re to get stock options and you’re going to make, you know, $10 million when we IPO. Like that’s not the pitch we’re giving our employees. A lot of our employees, you know, maybe have had that’s

38:02
engineers or designers have had that experience somewhere else, which didn’t go well, right? Because most venture-backed companies don’t succeed. And even if they do, in general, the employees are not the ones that make out with a lot of money. Their options tend to not be that valuable, except for very few outliers. And they work you really hard, right? So it’s like, oh, work really hard, and then you can get this payoff. And then the reality is you do the really hard work, but you don’t get the payoff. So we pitch a different message, which is…

38:30
Like you’re gonna work hard in terms of like we expect you to do the work, not be delegating the work to someone else, but also like you’ll be done by five o’clock. You’re not gonna be working nights. You’re not gonna be working weekends. And we’re gonna pay you a reasonable salary so you can live your life today, not dream about in 10 years from now, a potential exit that may or may not happen is sort of out of your control anyways. You’re one employee in a fairly large organization.

38:57
I mean, I think we attract the right people there who care about their craft, they care about their job, they do well, and they stick. Like we almost never lose employees, which is super important and super rare, I think, in tech companies. Can you actually just give me an example of what good warehouse software does for you? Like as we talked about earlier, we run a warehouse ourselves, and I don’t want to say it’s a disaster, but it’s definitely not as efficient as it could be. So what are some just typical inefficiencies of doing it yourself that can be optimized?

39:26
So I mean, the first question is, are you scanning products or are you just selecting without scanning barcodes? We are not scanning barcodes. Right, okay. So basically, if the people doing the work in the warehouse are beyond the sort of founder and immediate family members and you’re not doing any scan-based verification, a couple of things happen. One, you make a lot of mistakes and two, so one thing we found,

39:55
at my e-commerce company was our top performing employee was doing twice the work of our lowest performing employee, but was getting paid like $2 an hour more, right? But we didn’t know that until we had put in software because how would you know, right? Just sort of eyeballing it is really tough and really tough to fire someone based on like, it doesn’t seem like he’s working that hard. And know, this guy seems like he’s working harder. Like, so real software will give you that, will give you the accuracy. You’re not gonna make mistakes.

40:25
label items, have barcodes, you scan them, you just, don’t make mistakes. And you see who’s doing a good job and who isn’t, which is super important to making sure you retain the people that are good and you get rid of the people that aren’t. Okay, that makes sense. I remember Kevin Steckow told me once that once he started doing barcoding, he immediately knew and then he implemented some three strike system for screw ups too. You can immediately tell who screwed up with the packing also of a particular order. Yeah, yeah. mean, it’s so eye opening. Like,

40:54
It’s so obvious once you have the data. I’m like, wow, that guy’s horrible. And then you tell yourself the story like, oh yeah, I always knew he seemed like he was kind of maybe taking a nap in the back. you don’t pull your trigger on it because it’s really hard to make those personnel decisions without hard data. Like you don’t want to fire someone when you’re like, I think he’s not great. But once you can see like, yeah, I mean, every day he ships an item wrong. I told him scan it and then he didn’t scan it and he shipped it wrong. Yeah, you have no.

41:22
You don’t feel guilty at all about firing that person. Like I told them to scan. Are you gonna get fired? He didn’t scan I fired him Interesting. So we have a lot of loose inventory lying around because we actually pack on demand So we sell stuff in different sets and then we have the personalized part And so there’s always and then there’s stuff that’s not sellable because there’s like a stain it you’ve done textiles before and so would it be the same thing you just have a barcode for that bin whenever you take one out you just scan it yeah, so we actually have sellable and non-solvable bins as well, so

41:52
you do want to track what you have that’s not sellable. But yeah, you track it and then you can do, like the system will never tell you to pick non-sellable, never tell like Shopify you have non-sellable available, but you keep track of what it is. Yeah, and you just barcode everything. Not everything is barcodable, but most things are. Right. So in terms of customization, inserts, custom boxing,

42:20
What do you guys charge for that? And when does it make sense? Yeah, so mean, a lot of people do custom boxes and do inserts. We include three picks. So if your order has one or two items in it and you want, and an insert is just a pick. So we just count it as a pick. So if you have less than one or two, if you have only one or two items, the insert is free. And if you have more, we charge, I want to say 25 cents, but I’d have to look it up. Yeah, 25 cents.

42:50
for each additional pick. Custom boxes, like that’s just on the merchant to provide that. We don’t pay for the actual box if it’s a non-standard box. But that’s it, we don’t charge extra for that. pretty common. So you also have the luxury of seeing like all the macro trends due to COVID. And what are you seeing in terms of people selling on Amazon, like types of products and people running their own stores? Are most people just kind of ditching their

43:19
their own in-house operations at this point? No, mean, everything’s up. you know, I mean, there’s certain categories that are down, but for the most part, you know, both Amazon, non-Amazon, like everything’s grown a lot. Actually, non-Amazon, we’ve seen been growing faster than Amazon. There’s been a lot of a lot of growth in big companies doing more online. So we work with like Mars, the chocolate company.

43:48
people like that who maybe didn’t have Frito-Lay, who maybe didn’t have a large direct to consumer presence that COVID really pushed them to do that. So that’s been big. But yeah, I mean- When you say you ship, you mean your software as opposed to your three people, right? Yeah, yeah. So yeah, so in general, our software a lot is used by larger entities. you know, our largest ones are doing like $500 million a year, like on online sales.

44:16
And then our fulfillment is mostly smaller, so like a million plus. So realistically, to use your software, you pretty much have to be like an eight figure company for it to make sense or? 10 million is eight figures, right? Yeah, yeah. It’s basically where we start. And then from the 3PL standpoint, you’re recommending if you’re getting like 25 orders a day on average. Yeah, that’s basically where it starts, like 500 orders a month is sort of the bottom end.

44:46
our biggest ones doing, well we actually had a cool one, which is a customer called Byte, which does like Invisalign sort of things, which was a fulfillment customer and sold earlier this month for just over a billion in cash. So that’s on the top end of sort of the customers we deal with. So what are you seeing in terms of e-commerce growth right now?

45:12
So any projections for this year? Yeah, I think a lot in the US is going to depend on stimulus and the economy. Like Q4 was sort of disappointing. Really interesting. OK. Yeah. Well, Q3, we were up. I think we’re up 130 percent year over year. And then Shopify was up like they published their numbers also. So I want to say like 110 percent or something. Right. Which is huge. But then Q4.

45:41
We were up, I want to say about 110 % in Shopify. And I could look up these numbers in 70 after Shopify was up like 70 % year over year. like still big numbers, but much lower than the Q4 numbers. like we, we work with Shopify as part of Shopify fulfillment network and awesome. Everyone else’s, you know, their expectations are expectations. Everyone’s expectations were higher for Q4, you know, partially that was just sort of planning, right? You always want to plan for, you know,

46:09
the larger number so you don’t get caught unprepared. But I think we all expected a bit more out of Q4 than we got. And then Q1, it’s been okay. But again, I think there’s a lot of sort of the economy issues, unemployment, and it’s not as, and people are going back to stores a bit more than they were. it’s not like

46:38
the crazy growth that we were seeing earlier in mid 2020. Can you comment real quick on like just Shopify fulfillment network as a 3PL? Yeah, I Shopify fulfillment network is great. They are still pretty limited into a whole they’ll take in. A lot of those products shipped using our software and so we’re super supportive of what they’re doing. Yeah, and if you get in, they do great. Are they perfect? No, I think sometimes that’s…

47:07
In issue where people are just so you have such high expectations for Shopify Which is which is tough to live up to right actually shipping the packages. You’re just not gonna be as successful as you are with with your software because you’re gonna hand your products off to You USPS or whoever and a hundred percent of them are not going to get there on time And you know, you’re like well Shopify’s does great and they should get there on time But the reality is you’re you’re beholden to third parties that

47:36
They’re just going to make human mistakes, right? The warehouse could pick it wrong or USPS or UPS can be late or lose a package. So it’s tough for someone, know, anyone to really fix that. But overall, they’re a great service and they use a bunch of different warehouses and I would encourage anyone who sells exclusively on Shopify to look at them as fulfillment offer. So in terms of you personally, are you putting more emphasis on the software or the 3PL aspect of your business?

48:04
working really hard on both. we’ve got a pretty decent sized team at this point where we don’t really have to do one or the other. They’re both pretty decent sized businesses. So I spend my time mostly on product and engineering, which really crosses across both of those. So I’m working on both of them all day. It’s interesting because we have kind of a similar background. For me, the 3PL aspect of it would not interest me at all.

48:34
Whereas the software company, it’s much more scalable. So it’s interesting. Yeah. Yeah. I think there’s definitely a dearth of programmers with interest in warehousing, which I have. I love the warehousing. I love the logistics part. And I think that’s also been the struggle with outsourcing in the past is the people that the warehouses attracted, they had hard time attracting the really good

49:03
Engineers I think sure I think we got a little bit of an advantage being like we started with the software and then we added the warehouses I was gonna just say that I like how you guys are eating your own dog food so to speak right Presumably a lot of the features for your software come from actually experiences you have running your warehouses, right? Yeah, I mean our software runs. It’s the same software, right? We’re basically a customer of ourselves. Exactly. Yeah, exactly Hey Aaron, where can people find more information about you and your company? I get asked questions about three pills at least like

49:32
almost like every day. if you can just give us information about your company and maybe some other resources where people can do their own research as well. Yeah, so I mean, we’re just shiphero.com. You can find both the SaaS and fulfillment. I’m on Twitter. pretty active at Aaron, A-A-R-O-N and A-N-D-M-L, Larry, Larry. That’s my Twitter handle. I’m pretty active there and happy to sort of, you people.

49:58
ask me questions on there and DM me. I try to be pretty responsive. And then, I mean, for people who have access to the forum, it’s a great resource. There’s so many threads about 3PLs and fulfillment and running your own warehouse. So yeah, it’s a great resource there. And on YouTube is the other thing, like we’re pretty active on YouTube, but there’s also a bunch of other people that are pretty active on YouTube. And you could consume hours and hours of really in-depth content of like, like I did a series where I showed

50:28
Like as we were setting up one of our new warehouses and that’s gotten a lot of engagement and you can see like, it’s just like, it’s not scripted or anything. It’s just like, here’s what we’re doing. And I started going from zero up to a fully running warehouse. And you can see like all the details of like how everything works. pretty transparent. And I can tell you now just for people listening, like running a warehouse is not fun and we don’t do a really good job of it. We just feel like we have to do it because of the personalization aspects. But if you’re just selling off the shelf products,

50:58
I’m just looking at the rent that we’re paying right now for our tiny little place in California where the prices are ridiculous. It really just makes sense to outsource all of that. And it’s just something that we’ve been thinking about. Well, biggest cost you’re probably facing is how are you shipping your products out? What carriers? Mainly USPS because everything’s under a pound. Okay. so you’re able to do like first class. Yep. Okay. Yeah. First class isn’t bad trying to get to New York cost wise, but it’s pretty slow. Yeah.

51:28
I think that the biggest disadvantage people have fulfilling out of their own is they’ve got their own warehouse wherever it is and they’re stuck sending it cross country. I’m in New York and we used to sell to California and it’s either slow or expensive. You can’t get it there fast and cheap versus with 3PLs you can because you’ll be in multiple warehouses. I think FedEx OneRate has been really good for us too. FedEx OneRate is great. I don’t know how they do it but yeah.

51:56
It keeps it last, but yeah, if you could fit it in like that FedEx envelope, it’s what, like 9.50 or something you’re paying? Yeah, it’s dirt cheap. Yeah. Yeah, it’s a great service. Used to be USPS flat rate used to be great, but they’ve… It’s got more expensive and it’s not reliable. Yeah, exactly. Double whammy. Exactly. But yeah, I mean, yeah, it’s just, I actually get my wife on here to talk about some of these issues that we have. I’m sure it could be mitigated with the software that you were describing, but I think that would…

52:24
require like a pretty large F &R part, we’d have to think about whether it’s really worth it. We don’t have that many packers really. Yeah, the trick is always on the receiving end. So it’s like garbage in, garbage out. If your receiving process isn’t verifying the items, that is, making sure they’re barcoded, you’ll never be able to get your hands around a problem. So I wouldn’t start at picking a packing. I would start at receiving and making sure that’s right. And then once that’s

52:52
gone on for a couple of months, it’ll be very easy to make sure you’re picking up packing is accurate because that means your inventory’s right and you’re sort of, once everything’s right upstream, it’s easy to get the picking and packing right. Yeah, no, that’s great advice. I mean, it’s actually a pain because whenever we get a large shipment in, it’s like all hands on deck and we have everything on a spreadsheet, but that’s really not that efficient, I think. Right, yeah. Excel as the way to run your business is super common, but…

53:21
Yeah, you know not the best workflow. Yeah Hey Aaron, thanks a lot for coming on man Open my eyes for a couple things and and the cost seemed very reasonable Well, I think a lot of people are just afraid about the variable cost but it sounds like if there’s like a flat base cost structure It’s really easy to calculate whether it’s worth it for your business Yeah, the math is easy. And the flexibility is the other part which is like I don’t know how much you’re paying for On your lease if your business doubled you’d be like, yes exactly more space

53:50
And if your business drops in half, which is what happened to me way back when, I was stuck in that lease with, know, I didn’t have the revenue to fill it out of the space, but it doesn’t matter. You sign a lease, you gotta pay that bill. Yeah, I mean, especially for us, I mean, you’d probably be, actually, you’re probably not shocked. You’re in New York, right? Yeah. But yeah, for what we pay, like, yeah, you’re right. If business were to double, we would be screwed. And if it halved, it wouldn’t be as bad, actually. It’s only if it grew too hard, too much.

54:18
Because just everything is ridiculous here. But anyway, hey, thanks a lot, Aaron. I’ll be sure to link up all those resources in the show notes. All right. It was really good chatting.

54:29
Hope you enjoyed that episode. And with the rising cost of Amazon, more and more people are using 3PLs as an intermediary to store their inventory. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 350. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO.

54:59
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLA V I Y O. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

55:27
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

349: How To Avoid Doing Something You Hate For The Rest Of Your Life With Steve Chou

349: How To Avoid Doing Something You Hate For The Rest Of Your Life

For many of us, our choices in life are heavily influenced by our environment.

We are born into a society that tells us how to pick a career path and we are given a set of rules and goals at an early age. These rules often determine our path in life.

In this episode, you will learn the 5 pillars of career fulfillment, how to prioritize them, and most importantly, how to avoid getting stuck in a career you hate.

What You’ll Learn

  • My framework for making the right career decisions.
  • The 5 pillars of career fulfillment.
  • How to avoid getting stuck doing something you hate for the rest of your life.

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to teach you my framework for finding a career that makes you happy. And more importantly, how to avoid doing something that you hate for the rest of your life. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business that you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way?

00:29
but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories, do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customer needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data.

00:57
Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you own your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash mywife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:26
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:54
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscoop.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. Now, unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience and no topic is off the table.

02:24
and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:51
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode to cover a topic that affects many of the people that I know. In fact, while I would say that this affects more Asians than any other race, it is by all means a widespread problem all over the world. And today’s episode will teach you how to avoid doing something that you hate for the rest of your life. Now for most of us, our choices in life are heavily influenced by our environment. We are born into a society that tells us how to pick a career path

03:21
and we’re often too young to know any better. We were given a set of rules and goals at an early age, and these rules often determine our path in life. So for example, I was born into a strict Asian household where I was expected to excel academically. Skipping college was not an option, and I was told that success consisted of getting good grades and finding a nice stable career in engineering, law, or medicine. And as a result, starting a business was never on my radar.

03:49
and it actually took me 32 years to discover my calling in life. 32 years, that’s a very long time. Now for many of you listening to this episode, I suspect that you might have a similar story. You’ve been conditioned to go to college, discover your interests, find the right job, and live happily ever after. But unfortunately, it almost never works out that way. And here’s why. So first off, I want to talk about the problem with the traditional career path. Now when we are young,

04:19
we are forced to go to school until we’re 18 years old. And then from there, many of us attend college with the hope of discovering our calling in life. Now we take classes on various subjects like French literature, great works, and psychology 101. But the problem with college is that it doesn’t teach you what it’s like in the real world. So for example, there’s no class on investing. There’s no class on how to manage your money. And there’s no class on people skills. And in fact, most people wander through college trying to excel in arbitrary subjects

04:49
that have zero practical purpose. And then before you know it, four years pass, and then you are suddenly thrust into a world where you have to make important decisions that will alter the course of your entire life. But the problem is that you’re clueless. You have no real skills, you have no network, and you don’t have anyone to hold in your hand throughout the entire process. Because there is no process. There is no set path, and you’ve spent your entire life being a straight-A student, but you have zero experience running anything of

05:18
consequence. And then all of a sudden you are stuck answering questions like, what should I do with my life? What am I truly passionate about? And where do I go from here? And then time happens. You make the practical choice, stick with it for 20 years and then question how you got here in the first place. And the problem with the practical choice is that it rarely fulfills you in the longterm. Now, many of my friends who chose to be lawyers are now questioning their decision.

05:45
Many of my doctor friends are drastically cutting back on their hours looking for something else to do. And many of my friends in lucrative and very prestigious positions are not satisfied with the career path that they have chosen. And here’s the thing, people who are on their deathbeds often feel regret. And I strongly believe that many of those regrets stem from the fact that we live most of our lives going with the flow and choosing the practical path. We allow society or our parents to influence our decisions

06:14
even if they don’t make sense for our happiness. So this episode is about bucking the trend and finding your own way. It’s about analyzing the path that you’re currently on and whether that path makes sense for you. Now, first off, when it comes to making career decisions, it’s important to remember that nothing is ever set in stone and that you can always make a change. Now, when I was younger, I actually used to think that my choices were final and that’d be pigeonholed into a set job for the rest of my life.

06:42
But if you look at my personal journey, I’ve actually done many drastically different things in the last 20 years. So when I graduated from college, I started out as an electrical engineer and worked my way up to becoming a director at my company. But then from a director of engineering, I started selling handkerchiefs online. From running an e-commerce store, I took up writing and blogging. And then from blogging, I started podcasting. And then from podcasting, I decided to teach e-commerce over at profitableonlinestore.com.

07:10
And from teaching my course, I started my own event over at Seller Summit. And from there, I started a YouTube channel. And in a couple of weeks, I’m going to launch a TikTok channel. The list goes on. But here’s the point. Most of you stress out over your career decisions because you put too much emphasis on making the right choice on your first try. You’ve been told to follow your passion, but you aren’t passionate about anything because you aren’t sure what you’re good at and you have no idea what to do. Now in the face of uncertainty,

07:39
your best course of action is to simply just pick one thing. It doesn’t matter what it is in the beginning, but make a choice and commit to it for at least a couple of years. And if your choice works out, then great. But otherwise, remember that you can always make a change. In other words, it is never too late to reinvent yourself. So with that in mind, here’s my framework for making the right career decisions or business decisions based on your personal needs. And ultimately, this process requires a little self-reflection

08:08
and an understanding of what makes you happy. So here are my five pillars of career fulfillment. So first off, most people have a tendency to choose a profession that pays the most money and it’s really easy to fall into this trap. When I first graduated from college, I was obsessed with becoming filthy rich. I dreamt of a life where I made millions per year, flew in private jets and bought whatever I wanted. And this drive for money fueled me to take jobs in the Silicon Valley that had the highest potential payout.

08:38
It fueled me to set aggressive growth goals for all my businesses at the expense of stress and happiness. But as I unraveled the reasons for my money lust, I actually discovered that most of it stemmed from ego. I wanted to achieve impressive numbers that made me feel good despite the toll it took on my psyche. Now making more money is all fine and good, but after a certain point, you realize that your drive for money stems from a desire for financial security rather than vast amounts of wealth.

09:06
Now don’t get me wrong, making money is important, but it almost always comes at a price. So for example, if you choose a career that requires working 100 hours a week, it will negatively affect your social life and your relationships. If you choose a career that doesn’t make a positive impact on the world, you might feel unfulfilled. Now the key is to take some time to reflect on what makes you happy and choose your path based on how you rank the following criteria. So here’s my five criteria, lifestyle.

09:35
Do you want a career that will allow you to be flexible with your time? And how important is your leisure time? And how many hours do you want to work every week? Impact. Do you want your profession to make a positive impact on the world? And does your work actually improve the future? Ego. Do you want to become well known for your work? Do you want to be well respected in your niche? And how important is fame and appreciation to you? Personal growth. Do you want your work to test your potential?

10:04
Do you want your profession to challenge your mind? And then finally, there’s financial security. Do you want to make lots of money? And how important is job security? Now the unfortunate aspect of these five criteria is that they tend to conflict. So ultimately you must make trade-offs based on what you value the most. Okay, so pillar number one is financial security. Now if you’re Asian like I am, chances are you lean towards the practical career path. Now the practical career consists of a high salary job that pays the bills

10:34
and gives you peace of mind when it comes to your finances. It is the safe option. Now, a few careers that come to mind are engineers, lawyers, doctors, dentists, accountants, et cetera. Now, there’s nothing wrong with any of these professions. They are in high demand and can be quite fulfilling to some people. But more often than not, it boils down to the money. Now, at a base level, practicality comes down to being able to pay the bills every month, support your living needs, and provide a sense of financial security.

11:04
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

11:32
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

12:02
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

12:13
Pillow number two is quality of life. What you do for a living will have consequences on your everyday life, even when you are not doing work. So for example, I have friends in Silicon Valley who think about their job 24 seven. And even though they are only physically in the office for eight to 10 hours a day, they are mentally consumed and constantly check work emails on nights and weekends. They are burdened with a tremendous amount of stress because they are forced to meet aggressive goals and deadlines for their company. And even though they make

12:40
excellent salaries, and are compensated extremely well, there’s always a work-related issue weighing heavily on their minds. So overall, your job flexibility will play a huge role in your relationships with your friends and family as well. And it will affect the types of activities you can do in your free time and play a huge role in your overall happiness. Now, the toughest part about having a career with a great lifestyle is that it often conflicts with all of the other pillars. Pillar number three, impact and passion.

13:09
Pillar number three is about fulfilling your passions. Now, do you truly love your work? And are you actively helping others make the world a better place to live? Do you want to wake up every morning, raring and ready to get to work? Now, the impact pillar is what most people suppress in favor of money and practicality, which is why there are so many disgruntled workers in the world. I once had a friend who made a killing working at an ad tech company, but as years passed, he realized that devoting his life towards getting people to click on more ads,

13:37
simply was not a fulfilling outcome for him and ended up leaving for a much lower paying job in nonprofit. And today he’s much happier and he spends his time helping other people. And similarly, I found that running mywifequitterjob.com is infinitely more fulfilling than my engineering job ever was. Helping people change their financial lives through e-commerce has been especially rewarding for me. And I actually really love it when my students find success selling online. Pillar number four is ego and respect.

14:06
Now, we’re all human, and it’s only natural to care about what other people think of you. After all, we all want to be appreciated for our work. We all want to be recognized for our accomplishments. And we all want to be well-liked, admired, and work on interesting projects. And for me personally, I’m not ashamed to admit that I immensely enjoy getting recognized for my work. And I actually really love it when people approach me to thank me for my content. After all, what you do for a living eventually becomes a part of your identity.

14:35
Now, what do I mean by that? Think about how you respond when someone asks what you do. Do you say that you’re an engineer or that you design computers? Do you say that you’re a lawyer or that you practice law? Do you say that you’re a doctor or do you cure patients? Most people identify themselves by their job title rather than their actual job duties. And your job title affects your ego because people judge you for it. For example, back when I was an electrical engineer, no one really cared about what I did for a living.

15:04
And in fact, I would see eyes often glaze over when I tried to explain what I did. But today, when I mentioned that I’m a professional writer and podcaster, I get a totally different reaction and people are actually interested in learning more. So overall, you have to take pride in what you do for a living and it feels great when others express interest in your work. Now, pillar number five is personal achievement. And the personal achievement pillar is about challenging yourself. Does your career force you to excel? Are you pushed to your full potential?

15:34
And does what you do require brain power? Now, one thing that I enjoyed about my day job as a director of engineering was that it was extremely challenging from a technical perspective. And to this day, I have yet to find anything that matches it. And while I enjoy running my businesses, most of my day-to-day involves cultivating relationships. And it’s actually rare that I ever get to tackle difficult technical problems. But that being said, I also derive a lot of personal satisfaction from growing my businesses, developing personal relationships, and studying human psychology.

16:05
Every satisfying career requires a certain level of challenge to keep you interested. Now here comes the hard part. We got to prioritize these five pillars. So now that you are aware of the five pillars of career fulfillment, you got to prioritize because you can’t have it all. These five pillars can and will conflict. So for example, it’s very rare to find a high paying job that offers a great lifestyle. And it may be difficult to find impactful work that pays the bills. And because there’s no perfect career,

16:34
Making the right trade-offs requires a deep analysis of your fears. Fear guides your decisions. Fear is what prevents you from making a change. So for example, if you find yourself working a day job that you hate, but you can’t get yourself to quit, it’s because fear is keeping you there. If you’ve always wanted to start your own business, but you can’t get yourself to take action, it’s fear that’s making you stuck. Overcoming your fears often requires a deep dive into your subconscious to trace the root cause of your anxiety.

17:04
Are you afraid of failing? Will you be embarrassed if your business idea doesn’t pan out? Are you worried about not appearing successful to your friends? Now by taking a lower paying job that you find more fulfilling, are you worried about making ends meet or sacrificing your lifestyle? Are you scared that making less money will negatively impact your social life? Will you be judged by others for not making as much money? And are you worried about the public perception of your career? Is it prestigious? Will people look up to you?

17:32
Now back when my wife and I first started our wedding linen shop, we considered all the above. We were worried about failing. We didn’t want to be embarrassed if we didn’t succeed. We wanted to appear successful to our friends and we were worried about downgrading our lifestyle. And I personally did not want to be known as the handkerchief guy. It’s probably too late for me on that respect. And to overcome these fears that we played a game called worst case scenario. And the rules are simple. You just take a piece of paper and you write down all the possible negative outcomes.

18:02
So for us, if our business failed, worst case, we would both go back to work. If we couldn’t find a job, we would just move in with our parents. And if that didn’t work out, we would just stop eating out and cut back on our expenses and we would delay buying a house. And by enumerating all the worst case scenarios, we realized that no outcome was catastrophic. And our worst case analysis gave us the courage to pursue a career in entrepreneurship. So bottom line, nothing is ever as bad as it seems.

18:30
and most of your fears are made up scenarios in your mind. So that’s why when it comes to choosing your path, I encourage you to not place the financial pillar at the top of your list. Instead, try to find a career that makes you excited to go to work every day. Most people place too much emphasis on the money, which is almost a surefire path to dissatisfaction. Now, if I were to rank my career satisfaction today running my businesses, here’s what it would look like. And incidentally, this list that I’m going down the pillars,

18:59
are in ranking order of importance to me. So lifestyle, I give myself a 4.5 out of five. And because my businesses are aligned, I have the flexibility of time shifting my work and taking time off whenever I want. And the only reason that it’s not a five out of five is because I occasionally have business emergencies that require my immediate attention. But overall life’s pretty good. Impact, I give a five out of five. Now, even though my wedding linen store doesn’t really make a huge impact in the world,

19:28
I actually get tremendous satisfaction from helping others with their e-commerce businesses over at mywifequitterjob.com. And based on the emails that I get every day, I’m making a difference. Now it’s to a small group of people, but I’m still making a difference, which makes me very happy. By nature of security, I give myself a five out of five. Even though all my businesses started out pretty slow, today they easily generate more money that I can spend in a year. Personal growth, I give myself a four out of five.

19:57
Now, quite frankly, the only aspect lacking from my career right now is a good technical challenge. But outside of that, growing my businesses and keeping up with the latest trends keeps me motivated. Ego, five out of five. Now writing and podcasting for mywifequitterjob.com and my YouTube channel has inadvertently made me an authority in the e-commerce space. So as a result, I sometimes get recognized at conferences and events and it’s super fun. Just curious though, what do your pillars look like?

20:26
I’m actually eager to know. if you want to leave a comment like right below this episode, happy to look through those. But overall, the goal of this episode is to prevent you from having lifelong regrets about your choices in life. Because looking back, I actually wish that I had started my online businesses sooner. I wish that I had the courage to forge my own path long ago. Now, the rules of society and your parents, if you’re Asian, push us towards going to college and finding a nice stable career that pays the bills.

20:56
but it doesn’t always lead to satisfaction. And the key to career fulfillment is prioritizing what you enjoy and taking action on making the changes that will get you there.

21:08
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now going against the grain has always been difficult for me. So hopefully this podcast will help you make a change for the better. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 349. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

21:36
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog.

22:05
And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

348: How To Design Great Packaging For Your Products With Miriska Harris

348: How To Design Great Packaging For Your Products With Miriska Harris


Today, I’m thrilled to have Miriska Harris on the show. Miriska is the founder of Outlinematic which is a design service catering to e-commerce entrepreneurs.

They do box design, packaging, logo designs, you name it and they specialize in e-commerce.

In this episode, we’re going to dig deep into e-commerce package design and the right way to do it to maximize conversions.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Miriska got into e-commerce and why she started Outlinematic
  • Why packaging is important and the elements of good package design
  • The effects of good packaging on sales
  • How to grow a service based business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quota, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m Mariska Harris on the show. And Mariska is the founder of Outlinematic, which is one of the design services that I use to do box design, packaging, and logo design, you name it, for my e-commerce store. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about package design. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:26
PostScript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and now for mywebquitajob.com actually, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, PostScript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

00:54
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klabio, who is also a sponsor of the show. Are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:21
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business – the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:52
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. Now, finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. Now, unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. And no topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:21
to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:38
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Mariska Harris on the show. Now Mariska is someone who I’ve known for quite a while and we actually had a chance to meet in person at Brand Accelerator Live last year. Mariska is the founder of Outlinematic, which is a design service catering to e-commerce entrepreneurs. do box design, packaging and logo design, inserts, infographics, enhanced brand content, eBooks, you name it, and they can help.

03:02
In fact, their company Outline Matic is where I refer my students for most of their design needs because of their incredible customer service and they’ll do unlimited revisions until you are happy. I still don’t know how they’re able to do that. In any case, in this episode, we’re going to dig deep into e-commerce package design and the right way to do it to maximize conversions. And with that, welcome to show Mariska, how are doing today? Hi Steve, great. Thanks for having me. I’m doing very well. Thank you. you?

03:30
I’m doing well. There’s a lot of fires here, but outside of that, as long I’m able to go outside, I’m okay. Oh, I’m so sorry to hear that. And Florida, we don’t have fires, we just have a lot of water. So in Florida, it’s as if there’s no COVID either, right? Life is normal. it’s like, feels quite normal. So give us the quick background on how you got into design, ecommerce, and why you started OutlineMatic.

04:00
Oh, yeah, sure. So it’s actually a very long story, but I’ll try to keep it short. I used to work for a baby company called Bambo. Is that the chair, the Bambo chair? Yeah, yeah. Oh, I had one. Yeah. Oh, you did? Oh, yeah, those little soft chairs. So I actually studied product design and industrial design. And so I did product design for them.

04:27
kind of took an interest because we had a design studio and we worked along with graphic designers, kind of took an interest in the packaging design, looked like much more fun and it was much quicker than product design because with product design you have to do extensive research and it takes months to take something from an idea to even a concept to development to the final product can take more than a year sometimes. So yeah, and I told my husband,

04:55
I like packaging and he was like, hey, why don’t you just try and design packaging for people on Upwork and stuff like that. And I was like, okay. So I tried it and I loved it. And he was like, okay, no, but Upwork is taking too much of our profit. So let’s start our own website. He created a website for us and he said, okay, if we make this and this much, you can quit your job.

05:24
And then you can just do this because it was taking quite a toll on me because I work like normal hours till like 5 p.m. and then I got home and I worked from around 7 p.m. to 4 a.m. in the morning. And then I got up again at 6 a.m. to go to work at like 8 a.m. So yeah, it was quite something. And eventually we

05:53
just started doing Outlinematic and then we also started adding a few more services and we had to appoint designers because the influx of work was getting so much I couldn’t keep up. At a point I was sitting, at the start I was sitting with like 90 clients all by myself. Oh my goodness, that’s crazy. And yeah, so yeah, then we appointed designers and just so it grew from 2015 to where we are,

06:23
today. Is it a husband wife team? Yeah, yeah. So what does your husband do? What is his role? So he well, it was his brain. His idea from the start. And he gets he does all the marketing and gets all the clients and he does all the finances because he’s like he’s a numbers person. So he does all of that and I’m the creative. So I do the work and I talk to the clients and

06:53
and do that and then he gets the clients and he sorts out all of the financial stuff. am kind of curious, since we’re on the subject and this podcast about growing a business, how does one grow a service-based business? You mentioned you started out on Upwork, you know, with your skills. How did you end up with like 90 consecutive clients when you were off Upwork? Oh, off Upwork? Okay, so it was actually a very funny story.

07:22
We didn’t know exactly how to go about getting clients. So what I did was we went on a bunch of groups on Facebook and we just like kind of promoted me as a designer for people who want to work one-on-one with a designer. And we like pasted the website link and everything there. And one day, you know, these closed groups where you have to like

07:51
get someone to approve you. Yeah. They kind of take you off if you do anything that you’re not allowed to do. So the one one day, one of the people that we worked with, we begged her to just write a review on one of the groups, just tell them that she worked with us and that she was happy and for the price and everything. And she wrote such a nice review on one of Scott Falker’s page groups.

08:20
And that thing kind of went viral. Like, I don’t know how, and it got shared and people just started reaching out. And from that post, that post was what made us like get up from the ground. Okay. Yeah. So, and after that we tried it again, but it never worked ever again. Like for some reason that one post kind of just

08:47
a lot of people saw it and reached out. yeah, after that, we did try it again and it work. we eventually we got affiliates and stuff. So we actually got people who sell on Amazon, but are also gurus and who sell online. And they eventually started referring people to us and referring their students and people like you who refer to their students. So that’s kind of how we grew to where we are now. It’s just like

09:16
word of mouth, people sharing. We never even run Facebook ads or anything. It’s just like people just mention us. Wow, okay. Just in case people are listening, Scott Volcker is a good buddy of mine. He used to run the amazing seller group, but he recently did a complete brand change. I think it’s now called the brand creators group, I believe. Yeah, I think that’s But that group was very large. I want to say it was like…

09:45
60 or 70,000 people maybe? Yeah, yeah. I remember like around 60,000. Yeah. So if you were to do it all over again, you mentioned you tried to replicate this strategy. So you tried doing this in other groups and it just didn’t pick up as well? Yeah. Interesting. And so you have no idea what- And people banned us from their groups. No, but even if you had someone else leave a testimonial? Yeah. Oh, they got you got banned or they got banned or- They got banned, yeah. Oh, no.

10:15
Yeah. So then they were some people got only got warnings. Other people just got like straight out banned. I think at the time I remember vaguely that there were a bunch of fiber people that just bombarded all the posts with comments, their links. And I think it kind of upset the page creators and the group like owners and stuff. So I think eventually they just kind of

10:45
took all of that off. You know, they, if you were from Fiverr or wherever, it was kind of said like, okay, you cannot promote anything on here. This is just to help people out. And eventually people came around the owners of the pages and they were like, they didn’t delete the stuff anymore where people said for packaging, you can go to outlinematic.com. They really helped with this and this. So

11:12
they didn’t take that off anymore. then that started helping us quite a bit. But yeah, we didn’t let people like leave a kind of a testimonial on the pages anymore. Right. So when it comes to design services, it’s difficult to scale. You mentioned you have all these clients and there’s only one of you who’s the brains. How does one scale a design based business? So

11:40
we had to appoint more designers and then the work would kind of be divided between the designers. everything still, I still had to let everything go through me because I was just worried that the quality was not going to be where I wanted it to be. And then, so I would kind of play middleman and just give the work to my designers and let them

12:10
give it back to me and then I’ll send it to the client. So that’s what I eventually did. And is it still like that today because it’s okay. Yeah, it’s in some cases it is for the junior designers. It still comes through me and I would make like adjustments and stuff like that.

12:29
But we have other senior designers that work directly with the clients now as well because it took up too much of my time. I couldn’t handle all of it anymore. So now, yeah, at least now there’s like copy paste three of me and that helped quite a lot. Well, I’ve always been curious actually. I mean, I’ve been recommending you guys out for a while now, but I’ve always wondered like your pricing is very, very reasonable.

12:58
and you also do unlimited revisions. How are you able to offer the pricing that you do? Like I’m looking at competing companies out there and they charge, like for example, if you go with 99 Designs, it’s like 3X more, right? Yeah. Is there anything, like how do you guys differentiate yourself from some of the other services? So, the prices at the start were very competitive and then the other people started increasing their prices and we also increased our prices but

13:28
up to a point where we were like, okay, but we still want to help people who’s just starting out. So with the price to what you get, it’s a bit hard to explain, like with the unlimited revisions, people, some people are very reasonable when it comes to that. They’re like, you know, this looks nice. I don’t,

13:58
want to go back and forth, you know, you can finalize a file within like three back and forth revisions. we, most of the clients are like that. we, you know, we appreciate that, but then you get other clients where there’s literally like probably around 40 to 60 back and forth. They take unlimited revisions to the next level.

14:27
Sometimes it’s not worth it for us, but it kind of cancels out the easy clients, if that makes sense. There’s a nice balance between people who ask for lot of revisions and people who are happy with what we send them within the first few drafts. How it usually works is we send a first draft.

14:53
to make sure that all of the information on the package is correct. And if they like the layout and the design from there on, if they provide feedback and they’re not too sure about what we send them, then we send them more concepts. And usually from that concepts, there’s a final design in there somewhere with just a few tweaks. And that’s usually the way it goes. So obviously in some cases,

15:22
some packaging designs take up a lot more of our time. But once again, it just comes down to it kind of can evens out at the end because some doesn’t some, you know, yeah. So it really depends on the client. mean, one thing I like about you guys is that you pretty much specialize in e-commerce and that’s primarily where your experience is. Whereas if you go out to like a different service of just designers, you know, I guess in a broad based sense,

15:51
you know, lot of those people aren’t going to know the concepts of e-commerce. So I want to switch gears a little bit and talk about e-commerce packaging at this point. So first off, why is packaging important? And you’ve done probably thousands of packaging designs. What are some of the most important elements of your package? Oh, yeah, well, we definitely have done thousands. Maybe more than tens of thousands, whatever it is. So first of all, why is packaging important?

16:20
And yeah, you have any stories about conversions and whatnot, feel free to share those too. Okay, sure. Well, there is this one article I read the one time I can remember the website, but I just remember that these people, we didn’t do the packaging, but they mentioned that because of the brand overall that they had and changing their packaging, they had an increase of 200 % in their sales.

16:48
So packaging is important because it sets an image for your brand. mean, you have your logo. Your logo is everywhere. And then you have all of these little elements eventually that tie in together with your overall brand. And packaging is one that’s very important. The one thing that people like to mention if

17:12
If you look at all these influencer videos and stuff on Instagram where people get products from companies, the one thing they love is that unboxing experience. And that’s something that’s very important to people because that excites them in a way that’s almost the same as what the actual product excites them. So if you, for example, get the new iPhone, people are always excited to see what’s going to be new in that actual packaging, you know.

17:42
what’s because the packaging when you open their packaging it almost tells a story like when you open it you look into this nice new screen and when you lift it up it’s everything that comes together with that but just opening that box and the way it kind of feels in your hand that vacuum that it makes when you pick it up that that stuff excites people when you look at these influencer videos on social media

18:09
when people open their boxes and the one thing that they always says, oh, look at the nice packaging. Oh, it’s so nice and colorful. If you look at fat foot fun, yeah, fat foot fun. It’s a subscription box. People love those boxes. They keep those boxes to put the product store, those products or something else back into those boxes because it’s just such a nice design, a nice giftable design. And that’s one thing that’s

18:39
that we’ve seen with e-commerce packaging is it converts very well if it’s like giftable style packaging. You know, it’s not this information overload packaging with all this copy and different images that just overruns you. It’s just a nice looking package that kind of excites you to see what’s inside. It’s almost like you’re gifting a gift to yourself.

19:09
For example, if you order like foundation or something online and you know, you’re like, okay, it’s just foundation. It’s just a, you know, a little bottle full of stuff. But when it gets to you in a nice matte black box with a ribbon and you open that ribbon and you open the box and there’s tissue paper on it. And it just, makes that product feel so much more valuable.

19:37
I mean, even if you look at perfume bottles and things, the perfume bottles cost more than the actual perfume that’s inside. mean, that’s like that for a reason. It gives people that experience and it excites them in a way. So let’s talk about, I you mentioned a lot of things just now in that statement. So when it comes to packaging, let’s say you’re designing a package for somebody, do you usually guide them? Because oftentimes I know like if you’re brand new to this, like

20:07
people often don’t know what they don’t know, right? So you mentioned before, like a package shouldn’t just be a bunch of photos and value props. It should be something that’s giftable. How do you, let’s say I’m a client coming up to you. How do you guide me towards like the appropriate package design? Let’s say I’m selling, let’s say, you know, I’m in the wedding street. So we can use myself as a case study. Let’s say I came to you with these embroidered napkins. How would you suggest that design packaging? How would you guide me? Okay, sure. Well,

20:35
First of all, the product is definitely going to help us guide you into what packaging they’re gonna do. Because if you’re gonna do something like tools, then a giftable packaging is not really the way to go. But in your case, where you’re in the wedding industry of napkins and stuff, having a nice giftable package is definitely the way to go. Because I have seen yourself before and that’s definitely so, say for instance, you,

21:04
order a bunch of stuff for your bridesmaids or something like that and how nice is it to just get a nice looking box with that product, those napkins inside. So I would definitely do something like very clean and maybe like white matte box with you know not necessarily the product name on side but

21:31
you can even say something on that box in a four embossed foil, like something exciting inside or will you be you know, something like that, that will excite them before they even open that box with whatever is inside. yeah, depending on what the product is inside is what you’ll do on the outside. is this a type of box that you designed, first of all?

22:01
or do you do more, I guess, descriptive packaging? What do you guys specialize? Can you help someone design a box that’s classy, that doesn’t really have graphics on it? Except for Lickaloo. How does that work exactly? done jewelry and stuff before. Yeah, it depends on the template. So in your case, where it’s the napkins and stuff, I mean, I’m not exactly sure how it works in your case if people…

22:30
order like because it can be personalized, right? Yes, it can. But the like for a classy box, it would I was thinking what you were just describing, maybe with just our logo on it. And that’s it, right? Or I guess what I’m trying to understand here is like, if I want to do a fancier box, like how does that actually get designed exactly? Oh, I understand. Yeah. So that’s in some cases, people won’t need us.

22:57
for something like that, it really depends on the amount of artwork that you want on the box. So for instance, if you just want your logo on the box, that can easily be done by a supplier. You just send them your logo in vector format and they would probably just impose it on a standard sized box. But in some cases where we have designed jewelry boxes and things before for something that’s a bit more custom that

23:27
you can’t get a standard box for, we would not design the template, they would provide the template and something different will go on each panel. And so you would need someone to design that.

23:43
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:11
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:41
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. So let’s talk about jewelry then. So, okay, so let’s say, so when you say they give you a design file, that’s essentially like an open, unfolded box, right? Yes. A flat template, yeah. So that jewelry design that you were just talking about, how did you work with the client to design packaging for that?

25:08
So in that case, the client had a few Pinterest links of things that she liked. And she said, this is kind of the look that she’s going for. she sends us the template from the supplier. And then we would design on each different panel what she wanted on there and just provide like a 3D kind of mock-up of what the final design would look like. Because you can’t really fold a box like that.

25:37
in our folding program. So you have to do like just a mock-up to kind of give them an idea of what the end result will look like. Because if you just look at the flat template with the stuff on there, it doesn’t look that great. But as soon as you put it on a 3D rendering mock-up file, then it’s easier for them to see, to bring their vision more to life. And yeah, in that case, so that was also actually not a very

26:07
hard project because it’s simple elements, but it’s still intricate in a way where it has to be positioned correctly on those panels because when it comes together being a box that’s produced, if the things don’t line up, it’s not going to look good at the end. we kind of have an idea because we’ve worked with so many templates, we have a very good idea of how a box

26:33
looks like once it’s folded or manufactured so we know where to put what elements on that template. And that’s what’s important most of the time when working with things like these very giftable style boxes. I’m just curious though for this jewelry, like whenever I think of jewelry I just think of literally a plain box. Not a plain box but… Oh yeah, I understand what you mean, So what was actually on this box?

27:02
It was like a golden frame around on the top. Yeah, golden frame. then you are a special or so I can’t remember the wording, but there was nice wording on the top. And then on the sides were these, like curly kind of designs. So very classy design, not graphics or images, right? But just okay, I understand. Very classy design. Well, and then on the inside, there was a little paper that

27:31
like was almost like a translucent paper that was designed to lay on top of the jewelry and give like this effect of so you can kind of see the jewelry jewelry through it but with a with graphics on as well. Oh so you designed on like vellum? Yeah. Yeah. Interesting. So if you were creating a box for like a non giftable item what are some of the important elements that need to go on the packaging?

28:02
Okay, so yeah, also depends on the products. Say for instance, you have a tool like hard and rugged kind of product. Obviously you can do like, you cannot do something very feminine and soft. That’s something that has to showcase what the product is made of. It has to look rugged and tough. So you’re going to use colors that’s going to

28:32
say that like dark colors and a lot of tools have the black or a very dark color along with a bright color like a yellow or an orange or a green you know your standard two colors and then you would have to say what what the product is what it does top features of the product and something good to always say is that it is a high quality

29:02
rugged tool and people, if you have a warranty, it’s good to place the warranty on there. Think of things that you would look for if you’re looking for something, you would need to put maybe a size on there or how many of what’s included inside of that box. And in some cases, it depends on the product, but an image to show what’s inside.

29:30
is also helpful, especially when it’s like a bundle sort of package. You have to show in some way what’s inside, especially if it’s not something that’s very familiar that you see every day. So people can just see what it looks like. But in the case of a tool or, you know, yeah, a more functional sort of product. Yeah. You would definitely have to say what it is, what it does.

30:00
If it’s a multifunctional thing, the size or the quantity of what’s included, the top features of that product, maybe just a short how to use at the back. So there’s a quick tip guide or something like that on the back. So when people get it, they don’t necessarily always want to go through an instruction booklet, but just maybe a quick setup thing on the box. Yeah, maybe an illustration or something to show.

30:27
if there’s an assembly, just how to put it together or, you know, to show maybe what’s inside with either an illustration or just a few images, but like not too overwhelming, not too much, but just enough so people can actually know what’s going on. they don’t have to wonder what’s inside. Okay. Can we talk about the logo real quick? A lot of people get hung up on the logo. Do you have any like tips on just logo design?

30:55
Because I know the students in my course, sometimes they’ll take a first stab themselves without a designer. And I always look at them and go, oh, maybe you should hire somebody, perhaps, because it just doesn’t look right for some reason. So when you do logos, do you have, I guess, some sort of script or template that you kind of walk somebody through to help them decide how they want their logo to be created?

31:22
Yeah, it always depends on the client in this case. If someone doesn’t have a clue, we’ll just ask them a bunch of questions to kind of get an idea of what it is that they’re looking for because most of the time when people say they don’t have an idea of what they’re looking for and you just provide them with something, they actually have something in their mind and whatever you send them, they won’t like it. So it’s always better to just to get something out of the client so you can have just

31:51
even if it’s just a little direction to base your designs off of. So usually it would be things like if they want it to relate to their product. In some cases, people will sell in a certain category and then they will definitely want their logo to tie into that category. But you get different types of logos. So we’ll ask them,

32:20
if they want a certain type of logo, like an abstract logo where it can be applied to maybe more than one category. If they want something with a mascot, you know, like a little character or something, or a combination with a graphic and a word or a typography style logo where there’s something clever incorporated into the actual word and then they can maybe use that one.

32:47
letter or graphic separately and then also along with the word if they want something minimalistic or playful and then we’ll also ask them about the layout. At the end we do provide different layouts where the logo would be if you have for example a graphic and a word you’ll have the graphic on top of the word on the sides just the graphic just the word like different layouts and then also colors. So yeah we always try and get

33:17
as much information as possible out of the clients. But the thing that I would say people should just look for when they’re thinking of a logo is not to get too personal with the logo and not too detailed with the logo because you always have to think of where this logo will be applied. Say, for example, you have to embroider or emboss or foil this logo onto something. If you have something with very extensive detail,

33:47
It’s going to be very hard or impossible for suppliers to put that logo onto something. And it might even increase the cost. If there’s a lot of detail in that logo, flat, minimalistic logos is definitely what’s trending at the moment. like clever typography style logos, which is also flat and minimalistic, but it’s, there’s maybe like a little.

34:15
clever Easter egg there, you know, that’s hidden, but kind of ties in with the brand. Yeah. Like the FedEx logo. just recently realized there’s a little Easter egg in there. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So is that what you advise in general? I mean, I’ve seen logos with like, like you said, like little stuffed animals and whatnot, but you’re right. It would be hard to put that logo on a variety of different things.

34:39
Yeah, I mean it really depends where you’re going to use that logo. Say you just have a website and you sell, for example, baby products and you want a stuffed animal that has a lot of detail in your logo. You can do that because you’re just going to use it on your website. You may be going to print it on a card or something. But as soon as you have to embroider, emboss or mold a logo, I would just steer clear of anything with extensive detail.

35:07
because it just it makes it very hard for suppliers to do that and to prepare a logo for something like foiling or embossing can get impossible with in cases like that What about inserts? I know you guys do inserts for Amazon packaging as well. Do you have any guidelines on what to include in an insert? Yeah, I would say I wish to thank the client for their purchase

35:33
And then people to help with getting returning clients maybe provide like a coupon or if you want to get emails out of it, maybe have people register their product somewhere, asking to leave you feedback if it’s on Amazon or on Google or on any type of review. But yeah, the most important things I would say is just to thank the client and you obviously

36:00
do an insert to get something additional out of the client, like an email or somethings or another purchase. So definitely think how would you design that? So it’s one thing to like give a discount or one up, but how do you present it in such a way where someone might actually look at it and take action on it? So obviously you want that to grab attention immediately. So you would definitely use words that

36:30
are bold and clear like free gift or something or have like a bow on there or have a star badge with VIP and say like register for this and this. Definitely something to grab attention with like graphic and big words. guess I don’t know if you know the answer unless you talk to some of the sellers like what’s worth the best for Amazon sellers for example.

36:58
For Amazon sellers, they usually do both. They request review. That’s like a standard thing on the inserts. And then they would usually on the one side, they will have thank you and request to review. On the other side, they would have like a coupon code or like a VIP registration, something to get people to leave their email or

37:26
You know, so you have to email them to get a coupon code or register to get a coupon code in that way they get emails. if the one won’t work, they still have a shot at the other one. So that’s why they put both on the insert. think so if you put the request review on the one side and you put the register for VIP coupon on the other side.

37:52
you still have a chance of getting one of those too, at least. So I want to kind of give the listeners a holistic picture of the process. So I go to my factory, I’ve already decided what I’m going to sell, and I want to create packaging for it, custom packaging for it. So what do I ask for? Do I ask them for just like a design template? Or do you interact with the vendor? do you still use the person as like the go-between?

38:21
Do you ever interact with the factory directly or? Oh, no. No, we don’t work with the factory at all. We just work with the client. OK. And then so when people usually come to us, they will have an option for custom packaging, but they maybe won’t have a template yet. But at the end, we’ll need a template or a size. So how the process usually works is depending on what they’ll need.

38:49
We start with the logo. We provide six different directions to choose and combine from. We finalize the logo and then- What does it mean to provide six different directions? Oh, so it’s just, we send them in PDF with numbers one to six and six logos for them to choose and combine Oh, got it, got it. Six versions. Okay, got it. Yeah, six versions. Yeah. And then, so then they’ll provide us with the packaging template or a size and from that,

39:19
we will create a first draft. So obviously the supplier will usually send an AI or PDF. Okay. AI stands for Adobe Illustrator, just in case you get this. That’s correct. Most of the time people don’t have a template yet because they still have to put an order in with the supplier. As soon as you put an order in with the supplier, then they’ll provide you with a template.

39:48
I would recommend people just make sure that they can do custom packaging with the supplier or they’ll have to get a third party company to do the packaging with to print the packaging. I know you get companies that print the packaging and then you get other companies which pack your product into the packaging. And sometimes people think that we do that, but we only create the artwork. Right. Right. Yeah.

40:17
So we create the artwork and then we provide the files that the client can provide to their supplier or manufacturer for the printing of the packaging. So once you get your template from the supplier, it will be sent to us. We create the artwork on that template and we also provide like a folded version of the box so people can see what it will look like. And then there’s like… mean like a virtual model? Like a 3D model? Yeah.

40:47
from different sides and things, so can see what the folded thing would look like at the end. Because you won’t believe it gives you a much better idea of what it’s gonna look like. Because if you just look at that flat design, it’s not very intriguing, but as soon as you see the folded version and the effect it has once, because sometimes you’ll do something on the corner of a template, and as soon as you fold the box, it gives such a nice…

41:15
effect to that packaging and you’re not able to see that if you don’t see a folded version. So that’s definitely why we send that so people can see what that result will look like. And yeah, it’s unlimited revisions until they’re happy with the design. And then we prepare the file for printing, which is creating outlines of everything so the suppliers or printers won’t need the font.

41:45
and linked files and things are all embedded into that file. So they can just use that one file to print the packaging. It’s interesting. I always have my students not pay first, like work out the packaging before they actually pay for that first order, just because like there’s iteration involved in the package design as well, right?

42:10
Like they’ll still send you like they’ll print one for you, for example, and then show you what it looks like. And then ideally you get a sample with it fully packaged before you actually place that bulk order. Yeah, in some cases it does. It does work like that. And then we don’t mind working on an estimate of the packaging size before they have even a final size or something. We can always just change that. So but

42:37
I’m just speaking like what we have in most cases, but yeah, it’s, mean, if people want to do their packaging before they put it in order, that’s not a problem for us. We just change the template when it’s necessary at the end or change the size or something like that. And one thing we didn’t touch on, and maybe we can just touch upon this briefly, like enhanced brand content, you guys offer those services as well. Any sort of design tips or templates that you

43:06
use when just doing enhanced brand content? Yeah, the one thing that I have personally experienced with enhanced brand content is that when it’s very visual and it has some quick points to information that I was maybe looking for that I didn’t see in the listing, that always helps me make a choice when I’m purchasing something Amazon. And even in

43:35
on online stores if there’s that little bit more information. But I would definitely say it should be very visual and very big wording to get to the point, not a lot of copy to read through, but rather just maybe icons to quickly, so we can quickly make that connection between the feature of the product and then this.

44:02
and maybe then a little bit more information about that feature. Things you could maybe not have mentioned in listing images or the listing copy at the top. You can always put that in at the bottom. And which is also helpful is where there is some different images of the product in use and maybe a quick start guide even there. But yeah, definitely just big visual

44:33
maybe some just nice images about the product just to help people make that final choice between yours and a competitor’s listing. Okay. Mariska, we’ve been chatting for quite a while now and I want to be respectful of your time. Where can people find you if they’re looking for design services? Okay, so they can go to outlinematic.com and we have Do you want to spell that for everyone? Yeah, sure.

45:01
It’s O-U-T-L-I-M-E-M-A-T-I-C. So outlinematic.com. Yeah, we have a free consultation so people can book a 15-minute consultation with us and they can run us through their project and we will maybe have a few recommendations for them and help them if they have any questions. But we also have fixed pricing on all of our design services and

45:29
If there’s something that they don’t see, they can just reach out to us and we can provide a custom quote for anything that they might not see on there. Yeah. So, uh, I just want to say a couple of words here too. I personally liked fixed pricing because I’ve worked with people in the past where they charge by time or like they’ll have these little add-ons for certain things. just, like personally to know like how much I’m paying upfront. And I think for you guys, it just kind of balances out, right? Sometimes you have.

45:59
people who are more demanding, people are less demanding, and it all just evens out. But I just like knowing and having that peace of mind from the beginning. Last question, actually, I’ve always wanted to know this. How did you come up with that name, Outlinematic? Whose idea was that? What’s the history behind it? So we registered our company very long ago. We just wanted to start something. So our surname is Harris, and we started our company, Harrismatic LLC.

46:27
We wanted to do designmatic, but the domain was already taken and we were going back and forth between names and we couldn’t come up with something that fits design. And usually when you fill out a brief or you do a scope of a project, you call it an outline and an outline can be that or it can be the outline of the template. we just kind of got stuck with outlinematic.

46:55
And yeah, that’s how we came up with that name. Nice, nice. Well, Mariska, it’s a joy to speak with you today on the podcast. And if anyone’s listening here, if you ever need design services, I’ve worked with them in the past and I highly recommend them. Thanks for coming on. Thank you for having me. It such a joy speaking with you as well. All right, take care.

47:17
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I can’t stress how important packaging can be to establish a strong brand. And I really like the people over at OutlineMatic who are willing to work with picky people like myself. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 348. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

47:46
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv.

48:15
Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

347: Making 7 Figures Selling Massage Guns With Victor Yang Of Addaday.com

347: Making 7 Figures Selling Massage Guns With My Cousin Vic


Today, I have a very special guest on the show, my cousin Victor. Victor has started many companies in the past, but AddADay.com is the first e-commerce company he’s created that sells massage guns.

His products can be found at REI and every Target store nationwide. In this episode, we’re going to talk about how he launched his business.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Vic got into e-commerce and how it led to starting AddADay.com
  • Why he decided to sell massage guns
  • How he created his first product
  • How AddADay achieved explosive growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have a very special guest on the show, my cousin. Now I just wanted to take a moment to talk about my family because I am so proud of everyone who I am related to. In fact, I kind of consider myself the black sheep of the family. So first off, my cousin Nick was a co-founder of a company in the mobile advertising space that sold for eight figures.

00:28
My other cousin, Aparke, is an accomplished physician. My brother is a judge in California and my mom discovered the cure for a rare disease. But today we’re going to talk about a different cousin, my cousin Vic. Vic is the founder of Addaday, which is an e-commerce company that sells massage therapy devices. And right now it’s a seven figure business, but it will be eight figures by the end of this year. Now this interview is valuable because if you’ve ever been interested in creating a plastic related product, you’ll learn a lot about the process today.

00:57
But before we begin, want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business that you always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change.

01:25
These companies connect quickly with their customers to collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you own your growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:55
I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. This is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus.

02:22
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony.

02:49
Now, unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. Now, no topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job.

03:14
podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

03:28
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit a Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my cousin Victor on the show. Now, most of you don’t know this about me, but my cousins are probably the most entrepreneurial people that I know. And Victor has actually started a bunch of companies in the past, but he’s currently running Addaday.com, which is a company that sells massage guns to roll out the knots in your calf, back, shoulder, and fight muscle tightness. And in fact, if you are a runner or an athlete, chances are you’ve encountered his products at your local running store, REI, or even Target.

03:58
Yeah, so that’s right. His massagers are at REI and every Target store nationwide. In any case, I believe this is probably the first guest that I’ve had on the podcast that has created his own plastic molds and everything about his product from complete scratch. So today we’re going to talk about how exactly Victor launched his business. And with that, how you doing, man? Good. How are you, Steve? I am good. I’m pretty sure most of the people out there didn’t know I had a cousin. Give us a quick background. know you’ve

04:27
you’ve done a whole bunch of stuff like including physical products, but how did you kind of get into e-commerce and why massagers of all things? So I have been in the tech business for over a decade and when I actually got into the massage business, I wanted to do something completely analog, something that didn’t have connectivity and that could, that didn’t have an expiration date on it or a need for that product to be updated every six months. So compared to

04:56
tech, how would you compare e-commerce versus like the software stuff that used to work on in the past? E-commerce, have to, the relationship with the consumer is completely direct naturally. And you really have to understand who your audience is for the product to move. Because there’s no one else moving it for you except yourself. So that’s the core difference. What about in terms of investment and difficulty? I mean, raising money for any business is difficult.

05:27
And I think what I’ve learned is you have to raise money from the right investors. And if you find the right investor for your project, it’s actually quite easy. But if you’re raising money from someone who’s not interested in your product, you can spend hours with that person and reach no conclusion. Well, what was trying to get at is with these massagers, you didn’t take investment, right? I mean, this is just kind of your own thing. Yeah. No, no. And so it sounds like to me like

05:55
you don’t need nearly as much money to do an e-commerce thing as opposed to all your software ventures were venture backed, right? Yes. Yeah. Yeah. No, you’re right. Yeah. To your point, you don’t, you can start very small and then build as you go. You don’t necessarily have to commit to, you know, millions of dollars for software development to get a product out. No. So why massagers again?

06:25
The core reason was because of my passion for endurance activities. So I run a lot so I found out that Lots of runners get injured. In fact, almost all runners get injured and they need the product So I thought this would be a good product to build for runners if they needed and you know The theory or the hypothesis was correct So you’re doing a hundred mile or in a week, right?

06:52
In a couple days actually. Friday. So let me ask you a couple questions just about product development. Why did you decide, so first off when you started making these, was there any other product like it out there? Because I see massagers. exactly. Absolutely. Yeah, and that’s the inspiration, right? You look at things in the market and you try to make it better. Sometimes you evolve the product, sometimes you come up with something completely new.

07:23
So how did you come up with your product? I mean, I’ve seen massagers all over the place. It feels like a saturated market to me. yeah. I mean, almost all products today are saturated in some way, or form, right? But to answer your question, I was on a trail run in Santa Monica and I had just joined this incredible running group called the SoCal Coyotes.

07:52
I finished the run and came down to run and there was a guy there with a stick roller. It’s like a roller that looks like a stick. And it happened my first time seeing it. And I said, Hey, you know, we, that’s very familiar to me because you know, in Asia, they would have rollers like that, except it was made out of bamboo. And I asked the guy in my K, where’d you get that from? He’s like at a running store and

08:19
I said, which running story he named off, uh, you know, this running story called fleet feet. And I had never heard about a running store before. So, and I asked him, how much is it? He’s like 34 bucks. I’m like 34 bucks for that. And, that’s exactly the impetus for me to kind of go back and, I went on to Alibaba.com and looked for similar skews.

08:45
and then found a product that I thought was comparable and ordered some. And they came to my, and then I had to learn how to, you know, forward, work with a forwarder so the product could get through customs, et cetera. So that kind of was the impetus to that product. Okay. So you ultimately decided to make your own massager from scratch, right? Did you actually sell the ones you bought from Alibaba? I couldn’t sell them actually.

09:12
Okay. So I tried and the everyone that I tried to sell to say, Hey, you know, this is very similar to what I already have. I don’t need, I don’t need to buy this from you. said, why not? I’m giving you a better price and giving you a better margin. And then, you know, they got to the core of it, but you don’t have the brand. And so that kind of woke me up. And I, cause I thought it was very price driven, but you know,

09:39
I’m wrong. There’s a lot of brand recognition tied into these products that help you help separate it from the pact. You know, so I listened to what, when they said no to me, I said, well, how can I earn your business? And a lot of them said, you know, what if you made one that was like this or they gave me some design concept? said, well, if I made it like this, would you be interested? They said, absolutely. So I listened to probably 30 stores,

10:09
across California, give me input on how to design the next recovery tool they had in mind, put that together, created a mold, built the product and then showed them the product in person. And they were all happy when they saw it because it reflected what they told me. And so that gave me a foot in the door. And then I said, you know, you don’t have to pay me until the product sold. So why don’t you just sell it first?

10:38
And they said, so it’s no risk. And that’s what essentially launched the brand. So it ended up, you know, ended up selling really well. And then it went nationwide. So interesting. You decided to go into retail shops before going online. Is that right? Yes. Why is that? That’s all I knew. I really, I really didn’t have that much knowledge in e-comm. So I went where I was most comfortable, which is,

11:07
dealing with retailers. And then from there I learned how to do e-comm really quickly. Did you literally just walk into like a Fleetfeet store and just say, you want to carry these? Yes. Can you just tell me exactly, is that pretty much literally what you said? May I talk to your owner or your buyer? I like to show them some products they would be interested in. Okay. That’s it. But the Fleetfeet, I guess that’s a small running shop. it owner or is it a franchise or?

11:36
Oh, they’re franchise. They’re actually the largest network of running stores actually in the world. have over. I did not know that. Yeah. At the time they were, I think they were 70 stores strong today. They are about 180 stores nationwide. I see. So the person that you’re talking to, is it the owner or is it the. That was the owner at the, the owner of the store at the time. Okay. And then so they each kind of operate on an individual basis.

12:04
So you just gave them a bunch of units and just see how they sold and they just kept ordering more because it sold. Right. They operated, they are a franchise by the way, but they also have company owned stores. I see. Okay. And then after that, are they still on that same arrangement or was that just like a test? Like you give them units and they only pay for what sells. After that, once they know the product moves, then you move into a

12:29
a term basis. So a lot of times it’s net 30, net 60, pending on the store and the relationship. Okay. Let’s talk about product development. Your first stick massager. Can you give us an idea of how much it costs to make one of those and like what the process is like for creating the mold? Yeah, I mean, for a massager, I mean, if you if you want me to get to the pricing, I mean, these molds, so let me let me preface this by

12:58
There are different kinds of molds. There are cheap molds that you can run pop products through that will last maybe 5,000 runs and the mold will go bad. And those are inexpensive. And then there’s good molds, you know, that can last you for a really long time. And when the product comes out, you won’t see the seams, you know, it’s, it’s, it’s very clean. And so those molds are

13:27
generally into five figures. And then you can get modes in four figures. And I would never recommend that. I just don’t. And then you can get like, you know, when you get into electronics, all your modes are in the six figures by default. Really? Why is that? It’s just more components. You know, there’s just so many pieces tied into it. Okay. How much did you invest in your first product? I believe

13:57
300,000 is the starting capital for that business was actually like 80K. We built it off of 80K. Yeah. Is most of that the mold? Most of it was the mold and a lot of it was traveling. Oh, traveling. Okay. Oh, traveling. Right, right. Going to door to door, which is what you’re okay. What about just the product though? Not the traveling costs. Just literally just the mold. you can get it done for under

14:26
If you’re really smart about things under 20 K, okay, you’re good. Yeah, you can get going. How did you find a place to make the mold and manufacturer? That is a very good question. So part of it was luck. I can speak the language fluently. So I was able to get to a manufacturer that could help me build the product.

14:52
efficiently and I was able to qualify that manufacturer actually through some family friends and that gave us some confidence in what they could do. And then we actually moved, you know, I don’t know if you know this, my mom’s side, my grandpa was in the manufacturing business. So we were able to kind of look at some of their old manufacturing partners and ask them for help. Ah, no, I actually did not know that. Yeah.

15:21
So is your supplier in China or where is it? It was originally in China, correct. Okay. then now it’s somewhere else? It’s still in China. Oh, it’s still in China. We’re thinking about another area, but it’s not confirmed yet. During this whole process of making the mold, how important was it? Like, did you actually camp out in China during this process? design process? No. No.

15:50
So it was completely, so you did this remotely. How did you actually convey the design to them? So I would draw that, that part is through iteration. So you would draw something, you would send it to them. They would come back with their like a CAD drawing or yeah, CAD drawing. And then actually it started with pencil and paper. Okay. And then they would CAD draw it for you because it’s cheaper there. Right. So they,

16:19
They would put it on CAD and they sent it back to you and you say, well, this is something I’m interested in. And then they would be fine it. And then they would create a sample around it, like a CNC. And then you see if you like it. And did you have to commit to a certain amount of units to start? Not at the molding. No, the mold is the mold. You don’t have to commit to it. You just pay for the mold. OK. Yeah. And then presumably this mold is really heavy, right?

16:48
Yes. Yes. So the block, it’s a, it’s a block of metal that they carve through. Yeah. So this supplier, they’re making the mold for you and they essentially store the mold for you, Correct. So are you kind of held hostage by that factory? I think that’s a very good question. As you become, you, you need to know where the factory is.

17:18
And we actually, if you’re on that topic, we had one instance where the owner of the factory fled. Oh, really? Okay. Like literally left and the workers went on strike and they wouldn’t let any of the molds leave the factory. And we had the center representative to give them cash to take the mold out and then give it to another factory. This is a true story. Oh my goodness. Okay.

17:47
And those are in October, it was September, sorry, this was August right before delivery for Christmas products. Okay. Yeah, it does happen. So how do you prevent that? Yeah. Do you have two factories that are running the same product? If you have the financial means to do so, I would definitely argue for that. And do we, yeah, and the question is, do we do that? Absolutely. Okay.

18:15
So you do your first production run. How long does that whole process take? Just making the mold. I’m just kind of getting an idea of the timeline here. a good mold, three months. Three months, okay. And then that factory makes it for you. Is everything like pre-negotiated? Like how many units you’re going to get or do you negotiate the mold first and then talk about production? You do the mold first and then in that mold discussion, you have an ideal dollar

18:43
figure you want to hit, right? So let’s say you say, want this product to be 10 bucks. And then they go, okay, well, if you want it to be $10, your injection molding has to be this way, because we only want to shoot it once. And that will add less labor, but the mold cost will go up. And so there’s that kind of negotiation that takes place. I see. Okay. And how big was your first production run? Our first production run was 5,000 units. 5,000 units. Wow. Okay.

19:14
Is that, I mean, that seems like a lot, but yeah, it’s still not that much, right? So 5,000 times 10 is only $50,000. Well, when you don’t know whether it’s going to sell or not, but I guess you had retailers already will. Yeah, we knew, we knew that it would move. We didn’t think it would move in, you know, we knew that over time we would sell through it. Right. Right. So, but we also knew that one of the things that I would,

19:41
There’s a fine line between having enough inventory that motivates you to sell and having no inventory that motivates you very little to sell. Okay. All right. Well, I know for you, 5,000 units sounds low, like for you, because I know what unit quantities. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. But I would, I think you could do it. think once you own the mold, you can do a 500 unit run if you wanted to.

20:11
Doesn’t matter. The problem is the factory is not going to be very anxious to produce 500 units for you, Because they have to produce like there’s different tiers of manufacturers. So you kind if you’re, if you want to be working with a tier one manufacturer, which means generally the quality delivery is the best, you’re going to have to vibe for that space. So you got to make sure you give them enough business to sustain that line. Right.

20:41
And if you ever want to switch suppliers, is moving the mold kind of a pain or? Yeah, I think generally people have this idea that if I’m going to switch suppliers, I’m going to take the mold with me. Generally, what happens is you don’t do that. You just have another set. Oh, okay. Yeah, you have another set. You should always have two sets. Interesting. At the minimum. Okay. All right. So you get your first units delivered to the stores.

21:11
Are you literally… How’s the payment terms in the beginning? do they just pay you? only. Cash only. So, just… There’s no… There’s no… You mean… You mean… Oh, okay. For the stores. Yeah. The stores is… I think when we started, we gave them like net 60. I see. So you just ping them after 60 days and then they just pay you based on the number of units and… And they either choose for you to… Okay. All right.

21:38
And then when could you start going after some of the larger guys? We actually, you know, when we didn’t really go after the larger guys, luckily they all came after us. So we’re really lucky to have REI asked us to pitch them on being a vendor. that was one of our bigger.

22:06
They found us through these running stores. They shop these running stores and they look at the latest trends. I see. we’re, know, once you, the specialty stores represent a lot of times it’s the newest, coolest things come out of specialty. So a lot of these retailers, they go to these stores to shop, you know, kind of for inspiration. And sometimes they’ll see something they like.

22:35
And in this case, they saw something they liked from Adaday and they contacted us and asked us if we wanted to meet them at a show. And we said, sure. And then we showed them some products and they said they were interested and we produced it for them. That was my next question actually. What type of marketing were you doing besides going from store to store? Were you going to like all the trade shows and everything?

23:02
There is a trade show that we would go to once a year called the running event. And that would be the only trade show we went to. And then we started to go to outdoor retailer and other niche shows like the health and fitness shows. I would say no more than three a year. Was there a positive ROI on those shows or was it mainly for networking?

23:30
Those shows are hit and miss. It depends on the staff you have on the floor. If you don’t know how to network or if you’re not willing to talk to people and be uncomfortable in making sure that people who don’t want to talk to you talk to you and so that you could create opportunities for your brand that you shouldn’t bother going. You know what I mean?

23:56
How big was your staff during all this? I remember it being pretty minimal, right? Yeah, just my wife and I were really the core. Yeah, so you guys were manning the booth probably, right? Personally, I’d imagine. Yep. Yep. Did you do any other marketing besides the retail shops and a couple trade shows? Store marketing, you know, we really made sure that we helped the store communicate our brand to the people who walked through those stores.

24:25
and they did a great job and that actually created the demand for our product online on the e-comm. I mean, what’s their incentive? Like, did you have to pay extra to get your products more visible or is there any? Do we have to pay more money? No, we, they, you know, we try to design the product so it’s catching to the eye and, and they have that, you know, they put it in a recovery session section. So that was pretty organic in nature.

24:54
Here’s what I’m getting at. Like when you go into a store, a lot of times the store has to do a good job of displaying or marketing your product in order for it to sell well, in addition to just being in the store itself, right? So did you do a lot of education in that regard? We did, but they didn’t follow what you wanted them to do. They would still do what they thought was best for your brand. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter,

25:21
the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark.

25:50
and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised, strategic trademark prosecution both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount.

26:19
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

26:26
And so the fact that your product kind of was standalone and straightforward, it basically sold without any of that being affected. Yes. Okay. Yeah. All right. And then, okay, so let’s fast forward a little bit to today. You decided to move into electronics again. In the beginning of this interview, you said you wanted something that would last a test of time and didn’t need to be updated, right? Correct. And then you just did a 180. Correct. Okay. Explain.

26:57
So the reason that took place was we had seen the consumer move towards connect connected devices such as the Peloton, know, it’s connected to a treadmill or you have room. We saw a lot of tools that in the exercise and fitness domain offer connectivity and we started to see that in massage products.

27:26
And we knew that we had to be a part of that revolution to be relevant as a brand. And I thought long and hard about whether or not I wanted to jump back in and decided that I had taken long enough of break from tech that I’m interested again. And started to create not just one item, but

27:56
a of products, a suite of products that offered connectivity to our app. And we wanted to make those products intelligent and adaptive. that’s what we So why don’t you guys, for the people listening, they probably don’t know what you sell. Can you kind of describe what’s in Target today and what the connectivity and how it works? Sure. There’s three items in Target today. One is a percussive, oscillating, many people call it a gun.

28:26
So it looks it’s shaped like a gun and you It’s basically a massage gun right another product is an oscillating sphere And then another product is we call it call a foam roller that rolls itself So you don’t have to do the foam roller rolls for you. All three products are connected to the app so it learns about what your needs are and through our algorithm administers

28:56
unique therapies through those devices that changes every time you use it. So it’s having like a physical therapist. It’s like having a physical therapist in your home that kind of improves as your symptoms improve. Right. So, okay, so making the leap from just like a static massager, so to speak, to the electronic version, can you kind of

29:23
talk about what the investment was like and what needed to come together for that to happen? That I had to raise money for. Oh, okay. Absolutely. Yeah. I found my cause it’s not even raised money. It’s just you need to raising money means that you’re you needed more capital to do the business. So to get more capital, I actually put more, more money, more of my money in, but it got to the point where we needed more capital to build more products. So

29:53
we had other investors come in to help with that process. But for just that one product, let’s not even talk about money. Like what are the resources needed to make like a static massager into an electronic one that’s connected to your phone and an app and all that stuff? Would be probably 10X more resources. 10X more resources. So what was your first hire? Like I’m just trying to understand the transition. Yeah, we literally hired a

30:23
a app development team. So that’s six people there just to get that started. Is that in the US or overseas? Overseas and the US. Ah, interesting. Okay. Well, this was hybrid. And then we had to add at least four people on product design because it’s far more complicated than a static version because of its percussive nature. know, percussive guns, got to make sure that

30:52
as they percuss, they’re also vibrating the ancillary components. You got to make sure that those stay in place two years, three years, four years, five years down the line. So it’s no longer the supplier’s design team, so to speak. have your own design team. That’s right. That’s right. Yeah. Cause they, you’re going to know, you’re going to know that process a little bit better than that. I mean, you listen to them, they’ll give you ideas and they’ll give you some experience, some, some pointers based off of their experience, but

31:22
They’re not, the stakes are different. You got to make that investment on your own. Okay. Let’s not even talk about the software part. How about just making the gun percussive, like just a standard massage gun without connectivity? What would be the resource? Can you do that without a team? No, no, no. could go to Alibaba and source out a gun that somebody else has created. You just buy it and put your brand on it.

31:51
Um, the problem with those devices really is, uh, there’s no QC. So there’s no quality control. A high likelihood that battery is going to explode at some point in, in your house because there’s no, there’s no control. Right. You got it. Like we source our own battery. We source our own motor, like everything’s source that qualified from a quality qualified factory. When you get, when you, you know,

32:19
when you get a static stick, it’s not going to explode. The stakes are much lower, right? You don’t need to charge it. I really, I really, you know, there’s so many knockoffs now on Amazon and you know, they’ll, they’ll work for the first couple of months and then, then you, know, I don’t know if you want to use that on your children or, know, have that next in your household. I mean, would you say,

32:44
That if you’re going to do an electronics product or something with a battery, whatever, that you have to do everything in house and you just can’t source some random stuff on Alibaba. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. No, absolutely not. Unless you want to play Russian roulette with your business. I’m not talking about, yeah, just take a liability insurance. No, no, no, no. There’s things that like quality and safety is first and foremost when you get into that kind of product.

33:15
Okay, all right, so you have a team and sounds like it’s getting expensive at this point because you have engineers, probably have, probably, there’s probably a little circuit board in there, right? Yes. And then there’s the mold, there’s the percussive design parts. All right, how long did that process take to get that first gun out? 18 months. 18 months, wow. Okay. Yeah. How did you get into Target then? I mean, there’s no sales history for this thing, right?

33:42
How did we get into Target? Same thing, they approached us. But how did they know about the guy? I mean, it wasn’t even out yet, right? It was out. It was out. It was out. The non-connected version, right? The non-connected version was out and we had a really good business with REI that they knew about. you know, at that time, at that, they’ve been following, according to them, they’ve been following us for several years as a brand. I see. So we were on their radar.

34:12
So it just proves to anyone that if you do a decent job at building your brand, you will get noticed and people will take an interest in you if you do what you’re supposed to do in the marketplace. Let me ask you this. When did the online component come in? Cause I remember when we first started talking, you didn’t even have like a real e-commerce store really, right? No, the online business came when

34:41
We had a lot of people actually emailing us to buy direct from us because they couldn’t find the product on our website at a store because the store may not carry everything you offer in your catalog. I see. So we use that as justification to build our online store. And that’s how it kind of… So the e-commerce component seemed like an afterthought, right?

35:11
Yes, for us it was. Yes, I see. And then when did you start taking that more seriously? And how does that all kind of work together with the retail space? We started to take that well, first, to be frank, we had heard from our partners in our business that how much they were doing online. And we’re like, are you kidding me? That’s how much you’re doing. And so that really put the focus on econ for us. Like, it’s like, wow, we’re leaving

35:41
we’re leaving things on the table, right? So we just started to put more focus on that. So what are your main drives? So let’s just focus on the e-comm side real quick. how do you, what’s your biggest source of traffic on the e-comm side? Our biggest source of traffic on our e-comm side is actually we have a lot of direct searches that are related to people who know of our brand through either clubs

36:11
You know, like different running clubs, different triathlon clubs, these unique community groups that regularly come to us because they’re incentivized to buy from us direct. our second- Wait, hold on. How are they incentivized to buy from you direct? So we give them, you know, kind of group discounts in a sense. Okay. Not a lot, but just enough to incentivize them to come in.

36:40
and buy in bulk opposed to just one off. Almost like a semi Groupon kind of. Does that anger your retailers though at all when you discount? No, because we don’t discount more than 10 % normally. I see. Okay. And it’s very select, right? So it’s not a broad based coupon. No, it’s And you kind of, and it’s direct at these groups of these clubs around the country.

37:10
Okay. Are you doing a lot of paid advertising or social media? Yes, we generally, our paid media is strong. We spend the most Q4. Okay, that makes sense. So and most of the traffic for us, we do very well with Facebook. Facebook is good for us. Instagram is good for us. And

37:38
YouTube is actually not bad for us. I have not seen one of your YouTube ads yet because I actually launching in a few weeks. Ah, are you in it? No, I’m not. Yeah. Yeah. It’s tricky. know, there’s no, there’s you for every business. You just, you have to, you have to learn what funnel works.

38:06
And once you discover that funnel, then you put more resources in that funnel. In some weeks, it could be Instagram and some weeks it could be Facebook. In some weeks it could be YouTube or SEO. It really depends on the message you’re putting out and the product, the price, you know, the four P’s. It’s really dynamic. I call it plastic. It’s, there’s never a day where just like, Oh yeah, we’re just gonna.

38:34
do what we did last year, it’ll be fine. Actually not. Let me ask you this. If you were to start all this over again, would you still have gone the retail route first or would you have gone e-commerce first? I would go e-commerce first. Interesting. Okay. So how would you have proceeded then? If I had built my brand on e-comm 10 years ago, which is when I started, I would probably have a way more substantial e-comm business than I do now.

39:03
And I know that based off of what my competition is doing. Well, okay, let me ask you this. So before, like the way you kind of justified the spend in the beginning was you had all these stores committing to carrying it in their stores. How would you have done the same thing in the econ? How would you have validated this in ecom land? I would have just, um, I would have spent money on SEO way more aggressively than I did.

39:28
in 2010 or 2011. I basically spend no money there. And by the time I decided to spend money, there were other brands that had already cornered that. So when you, let’s say if you Googled massage stick, you know, our brand was nowhere to be found and it would have cost me very little money to make sure that we were one of the first to appear because, you know, because of the algorithm. when you say spend money on SEO,

39:55
What exactly are you talking about? Like what are you investing in specifically? So making sure now, so if you’re bidding for a word, say massage foam roller, that’s a good question, right? Foam roller. Okay. And let’s say 10 years ago, would it cost you like 10 cents to get, to make sure that your foam foam roller is one of the first that appear. Now it’s five to $6.

40:25
You know, it could be that high. And if you had built that base earlier, the algorithm will know that your pages as a foam roller site were the most viewed. And that helps you etch up to the top. So you end up paying less to be at the top of that search query. And then is the same true with social then for you? Yeah, same thing. Okay. Interesting. So when would you have started?

40:54
When is retail, like how does the retail piece kind of come in? Because I know your e-comm side of your business is growing really rapidly. Yes, like super rapidly. I guess what I’m trying to ask is which one is higher maintenance? Definitely. Actually, nowadays, I think e-comm is going to be your highest maintenance. To do e-comm right,

41:24
It’s not easy. Not easy. To get retail right, in my opinion, is easier. I have a bunch of friends who do retail and they’re in a bunch of stores. guess it’s a lot like e-comm in a way because you also have to go around to them and market to them as opposed to like the consumer, Yeah, but in consumer, it’s one-to-one. In retail, it’s more B2B.

41:54
Right. Right. So I mean, for us, it’s we’re making sure that, you know, five of our key customers are are and they know us well enough, they they’re going to execute these top retailers know what they’re doing. Right. OK, that makes sense. Right. You need to hold you. You don’t need to hold their hand. You just make you need to. Your job is to make sure your brand is top of mind when it comes to that category in the nation and they’ll

42:22
They’ll help make sure that it’s in the right aisle, you know, and that it’s presented correctly to their shoppers. mean, they’re professionals when it comes to it. Target knows about how to do that better than anyone. So I just want to give the audience an idea also. You mentioned like a large part of your budget is travel. Like how important is it for you to kind of make the rounds, so to speak?

42:48
I think if you’re, let me put it this way, let’s say you’re making candles and you’re selling candles to specialty shops across the country and these are mom and pop stores that are kind of gift stores and like coastal cities or, and you want to make sure that they sell your product well.

43:15
You should see the owners of those businesses at least once, at least once and get their name. And that’ll make a huge difference in how many candles you sell. Right. For sure. So I would say that if you had a hundred, let’s say if you had, say we had, you know, easily over a thousand retailers that sell our product in specialty, I probably visited all of them once. And some of them

43:45
five to 10 times because it’s relationship, right? Because candles are commodity, you know, so is, you know, a lot of these recovery tools, they’re kind of a commodity. So if you want to develop that relationship, makes a huge, huge difference. You guys on Amazon? Our non electronics are on Amazon. Our electronics are not. Is there a plan to get them on Amazon or? Nope. Okay. Why is that?

44:15
Too many knockoffs and we don’t want to put our brand next to them. Interesting. I view our biggest competition as actually Amazon to be frank. Like the cheap knockoffs on Amazon you mean? Yeah, Amazon itself because Amazon advertises the cheap knockoffs on SEO. Are you scared that Amazon will develop their own connected massage gun? No, no because it’s not their business.

44:43
We do such, what we do, our algorithm, it’s just not something. I mean, for them to do a non-connected device, sure. For them to produce connected device, that’s a whole different area of expertise. I mean, we work for like over 20, 25 doctors. That algorithm built by medical professions, not just like, hey, some guys.

45:09
It’s funny that you say that about Amazon. Like I read somewhere now that almost 70 % of searchers when they’re buying like a something like a massager, they’ll actually go look at the brand website first before making a purchase. I would think that once your brand I mean, it’s in target all across the nation. Now the brand is going to become really strong that the knockoffs won’t be as much of a factor on Amazon. I I would I would love to do a study on on that and see and do a B testing, you know,

45:39
between how many people actually go to Amazon to look for the product at a cheaper price than going there because they went to your brand site first and they went to Amazon to buy that product. Right. You follow me? Yeah. I know a lot of people prefer to just shop on Amazon, right? Because it’s easy. So I’m just wondering if you’re missing out on like 50 % of e-commerce, but by not being on there. That’s all I’m saying. Yeah. And I would dare.

46:09
I would be, you kind of have to pick a lane and then go down that lane. And the lane we picked is to support our retail partners such as Target and REI and make sure that we maximize our business there and have those and leave Amazon alone. Right. Okay. And then, you know, if you go to target.com, you’ll

46:39
you’ll see us having a very strong presence there or REI, know, those, those are, or even Fleetfeet. These are, these are brands that, you know, give us a lot of business. yeah, and a lot of support. Yeah. Yeah. So one thing that we didn’t really get into, but this app, just to add, add one thing, like there’s, there’s no curation in Amazon. So in

47:07
If you go to Amazon, you can find a lot of products on there that have not been qualified by a buying group such as Target. There’s no process. Oh yeah, I know. That’s why there’s so much junk on there. Yeah, the junk is, it’s very hard for people to decipher what’s junk and what’s not junk. And there’s a lot of fraud going on there too. There’s people.

47:35
copying your design and then it’s just not policed well. And so to be honest with you, Steve, if they start to police it better, maybe we’ll sell there one day. But right now it’s, it’s like the wild, wild West and we choose not to be part of that West. Yeah, I think that might be smart. mean, I’ve had many people or not many, but I’ve had a few people on the podcast where their entire product brand, everything, the box, everything got knocked off with inferior product, which lowered the reviews of that brand.

48:04
I lowered the brand equity because they literally copied everything. Yeah, it’s ridiculous. And how are they able to sell on Amazon is the biggest question I have. I don’t want to speak for Amazon, but to them, I think it’s just money, If someone chooses not to sell on there, someone else is going to jump right in. And that’s how they run their platform. It’s fine. I respect that, but that’s not our cup of tea.

48:34
So one thing that we didn’t talk about in this podcast was your master plan. mean, connectivity is cool and all, but this app that you have people sign on where you get the information and there’s, can you talk about the recurring revenue component? Sure. So our, our mission is to make sure that that app helps you deal with any ailments you have or your family has. So if you’re, if you’re sitting at the Thanksgiving table this year and your aunt’s across the table and she says, you know, I have this,

49:04
nagging back pain, we want you to download the Addaday app onto your device. And from there, you’re going to discover therapies that help you with that pain instantly, whether it’s with our device or without our device. And we believe those therapies that we show you through the app are good enough to where you will pay us on a monthly basis to use that app.

49:30
I mean,

50:00
Just like when you see a physical therapist, they’re not going to just use one motion on you for the whole duration of the visit. So speed one does not represent good therapy, neither does speed five. know, you need to have a good therapy means that it’s at different frequencies and amplitude throughout the duration of the session. This is actually the main reason why I am a believer in the product. It’s

50:30
You have a moat. You have IP that can’t really be easily copied. No, it’s actually you can have work. We can deliver up to 67 million various therapies through that through that app. Yeah, with the with the bio zoom. And it’s rare that I do this on the podcast. But I think it’s a no brainer because it is really inexpensive as well. Like typical typical massage guns. I was thinking about getting one a while back. And it was like four or 500 bucks.

50:57
I don’t know how, maybe you can come on and talk about this later, but yours retails for what? $150? $149. $149 with all this stuff. And you’re to have to tell me how you got the supply chain down that much. it, is it mainly just like a volume game or? Well, when you start to source the components separately and you have volume, you can get it to where it’s economical. Yeah. It’s hard. It’s really hard. I probably use every

51:24
all the experience I’ve ever had in manufacturing on this project. And you can find these in Target everywhere. if you guys are in the, was it the fitness section of Target? Yeah, you don’t, yeah, it’s a sports section and it’s under recovery and you don’t have to be an athlete to use it. If you have, you know, common ailments like back pain, plantar fasciitis, or just a sore neck, we have a therapy for you that you can use independent of the massage of the bio zoom.

51:53
which is the massage gun, or you can just use some of our therapies that are, will be shown, is shown to you by Dr. Mike, who’s our in-house doctor and his group of medical specialists ranging from MDs all the way to PT, DPTs. yeah, we’re trying to bring, we’re trying to make sure that if you have something that bothers you, you don’t necessarily always have to wait till you

52:23
get to your PT office for some relief to take place. We’re not saying don’t see your PT. The PT is definitely, this is not here to replace your physical therapist or your chiropractor. This is there to help and assist in between those visits. So if you’re doing 10 visits a year, we hope with this tool and this solution and this app, you can do eight visits. And where can people find your company online?

52:53
addaday.com like add a day to your life. So add a day.com. A D D A D A y.com. Correct. Cool. Hey, Vic, thanks a lot for coming on the show. It’s great to have like family on the show. I had my mom on earlier and that episode actually ended up being a pretty big hit. You should have our other cousin on which are Georgia. Nicole, Nicole. Okay. Yeah, actually, he started his company too. Right and got

53:22
which got acquired. yeah, he will have one. Yeah, that’s a good story too. All right, man. It’s been good. right.

53:32
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Like I said, Vic’s company is blowing up and hopefully I’ll have more to report later on this year about the progress of his growth. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequarterjob.com slash episode 347. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

54:00
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

54:30
heading over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

346: 36 Million Dollars In 3 Years – The Story Of Brumate With Dylan Jacob

Dylan Jacob


Today, I’m thrilled to have Dylan Jacob on the show. Dylan is the founder of Brumate.com which is a company that sells beer cozies online. And he grew Brumate into a 36 million dollar business in just 3 years.

The growth of his company has been ridiculous. In his first full year, he made 2.1 million. The next year, he did 20 million and last year he did 36.

In this episode, we’ll discover his strategies for growth. 

What You’ll Learn

  • How Dylan got into e-commerce and how it led to starting Brumate.com
  • Why he decided to sell beer cozies
  • How Dylan validated his niche before manufacturing
  • How Brumate achieved explosive growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have Dylan Jacob on the show and Dylan is the founder of Brewmate.com and he managed to grow his e-commerce store from nothing to an eight figure business in just two years. And in this episode, we’re going to break it all down. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me.

00:28
I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show.

00:55
Now, are you working around the clock to build the business that you always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies? Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers,

01:23
collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to do the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you own your growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife. That’s klaviyo.com slash mywife. Now onto the show.

01:53
Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:11
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Dylan Jacob on the show. Now Dylan is the founder of Brewmate.com, which is a company that sells beer cozies online. And Dylan grew this into a $36 million business in just three years. And the growth of his company was ridiculous. In his first full year, he made 2.1 million. The next year he did 20 and then last year he did 36. Not only that, but he owns the company a hundred percent and bootstrapped it to where it is today.

02:38
And in this episode, we’ll discover how he grew Brewmate so quickly and his strategies for growth. And with that, welcome to the show. Dylan, how are you doing today, I’m doing great, Steve. Thanks for having me on. Yeah, so Dylan, for those of you out there who have never heard of who you are, give us a quick background story about how you got into e-commerce and then how your experiences led up to starting Brewmate. Yeah, so I grew up in a little small town in Indiana, Greenwood. So it’s like 20 minutes south of Indianapolis.

03:07
And there’s not a whole lot to do there. You’re sort of surrounded by corn fields and, you know, people typically get in trouble. I was one of those people that was like what I did in my spare time. seem to find myself in all sorts of situations. And, you know, over time I sort of grew out of that and was able to turn that energy into something a little more positive. And entrepreneurship was one of those things I always gravitated towards. You know, I grew up fairly poor and I was always looking for like odds and ends ways to make money.

03:36
And I was running a little cell phone repair company, like eighth and ninth grade. So I would buy up broken devices. So like iPods and iPhones, and I would have wore the parts from overseas and then I would refurbish them and then resell them. And then sophomore year of high school, a few repair shops popped up locally and that market sort of started to dwindle away. And so I saw an opportunity, you know, I had already secured really good supplier overseas for electronic parts and.

04:07
I started reaching out to the local repair shop. I went in, made friends with them. And what I found a common thread with all of them was that they were all getting their parts off like eBay and Amazon. And I happened to know that all the parts that were on there were BNC grade parts. So they had dead pixels and dust under the screen or they were, you know, I had already navigated all of that. And so I saw an opportunity and I basically told all of them that I could supply them with local parts, you know, same day, a local delivery and.

04:36
that actually started my first real business, which is called GV Supply Company. So over the few years throughout high school, we scaled to a little over 100 bear shops around the US that we were working with at our own Shopify store. I would scout our Instagram for hashtags and send people samples and drop in their DMs and reach out to people in any way that I could. And then they could order the parts directly online and get them delivered straight to their door.

05:03
Um, you know, he had like a year warranty so they could pass that on to their customers. And it was something that, you know, was, was really challenging for me and really fun. And you did this in high school. You yeah, this was in high school. Okay. Um, and so, you know, senior year is rolling around and, I have a very successful business, at least at that time. Um, you know, I was making well in the six figures and I was still like,

05:31
pretty unsure about the whole entrepreneurship thing. It’s sort of like joining a high school acting class and you’re really good at it, but then trying to move to Hollywood and become a big time actor. And so I really just considered it to be a side hustle. I was planning on going to Purdue for engineering, so I had a full ride there. I also had an internship at Rolls-Royce. So I’d leave high school half day and go to Rolls-Royce for the rest of the day. I worked in their engineering department. That was sort of my

06:01
plan. My plan was to be an engineer. wanted to do product development design. I actually wanted to be an inventor. And, you know, that was sort of the direction I was headed in. But I again, like I grew up sort of in this low income household, and I wanted the stability of like, you know, having a college degree and being able to have a steady job and paycheck and something that like entrepreneurship didn’t really offer. And I was pretty scared of. So I went to I went to college there for a semester, I was running this business out of my dorm room.

06:30
taking 18 credit hours and wanting to rip my hair out. And, you know, I remember Christmas break rolled around, so we had a few weeks off and I was down like 20 pounds, like I hadn’t been in the gym and everyone was like, you don’t look very well. And I was like, I don’t feel very well. Like I’m very stressed out and unsure and I don’t know what to do. you know, my friends and family were supportive and you know, I sort of arrived at the decision that I was just going to take a semester off.

06:58
focused on my business. Like I already had a business that was earning me more than I would have been making as an engineer. And even though I didn’t consider it like a lifelong plan, it was a good plan for the intern until I sort of figured out what I wanted to do. This is still a cell phone business, right? Yep. Okay. So I dropped out of college. And I don’t call it dropping out at the time. I really just took a semester off. But four months later, I did sell that company for $100,000.

07:24
and I ended up fully dropping out of college. And that was sort of the turning point for me where I realized that like, you know, entrepreneurship was something that to me, it was everything, it encompassed like everything that I enjoyed. Like it had the building aspect of like what I enjoyed about engineering. You know, it had the potential for like the product development aspect of what I wanted to do for an actual career anyways. And so, you know, I sort of

07:53
was like, Hey, I’m pretty much already doing this. Why not just pursue it and see where it goes. And, you know, as a backup plan, if it doesn’t work out, then I can always go back to school and I have, you know, a nice lump sum of money in my bank account. And, you know, over a few months period after that, I again was pretty unsure because I had just sold my company. And at this point, I was like, well, I need to like start another company because I didn’t want to get a job. And so I actually bought a house. So I spent a year remodeling this house.

08:23
watch YouTube videos, pull permits myself, did literally everything. And that was a nightmare. I didn’t get into it for like flipping houses. literally just wanted, I thought it’d be a fun project. I like building things, but there’s just a little too in depth and I ended up getting sort of trapped doing it for a lot longer than I would have liked to. Okay. How did you end up in beer cozies though? mean. Yeah, so I’m getting there.

08:52
I, in the process of starting or of remodeling the house, I started another company called Beachy Design. And so it was a high end glass tile company. We would do kitchen backsplashes. And I, again, like just felt like there was something missing in this business too. Like, you know, we were importing and designing glass tile for showrooms and interior designers and things like that.

09:18
But it was missing this like product innovation aspect. And so I had always kept this journal, you know, sort of where I would jot down different product ideas that I would have, invention ideas, whatever. And when I first turned 21, I started getting really into craft beer. And so at the time, you, I was sort of done with my house. I was running Vichy Design, which is a glass style company. But I was also looking for something else to really pursue and something that I’d be a little more passionate about that included like

09:48
me being able to take a concept from pen and paper to, you know, product development and also like being able to walk around and see people using my product. Um, and so, you know, I started getting into craft beer and I noticed that like a lot of those cans came in 16 ounce versions and every time I would drink one, the last quarter would always be warm. And so I had just jotted down in my journal, like way to keep 16 ounce beer cans cold. Uh, and that was actually what sort of started like roommate as a whole.

10:18
Um, so the concept for roommate actually started with one beer koozie. That’s our hops later tree out now. Um, but that was like our flagship product. And, know, as I started to investigate that market and realize like, no one was making a 16 ounce beer koozie that actually kept things cold. also realized that like the insulated drinkware industry as a whole was really focusing on the hydration category. So water bottles and coffee mugs and tumblers, no one was really focusing on alcohol. Um, and so that was where I identified like the concept.

10:47
for Brewmate as a whole, which was a company that was designed to like create a better drinking experience and make products specifically for adult beverages only. Okay. How much did it cost to make that first prototype for the 6-in-1 Spear Can? Yeah. So, you the other two businesses, I don’t typically go super in depth on those, but I think they’re important to mention just because they sort of gave me the fundamental building blocks and understanding of like how to source a product, how to get a product created.

11:16
and also like how to do it pretty scrappy. And so, you had mentioned earlier that like I scaled the company without any funding. A lot of that just had to do with the fact that like I had identified little hacks and ways to create products fairly cheap. And as we continue to scale, you know, we’re able to do so properly. And so with that initial prototype, I invested under 10 grand. It was a very rough prototype. I did not include like our current version has three different components. This one only had one.

11:45
but so it was a lot cheaper than like our current version to make. But I had already had sort of a light digital background and so I was able to, you know, Photoshop the product into people’s hands and make a landing page and sort of do like our own version of a Kickstarter. And runs Facebook ads to that page and basically collect emails and then we did pre-orders for that product. Then once it was created. Did ads to that landing page or how did you get people to landing page? Yeah, Facebook ads. Facebook ads. So what are some of your hacks for creating quick

12:14
prototype. Yeah. So, you know, I think the biggest mistake people make is like, they’ll go to a designer first. Um, so they get, you know, they spend three, four months like designing the perfect product and then they’ll take it to a manufacturer. And then the manufacturer shreds it apart and says like, this can’t be done. This can’t be done. This can be done. Um, and their engineers will like re-engineer it to be manufacturable. And so I had actually identified that like, if you find a manufacturer that has a solid engineering team at house,

12:42
Like typically not only will they do the engineering component for free, but you can get there a lot quicker. So, you know, I was able to go to a manufacturer that again, like had a very strong in-house engineering team. is in the US or in Asia? This is overseas. Overseas, okay. there’s a drink where there’s no state-side manufacturers. Okay. Okay. So you actually physically traveled there, I would imagine, right?

13:05
I did, yep. Okay. So I had sort of created a list of different factories I wanted to visit, went and visited, interviewed their engineering teams, sort of went over the design that we had and then settled on the company that I felt most comfortable with. Did you have to commit to a certain number in order for them to do the engineering for you? No, I mean, their minimum order was like a thousand units. So that was something that, you know, I had to sort of negotiate with them on because I didn’t want to order a thousand units because I knew it wasn’t the final product. Okay.

13:33
I mean, just a higher premium to get a smaller batch done. Sure, sure. And this whole process of design, like, did you stay there for an extended period or did you do a lot of it back and forth in the States? I was there for two weeks interviewing engineering teams. And then once I sort of settled on the engineering team that I wanted to work with, then the majority of it was done stateside. So I worked with them directly through Skype and email to sort of dial everything in.

14:01
Did you do any validation on this product before you decided to manufacture it or did you just kind of go for it? Yeah, so the landing page that I mentioned, so before I had actually created or like placed our first order, I actually ran lead generation campaigns to our landing page and collected a couple thousand emails. I went to a couple of the local breweries here. They all had…

14:29
There were showrooms where they sell branded merchandise and chatting with some of the founders there and was like, hey, I think this would be a great addition to your showroom, like this is something you’d be interested in. So I got a commitment from those guys, Satsang King Brewery in Indiana. It like one of the first showrooms to ever carry that product. So I had had a commitment both from direct to consumer customers as well as wholesale customers on the concept. And that was what I used to sort

14:52
be comfortable to be able to pull the trigger on that product. So on this landing page, presumably there were pictures, right? So did you just kind of Photoshop mockups of what you thought it would look like? Well, we had CAD files for the product. So we just did digital renderings. Ah, got it. OK. All right. So it was basically the real thing, just not real images. Exactly. OK. But yeah, we able to take that and Photoshop it into people’s hands in different scenarios and do cut through so people could see how the technology worked and stuff like that.

15:20
Okay, so you spent under 10 grand, you get your first batch of about a thousand units. How did you sell those first units? So we already had a commitment for 240 of those from Sun King. So 25 % of those were already gone. And then the rest, you know, are from the email list that we had, I would say probably 50 % of the other 750 units we had leftover were purchased from customers on that list. And then I made a couple of giveaways on Facebook and then ran some actual Facebook ads after that. But we depleted inventory in under two weeks.

15:50
Wow. So on that landing page, did you talk about price at all or was it just pure interest? Nope. So it went over what the pricing was going to be. It also went over the fact that the product was not the final version. so it was sort of, you know, this is a product that never existed before. So again, it was like people were basically funny at Kickstarter. Like it was people that were interested in 16 ounce beers had had this same issue and wanted a solution for it and were willing to like invest in the original concept.

16:19
And that was how I positioned it. So a lot of those customers went onto an email list where as we were going through the design process for version two, they were kept in the loop and then we gave them a 50 % off discount code on the newer version when it came out, because they supported the original concept. I’m just curious, what was going on through your mind, whether to do a Kickstarter Indiegogo or versus what you just did with the landing page and Facebook ads? Yeah, I mean…

16:46
I had just interviewed a lot of people that had done kickstarters and IndieGoGo campaigns and like, you know, aside from the fact that they take a platform fee, I just felt like a lot of the marketing that went into, you know, driving traffic to their team and get to like the front page or get any sort of traction could have been better utilized, just doing it yourself. And like that was my hypothesis and it seemed to work. So.

17:09
So what’s nice about your product is it has really broad based appeal. So I’m just kind of curious though with that first Facebook ad, can you kind of describe what you targeted, who you targeted and like what your cost per lead was like? Oh, well Facebook ads back then were like very cheap. I honestly don’t remember like what the cost per lead was or anything, but I know like our return on ad spend was probably seven or eight X in terms of like the amount of people actually converted versus what I spend. Okay.

17:37
In terms of, you know, who I was targeting, was people that were interested in like craft beer. Okay. That was really all I targeted in the beginning. Even though like a lot of the light beer brands have 60 ounce can versions, it’s hard to like target someone, let’s say for like Bud Light, and then target someone that like drinks 60 ounce Bud Light cans. But most craft beer cans do come at 60 ounce versions. So like if someone’s interested in craft beer, the odds of them drinking out of 16 ounce cans are like much higher.

18:05
So in the beginning, like I sort of just targeted like men and women between like 21 and 45 that were interested in craft beer. And like that was sort of my target audience. I think with them too, you know, one of the hypothesis that I had was like early adopters are going to be really important. So like people that support Indiegogo or Kickstarter are like early adopters and people who are into craft beer are also sort of like early adopters. Like they like, you know, working with smaller breweries and like

18:34
you know, getting a variety of different beer and like supporting like new variances of beer and things like that. And so I was like, I feel like this is a really good audience to test this with because I feel like they’d be a lot more supportive than just your average drinker. Sure. It was a new concept and it seemed to work. So a lot of those customers were like, you know, very into craft beer and the product did what it said it would. And so they’re all happy. I guess the actual numbers don’t matter as much, but did you have any goals for how many leads you wanted to get?

19:04
and how did you kind of calculate or was it just, hey, let me just get a bunch of people and then enough to sell out this first batch and let’s go with it. No, you I had a lot of capital expenses at the time. So like I had my house, I had my other business, which I had, you know, warehouse for an inventory and everything else. I wasn’t trying to spend a lot of money. My goal, this was a side project. it literally was just something that I was doing on the side. wasn’t, never thought it would turn into what it is today. And so, you know, I wasn’t trying to garner like,

19:33
10,000 leads or anything. was really just, you know, I knew Insulated Drinker, where was one of the fastest growing sectors of housewares from my research. I knew that people liked the vacuum insulated water bottles and coffee mugs and things like that. I knew that there was a sector of the market that was being largely ignored. And, you know, I guess the point is, is like, if people like cold water, and they’re willing to spend $30 on a product to keep their water cold, why wouldn’t they spend

20:02
the same amount to keep beer cold, which one is more expensive and two is something that is like more important to people than water. Like not in terms of like from a health standpoint, but like people get more excited about alcohol than they do about drinking water. And so I was like, I just, felt like this was a market that was untapped, but I wanted to have some sort of validation. Right. Yeah. I I wanted some sort of validation before I sort of jumped the gun and like spending the money on the mold and

20:30
you know, investing in our first inventory batch and stuff like that. okay, it was. All right. So okay, so you sell that of your first batch, you said like a quarter of it was to already pre committed orders and the rest was to that list. Like, how do you go from there to like your first 2 million?

20:49
So after we sold through that first batch, we actually didn’t relaunch our second version until 2017, like beginning of 2017. So we didn’t do a second batch for the Hopsilator. That first batch was just about validation, getting customer feedback. I would send emails and surveys to those customers about what they liked, didn’t like, what they’d like to see in the next version, stuff like that. So in the meantime, again, I had identified that there was this entire market that was being ignored.

21:19
And I had some other ideas. so our, next concept that I was working on was called the wine slater. So it’s our insulated wine growler. So you pour a bottle of wine inside, insulates, uh, and maintains the temperature for over 24 hours. And the idea behind that was like, you can’t take wine in glass free zones. So, you know, parks, uh, beaches, uh, on people’s boats. A lot of times they don’t want you to have them there campsites. There’s a lot of places that you can’t take class and therefore you can’t take wine. And so.

21:47
If you transfer it into a container that’s not made of glass, it takes care of the glass free zone problem. And then the added benefit is that you don’t need to cooler ice. Like you can just pour this into the wine slater, throw it in a backpack and for over 24 hours, like you’ve got perfectly chilled wine. That product was a little easier to create. I had less moving parts. Um, was a lot cheaper to make. And so did the exact same thing over again. At this time I targeted female only again, sort of same, same age demographic, much.

22:16
broader in terms of like who the audience was. So it’s people that were like interested in voting and outdoor activities and wine and sort of this wide variety of people that all sort of fit into this category that I believe like would get benefit out of this product. And this time we actually collected a little over 7,000 emails. thing I think for the 7,000 emails I probably spent under a thousand bucks. What? Okay. We had a landing page.

22:42
Same exact thing, like I had the CAD files turned into digital renders, which then add Photoshop into people’s hands. They’ve got through, talked about the benefits of the product, everything else. I ordered seven. Okay, hold on one sec. So you’re saying you spent like 14 cents a lead? that? Did I do the math correctly?

23:02
I honestly don’t remember, but I know it was a whole lot of money because again, like I had all my money invested in something else. I know it didn’t spend like five grand to do it. And I’m pretty sure it was probably in the like thousand dollar range. Okay. Out of those customers. So we had again, we seem to see like a 30 like open rates were extremely high. So our open rates for those emails were in the like 50 % range, which was actually phenomenal, especially from like

23:30
typically on Facebook, you’re not getting extremely high quality leads. Yeah. And it’s not even something like now when we ran campaigns like that, like we don’t get anything close to that. So I’m not sure if that was just like the period in time or sure or what. Can I ask you a question about the wine product real quick? So you actually have to pour the wine into the container. Yeah. So it comes with a little silicone funnel and you pour the wine inside. so is it just like a thermos then essentially just market it differently? Okay.

23:58
It’s shaped like a wine bottle. It holds a full bottle of wine perfectly. You know, it serves its purpose. It’s like… If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce

24:25
and provide strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees,

24:54
website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECOUNSCL.com. Now back to the show.

25:16
Sorry, I interrupted you. So you did the same process, but you got more leads. sounds like 7x more leads for this launch. And then what? Yeah, so same thing. I ordered 7,000 units, seven different colors for the Wine Slater. So we did all the… We tried to do a spectrum. So was like aqua, so blue, pink, yellow, green, black, white, and I don’t remember what the other color was.

25:45
Same exact process. you know, I, this time actually, you know, I had to invest into 7,000 units, which was a bit more of an undertaking, but like the response to the product was actually significantly better than the hops later was. Um, I think part of that was just the fact that one, we invested a little more into marketing and two, uh, we were targeting a much broader audience, but once that product came in, uh, so that came in November 26th, 2016, and that product sold out in two weeks.

26:13
So we did $270,000 in sales in that two week period. Sold completely out before Christmas. All those products arrived to everyone’s stores before Christmas. And that sort of ended our first year and closed us out at around $300,000 in sales for the year. So that was just based on Facebook leads that you generated in that email list that you had, right? No, the leads, like we had probably a 50 % open rate. And I would say out of that, you know, maybe 1500 to 2000 people actually purchased.

26:43
or at least 1500 to like 2000 units. over that two week period, a lot of that we were running Facebook ads and stuff. again, like I don’t remember what our return on ad spend was, but I know it was very high. And yeah, so over like a two week period, you know, between the email list and the Facebook ads that we were running, we sold out. Could I ask you why you decided to do so many colors on that first run? So funny, it ties back into V2 design.

27:11
Um, so whole concept behind VG design was actually, uh, I had like walked into a granite tile showroom or a granite showroom and spent like four hours picking out granite from my kitchen. And then I walked into a tile showroom to pick out a backsplash and for glass style, were like four color options. Um, and there, just thought there was a disconnect. So like our whole thing in VG design was like, we had the largest color selection for glass tiles. So like a little bit of something for everyone’s taste. And so I sort of applied that same concept to drinkware.

27:40
All the drinkware at the time really came in like solid colors or just stainless steel. And so I thought like bringing color into this and like allowing people to personalize and like using as a conversation piece or like match it, you know, to their outfits or like having it be really like a fashion accessory instead of just a product for their wine would make it a little more powerful. And so it’s just something I wanted to test because with the Hoffs later, we only did stainless steel and black for that first version. Okay.

28:07
with this product since we were targeting women, I just thought as an opportunity to like get a little more funky with the colors. And that actually worked really well. And you know, I now we have, you know, 30 plus different colors for the majority of our products. Dang. So you didn’t find that like one color dominated all the sales and then you had problems getting rid of some of the other colors? No, because we didn’t do like different shades of the same color, right? Like, that was sort of what I was talking about, like with the color spectrum. It was like picking like one green, one blue, one pink. Got it. Okay.

28:36
I’m trying to pick something that fit in each category and like was most popular. So for like blue, did like a Tiffany blue, like Aqua for pink, we did like a neon pink, you know, for, for orange, did like a coral color cause like world’s popular. So, you know, I looked at like Pantone color trends and what’s popular and use that to basically figure out like which color I wanted to select for, each part of the spectrum. And that worked really well because you know,

29:03
Again, like everyone has different buying preferences. So when you have, you know, thousands of people looking at a product, like not everyone’s gonna want to have the same exact thing. Okay. Yeah. All right. So it’s the start of 2017 and it sounds like you have two products at this point, right? Yep. Was it just more of the same to get to that first 2.1 million? Yeah. So we had a product that allowed you to bring wine into glass free zones, but there was nothing to drink it up. So February, 2017, we launched our Uncork series, which was our insulated wine tumbler.

29:34
So now we’re able to create like an insulated wine tumbler set where you could get two wine glasses and the wine slater sort of as a set. And that was like one of our most successful basebook campaigns for like all of 2017. Is this all digital marketing at this point to get sales? Yeah. I mean, we had some retailers, like we had a become a dealer button on the website where people could apply, but we probably have like 50 retailers in 2017 if that.

30:00
And we weren’t actively looking for any, yeah, it was all direct to consumer. All right, did you use anything outside of Facebook? Were you using Google, shopping? We didn’t start using Google till the end of 2017. Okay. So I was actually running all of our Facebook ads until October 2017. I did, again, did not know a lot about Facebook ads. I just knew how to run very basic campaigns. And I started to see, as I was trying to scale our budget, it just wasn’t performing.

30:30
nearly as as I wanted to and we’re starting to see diminishing returns. And so that was when I sort of brought on our first hire, which was Mitmar. Can you comment on why you hired someone versus maybe just getting an agency first off? I talked with agencies. So I talked with Talk Media at the time. They were just a little too expensive. had a minimum commitment and we weren’t in their spend level at that time. then I think their minimum fee was like 10 grand or something.

31:00
So it was like fairly expensive for me. And I also just didn’t really like, you know, I had other friends who had started companies and like they had heard negative things about agencies. So I wanted to have someone like working on our account day to day and not just like sort of touching it, you know, for an hour or whatever. And so I ended up just hiring a contractor. So I used up work and, you know, sort of interviewed probably 10, 15 different people that had.

31:26
good reviews and done a fair amount of work. So like over $100,000 earned and had them do like an audit of our account and put together like a of a roster of like things that they would do differently if they were to come on and then sort of pick the best person for that. Is this a full time hire then or just a contractor in the beginning? Just the contractor and a contract at that time. Okay. And then he basically scaled what you were doing.

31:51
Yeah, so we had done a million dollars in sales from January to October and then from October to December we did another million. So he was able to come on and like pretty much revamp what we were doing and get not only better results than what I was doing, you know, at scale he was able to condense what I had done in 10 months into three. Okay. And we’re getting better results. so

32:16
We didn’t start you asked about Google and other so we didn’t start advertising on Google like shopping network and Snapchat and like all other places that we advertise till 2018. Okay. You sound like a smart guy that you could figure out Facebook ads. I’m just kind of curious what they what your consultant did that you weren’t doing that allow you to scale so quickly. So for me it was like look like audiences and segmenting. It just wasn’t something that I was fantastic at. And so he was like really good at sort of analyzing the data that we had and creating

32:45
I was just kind of beating the same audience over and over and over. And so, you know, our, um, like frequency rate was going up and, know, I’ve tried and create other audiences, they wouldn’t work as well. So it always go back to like what was working. And, um, you know, he was able to like successfully create lookalike audiences where we were able to target new people with similar interests. We’re again, like we’re bringing down the frequency that they’re seeing these ads and we’re getting significantly better results by doing that. So.

33:14
I’m not 100 % sure. I would say a lot of it was just attributed to campaign structure and audience structure. Okay. Well, because I know since I run all my own ads also, it’s a pain in the ass to kind of rotate creatives. I was just wondering, since you’re running this other company, perhaps you might not have had just the time to give it your all in terms of Facebook ads. That’s kind what I was getting at. I was wondering if that was the case. Yeah. I mean, probably a little bit of everything.

33:41
You know like our the creators we were using weren’t fantastic The copy was written by me like I’m sure there’s a lot of factors that played into like why it did significantly better after I brought Him on. Okay. Were you still were you starting to run your Facebook ads directly to your products at this point? Or were you still trying to get leads? No, so we only did leads for the initial two. Okay, you would actually stock inventory. We were running acquisition campaigns

34:09
Okay. I’m able to actually directly to like collection pages. Okay. Hey, I just want to make fun of Austin Bronner here because I saw in one of your other interviews that you said the Spindle Wind pop-up increased your signups by 4x. Was it? Yeah, I wrote about that on a blog post and I got a 2x increase and thing but then everyone started making fun of me because I for you, you got 4x right in terms of the number of leads that you were getting versus the old form, right? Yeah. Yeah. Okay.

34:39
There you go, Bronner, Spend-A-Win pop-up for the win. Okay, sorry, sorry to say that. Do you know who Austin is by any chance? We still use our own version of that today. We have different versions. Like we use a text signup form and then we also have, we just do know, but we did our own custom Spend-A-Win version and it still performs extremely well to this day. Yeah, I wrote my own also actually. Yeah, it performs better than the ones that you can get off the shelf. Okay, sorry, I just wanted to, I thought I’d bring that up just in case people

35:09
still doubt the power of the spin to win. All right. Okay, so you hit 2.1 million in 2017. And then all of sudden you like 10x the following year. What happened? Yeah, so a couple things. I in 2017, I sold my house, I also sold my other business. So I was able to like, so towards the end of that year, I was able to fully invest in roommate. So all the money went in towards investing in inventory for Q4.

35:36
And then a lot of the money that we made in Q4 was reinvested back in inventory for Q1 of 2018. like going into spring and summer, we had pretty solid on an inventory to be able to sustain growth. Cause in 2017, like for a lot of the year we would run pre-orders. So, you know, I would literally drive people to the website, they would pay for the product and then, you know, it’d say like 90 day lead time or whatever. And then we’d get the product created and then I would air ship it in instead of shipping it by sea. So we get it quicker and then we would ship out.

36:05
product and do that in batches. Because again, like I didn’t have the money to really invest in like 1000s and 1000s of units to just talk about that real quick, actually, because I run an ecommerce business and cash flow is always a problem. Right? So you bootstrap this you still own 100 % of this, right? So yeah, we actually just closed an equity deal last Friday. Last Friday, but hitting 36 was all on your own bootstrap, right? Yeah. Okay. How do you get the money to fund the inventory?

36:35
Well, so again, like I had sold my first business, I had rolled that into my second in the house on the house itself. Once it was finished, I was able to pull a line of credit on the house. Okay. I able to leverage that and use that for the business. And then, you know, you’re only allowed to finance 70 % of the house value. And the house wasn’t appraising as high as what I actually sold it for. like, there was just a lot of leftover money that was in that house that

37:03
that I can really touch. when I sold that, you know, I had access to like a significantly larger amount of capital. But yeah, I mean, it was something, you know, I was using this line of credit, but you got to remember like thousands and thousands of units, you know, trying to invest the money into having that on hand, plus having like production deposits on future orders. So you’re not like, you know, running out of stock and placing an order and then waiting 90 days for it to come in, like trying to balance all of that was really difficult. So pre-orders was sort of my answer to that. It allowed me to, you

37:33
pre-sell the product and we didn’t even do it at a discount. But again, these are products that didn’t exist and they came in unique colors and like people wanted them. So they’re willing to wait and we would get maybe 10 % of the customers that didn’t read and you know, didn’t know it was a pre-order or whatever. And we’d either refund them or like explain and a lot of times they were okay with it. But I use that really all throughout 2017 to help grow. I didn’t have to, cause at the same time I was also investing money in like molds and things like that too. So.

38:01
You’re trying to balance all that was difficult, but pre-orders was sort of the answer because it allowed me to pre-sell the product. You get the product in after 90 days, ship it out, and then repeat the process over and over again and sort of roll the money back into the company. But 2018 was the changing point because not only did I sell my other business, my house, we also got our bank line of credit because we had had our two-year anniversary. So after like two years of business, we were able to get a formal $250,000 line of credit from the bank.

38:29
And so it was an unsecured line of credit. It wasn’t collateralized against inventory or anything. I was through SBA. And that was a few month process. I started working on that beginning like January 2018. think end of February, we probably closed that. So like right in time for spring, we were able to place some pretty large orders on top of, you know, the orders we had already placed from the money we had made from Q4 2017. But yeah, I mean, I think, you know, again, like

38:57
I had brought on the guy that I was using for Facebook ads at the end of 2017. We had started seeing really good results with scaling, you know, the financial aspect of like having a lot more money to put in the inventory. think all those things combined are what allowed us to grow so quickly in 2018. And then on top of that, we added in, you know, Google and Google Shopping Network and Snapchat and Pinterest and Bing and Influencer Marketing, like a ton of different channels throughout the year.

39:24
So we’re just reaching customers in a different way and really finding out and figuring out what works for us and what didn’t. Okay. So outside of Facebook, what are those other channels have worked the best for you? So Google works extremely well. Snapchat works very well for us. Influencer marketing works really well for us. Pinterest is okay, but it’s not super scalable. Snapchat even then we weren’t really able to scale it for a long time. It took a year and a half working with our team in beta programs and whatnot.

39:53
their tracking just wasn’t great back then. like, trying to actually track results from their platform was like nearly impossible. So we would spend a little bit of money here and there, but you know, we can fully invest into it because without knowing where we’re getting out of it, like that would have just been like, it didn’t make sense to do. I think Google would be I guess you’re probably talking about shopping then. Or Yeah. Okay.

40:20
I would imagine that the keywords for your thing would be just really expensive. Maybe you can pull it off, but are you using Display Network at all? Yeah, we are. And out of those, which one is working for the best for you in terms of Google land? Between Facebook, Google, and everything else, we spend $2.5 million a month. Our marketing team is 13 people now. I honestly don’t know. I don’t really have my hands in that. Okay. I’m just curious if you knew. Yeah.

40:48
What would you say I mean, man, the fact that you bootstrap this from the ground up means that you were you probably have working knowledge of all aspects of your business at some point in time. So what would you say were your biggest struggles early on? Yeah, so biggest struggles were definitely fulfillment. You know, with the pre order method, it wasn’t super difficult. So I had a shared warehouse. So VT Design, I stored a tile there, when the product would come in, I’d have it delivered to that warehouse. And then I I’d have

41:17
10, 15 friends come help me package these orders over a couple of day period and get them out the door. But it wasn’t until like we got our first facility and started hiring employees for day to day fulfillment that I really understood just how difficult getting products out the door was on time and how much of a distraction it was for me. Because like I, what I really enjoyed in the business was the product development innovation aspect and like.

41:44
there’s none of that in in order fulfillment. And so it was a huge time stock for me. I spent a lot of my time doing this and I didn’t enjoy it at all. No sort of where like shit monk came into play. So like we use a three PL even to this day, which allowed us to completely free up the fulfillment side of things and you know, really focused on what we’re good at. then the second cheaper going with three PL just kind of when you run all the numbers in terms of headcount and mindshare. I definitely did. Yeah, I did at the time even now.

42:13
at the current scale we’re at, it’s iffy. But if you’re under 20, $30 million in sales, definitely for a variety of reasons, like you obviously have the pick fees and warehousing fees and things like that. Typically, the warehousing fees are just passed on, so it’s going to be pretty similar to what you’re paying in your own warehouse. So really, your additional costs are going to be the initial pick fee and then additional pick fees on top of that. If you look at the shipping rates that you get as, let’s say, a company that’s shipping

42:42
200 packages out the day, 200 packages out the door a day versus like a fulfillment center that’s shipping, let’s say 30,000. The rates that they get offset the pick fees. So, you know, I know like our average cost to ship a product was over $10 because our products are really heavy. Like our average package is almost three pounds. Okay. So really heavy, really expensive to ship. And that dropped by over 40 % when we moved over to a fulfillment center, which completely covered.

43:11
Plus, um, you know the initial pick fee and additional pick use for those orders Nice. So there was also a forcing function right because when you sold that tile business presumably the warehouse went with it or um No, because so we ran fulfillment ourselves for seven eight months Okay, so the tile business went I had gotten a new warehouse and which was just for roommate and then we actually upgraded that warehouse three times in a year period so we went from

43:38
3500 square foot warehouse, like 7,000 to 20,000. And same thing, like it was really in that 20,000 square foot warehouse that, and this is beginning of 2018, that we were just seeing major growing pains. Like we had just moved in there, got everything set up. And I remember we got like four cargo containers then, and we were putting it all up on racks and stuff. And it took up like, I don’t know, a third of the warehouse. And we pulled out of that in like three weeks.

44:07
Oh man, crazy. And I was like, oh my gosh, like what a complete waste of time. Like we just set up this new warehouse and like it’s not even going to be big enough for this next order we’re going to have to place. And I had met Dan who owns Shipmong through Forbes 30 under 30. And you know, pretty early in 2018, I started getting, so I think we gave them maybe 30 % of our daily volume upfront. Just to sort of test the relationship. Yeah. We’re like a two or three month period. ended up moving 100 % of that over.

44:37
And then yeah, warehouse, you know, ended up buying out the, think we stopped, we stood out for a year and then the subway serve, um, sort of bailed on that place. And then I just bought out the contract early. Are you guys on Amazon? Yeah. Yeah. So we’re using a FBA. Yeah. So we did the vendor relationship with them for a while. Hated it. Went back to FBA, but yeah, we’ve been on Amazon since late 2018. Okay.

45:06
So in terms of the way product gets in there, do you just have Shipmunk ship over whatever products are as needed to kind of top it off on Amazon? Yeah, exactly. We warehouse all of our stuff in one place. you know, big retailer orders ship out from Shipmunk, direct consumer orders ship out from Shipmunk, FBA shipments are pick packed and fulfilled by Shipmunk. So they, if we if we send five cargo containers to ship or to FBA, then

45:34
They’re the ones like labeling all the cartons and palatizing it, setting up the pickup and whatnot. Okay. And then you’re in a bunch of retail stores. Can you kind of comment on your efforts there? Like is the retail segment more than the e-commerce segment? Nope. So in 2018 we were diversifying our marketing channels. But outside of that, I really wanted to diversify our actual sales channels and create like a true omnichannel brand. I’ve seen too many companies, you know, I talked about like Facebook ad costs.

46:03
So from like 2016 to 18, the amount that like the cost per click and you know, everything else went up across the board was just ridiculous, especially for us. And I just didn’t see it as being sustainable if we were running 100 % of our sales and 100 % reliant through just digital marketing. And so I wanted to create a brand that, know, I had, again, a hypothesis that there were like three different types of customers. There was the…

46:31
brand loyalist, which wants to shop direct with you and they’re on your email list and text list and like they want to be on the know and limited product releases and all that stuff. And then you have your Amazon customer who like they see an ad or someone talk about the product or whatever. And the first thing they do is just go to Amazon because they want like unbiased reviews in Amazon Prime. And then you have the sort of older, more reserved customer who would much rather like see and touch and feel the product in person before making a purchase. And so that’s been in the three categories. It was direct to consumer, Amazon and retail.

47:01
And we really only had direct to consumer. So throughout 2018, we started ramping up our Amazon efforts. We started working with retailers, you know, and moving into 2019 retail was a really, really big focus for us. So this year, wholesale will probably be roughly 30 % of our business. Okay. Another 25 % of that is Amazon and then the rest is direct to consumer. So.

47:29
roughly half of what we do is direct to consumer and the rest is made up by other channels. you know, if we see a downturn in retail, like it’s not really going to affect the overall business and you know, if the cost for advertising goes up and like we have to pull back a little bit on spend for the month on direct to consumer, then like wholesale and Amazon usually make up the difference. So we’ve created this really cool ecosystem where, um, you know, there’s ebbs and flows, but you know, typically our months always end up very well. Um, just because, you know, we do have such a diversified way of

47:58
of reaching customers and selling to them. So I think I saw in another interview that you’re trying to grow this to a nine figure company. What’s it going to take to get there for you? what’s on the road We’re going to be there this year. So we’re at almost $70 million in sales for the year. Wow, nice. Q4 is our biggest quarter. So we typically do 30 to 40%, if not more, of what we do in Q4. So we’ll be over $100 million of revenue this year.

48:26
But a lot of that is attributed to wholesale. So wholesale last year we did 3 million. This year it’s going to be 20 to 25 million. We brought on 115 sales reps across the US. We got into some pretty major retailers that were in Dick’s Sporting Goods and Cabela’s and Bass Pro and Nordstrom and Palmetto Moon and Total Wine and Spirits. We’re in almost 5,000 retailers now. And that’s a big component of it.

48:55
We’ve had a lot of new product releases and our teams continue to grow and we’ve gotten a lot more scrappy. Yeah, it’s a combination of a lot of things, but we’ll be there this year. Let me ask you this question. If you were to do it all over again, would you still go with the digital marketing route followed by retail or would you have gone the other way around? No, absolutely. I would do it the exact same way. Okay. What we’ve seen with retail and why retail is so successful for us is because of direct-to-consumer.

49:24
Think about this, okay, you walk into a store and you see a product for the first time, like you’ve never heard about it, you’ve never seen someone talk about it, you’ve never seen an ad for it. You’re probably just gonna walk by it, right? Like, it’s not gonna stand out to you, because it’s not familiar. With direct-to-consumer, there are, I mean, think about, you know, we reach millions and millions and millions of people every single week, so we’re not getting millions of orders every week, right? So like, people are seeing.

49:51
the brand and seeing the product. But again, they might fit into that category of like people that want to shop direct or like touch and feel the product first before buying it or whatever. And so they walk into a store now and they see roommate and like they’re familiar with the brand. Like, you know, our displays that we have are like designed to stand out and catch your eye. And so we’ve just seen like massive adoption and sell through and a lot of the retailers are seeing something that like they’ve never even seen before.

50:18
just because of that relationship we’ve already built with the consumer before going into retail. Whereas if you do it in the reverse, like you’re really relying on the retailer to like tell your story and you know, they’re not going to do a good job of that. Oh, exactly. Like they can’t tell it the way you can. So if, if you can do that yourself and then just basically use them as a vessel for selling the product, then it’s a, it’s a symbiotic relationship because now they, it’s hands off. Like all they have to do is literally just put it on their shelves.

50:45
And we don’t have to worry about them like telling the brand story wrong or like not positioning the products right or whatever it is because the customer already knows what it is. Like, and now they can touch, feel and buy the product in person. So that’s been something that I think was extremely beneficial. And one of the reasons why wholesale like not only has been so successful, but has been able to scale so quickly. And I think if we did it in reverse, it would not have been that way. Yeah, no, that makes a lot of sense. Hey Dylan, if anyone has any questions about your company or

51:13
want to buy your products, where can they find you guys? Yeah, so my Instagram is at Dylan d y l a n dot Jacob. If you have any questions, just drop me a DM. I answer DMs all the time. And if you want learn about the product, you can go to roommate.com. So BRU m a t e.com. And then our Instagram is BRU dot m a t. Awesome, Dylan. Thanks a lot for coming on show, man. Really appreciate it. Cool. Thanks, Steve.

51:41
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I love insane growth stories like Dylan’s when all the pieces just magically come into place. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 346. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLABIYO.

52:09
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now, if I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

52:38
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

345: How To Persevere When You Want To Quit With Steve And Toni

345: How To Persevere When You Want To Quit With Steve And Toni

If you’ve ever been so frustrated with your business that you want to quit, this episode discusses some tactics and mindset strategies to convince yourself to push forward.

Business is tough. Everyone wants to give up at some point. But the strong survive!

What You’ll Learn

  • Techniques on how to suck it up and not quit when it gets tough.
  • What to do when you feel like you want to give up.
  • Exercises you can do to train your mind.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I bring on successful entrepreneurs and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is another special episode where I share with you a glimpse into the inner workings of my psyche. Now, as you may or may not know, I recently launched another podcast with my business partner, Tony, called the Profitable Audience Podcast. And in this podcast, both Tony and I leverage our experiences with blogging, running events, list building, YouTube, podcasting, membership sites, digital products, in order to teach you how to build.

00:28
and monetize your audience. Now, what I like about profitable audience is I don’t really care what I say. I’m unconstrained and I have the opportunity to truly express what’s on my mind. So if you’re interested in starting your own online business, then please subscribe to the Profitable Audience podcast and leave a review. Now, in this episode, I share my techniques on how to suck it up and not quit when the going gets tough. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce.

00:58
and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clearview, who’s also a sponsor of the show.

01:26
And businesses are always most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now, having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now, with advertising getting harder and more expensive,

01:53
it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS. So if you’re ready to drive future sales and higher customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial at claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-B-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the Profitable Audience Podcast where we teach you how to build and monetize your audience. Now today we’re going to talk about times when things got really tough for our businesses and when we both wanted to give up.

02:23
And we’re also going to talk about ways to kind of push through the suck. So Tony, have you ever wanted to give up actually? Have you ever wanted to give up? That’s the more important question. To be honest with you, I don’t for the businesses that have worked for me, like the e-commerce and the blog, I don’t feel like I’ve ever wanted to give up because I kind of told myself that I was just going to do it indefinitely because it was so inexpensive. Well, when I brought this topic up to you the other day, you laughed at me.

02:51
and said, I don’t think I have anything to talk about on this. So is this just gonna be me filling up 40 minutes? That’s my question. The quitter, is the quitter gonna talk for 40 minutes? Can we get racial here a little bit? Oh gosh, you always do. I think, and I’m generalizing here just so if anyone’s listening, but I think Asians are brought up to be forced into do a lot of things that they don’t wanna be doing. So for example, I was forced into studying for the SATs.

03:19
when I was, I think I started in fourth grade and all the kids were outside playing. What? Fourth All the kids were outside playing and then I was sitting there studying for the SATs. I didn’t want to do it, but then my dad was like, okay, well you have to do this. And we’re just used to being forced to do things that we don’t want to do. So we’re just, okay, we’re just going to do this. Yeah.

03:44
What’s that? I can remember the Saturday before the SATs, I had to give up water skiing for the weekend so that I could study. That’s my experience. So yes, I totally can relate to you. Well, those are my weekends as a kid, right? Basically. And so I’m just kind of used to doing things that I don’t necessarily want to do sometimes for an extended period, even if it’s bad.

04:12
Well, I that sounds terrible, doesn’t it? Now that we’re recording this now that this is now forever on the internet. I mean the math team too, right? I didn’t want to join the fricking math team. This is going to be like a therapy session for me. Another therapy session for Steve. should have changed the name of this. So I think I want to like clarify a few things first. I think there’s, there’s two different, let’s just consider tough times. There’s when things get tough because things aren’t working or because you don’t want to do them. And then there’s also

04:40
when things get tough because of like circumstances outside your control. So I think we should talk about both of those in this podcast because I think there’s sort of two different ways to approach those. I mean, I think they’re related in a way, right? When things get tough, that means mentally you might not want to do it anymore. Right, absolutely. Right. Okay. Well, okay. Well, let’s start with you. Okay. So when did things get tough for your business? Which business, first of all, when did things get tough and did you ever want to give up yourself?

05:10
Did I ever want to give up? So I think things get tough. It’s like an ebb and flow. I was actually talking to a friend about this a while back and I said, being an entrepreneur is amazing and it’s also sucky because you either are like really high highs and you have low lows. So your high highs are when…

05:31
everything’s working. You’re getting great traffic. Your conversion rates are up. People are opening your emails. People are complimenting you. You’re getting great feedback on social media. And we kind of live and die by all of that. But then there’s these sucky times where Google doesn’t update. I remember I had the update, what was it, two or three years ago, where my site traffic dropped by like 60 % overnight. That sucks. mean, there’s just nothing. There’s nothing good about that. Or you get a really negative comment or an email.

06:00
Or you publish something that you think is amazing and then people give you feedback that you don’t appreciate. Or maybe you go give a talk and it wasn’t well received or as well received as you thought it would be or people didn’t get you. So I think that’s the hard part about being an entrepreneur is you sort of ride this roller coaster of emotions on when things are working and when things aren’t. Or we spend four hours trying to get your microphone to work before recording. Right. Those are some of low points.

06:26
Okay, and those are the times that actually the most most of the time when I want to give up when things don’t work is when I want to give up. You know what’s funny about that is when things don’t work from a technical perspective, that actually makes me a little excited. So I’m in the corner crying and you’re excited. Well, it’s because like, oh, okay, well, that’s a problem that I get to solve. That’s fun. That’s outside of the normal content that I do.

06:49
Yeah, I think all of us as entrepreneurs have these ups and downs and when things are hard and then when things are going well. Right, but you didn’t answer the question, have you ever wanted to give up? Yeah, every time my microphone doesn’t work. Shut up, you want to give up every time that happens?

07:07
I don’t want to give up totally, but like for example, do you remember several years ago when I just started an e-commerce, I built a Shopify site and everyone was like, you got to be on Klaviyo, you got to be on Klaviyo. And this was before Klaviyo was as slick as it is today. I will say Klaviyo is a lot different than it was when I started using it. And I could not get the forms installed correctly on my site. And I spent, I don’t know, it was two or three days trying to do this. And I was so angry and I was angry with you because you existed. Do you remember this? Like you were angry with me? I was trying to help you.

07:35
Well, I know, but like every time you talked to me, I was like, shut up, you know, because I was just so upset about everything. And so at that point, I was like, there go. There’s the Asian culture. I’m used to just being beaten down. But it was just like, is this even worth it? Do I even need Klaviyo? Can I’ll just find an easier solution. I forget what I was using before Klaviyo, but I was just thought this isn’t worth the headache and the time. I’m just going to give up and do something else, try something else and not.

08:03
continue to work through this, because it was just like my level of frustration was just far too high. I do remember that. I’m trying to block it out of my mind. You should. You should add that to your therapy session. See, I consider that more frustration. I mean, you got it working. mean, did you really consider giving up like deep down? you were you going to just screw Klaviyo? Yeah, for sure. I think I said more bad words in that 48 hour period than I had in probably six months to a year of my life. So here’s how I look at that.

08:33
From my perspective, you only spent 48 hours on it. I mean, that’s not enough time to give up on something. But remember, I only studied for four hours for the SAT. I mean, there’s perspective in that, right? This is like a random topic, but it’s kind of related. So when you watch like a series, for example, on Netflix, how many episodes do you give it before you give up on it? If it’s bad. Two or three, maybe. Okay, I’ll watch half the series just to give it a chance.

09:03
So and when it comes to tech stuff, like I’ll give it like a good solid Week or two of frustration. Okay before I you know why this is all what happened to me it’s because what happened to me in college like there’s times when For some reason like I would struggle through something But then it would take me like three months and then all of a sudden I would get it and be the best feeling in the world And I sincerely believe that just things take time to sink in

09:33
I agree with you. That’s actually one of my points on how to get over it. Okay. You’re just jumping way ahead now. I’m sorry. It’s okay. I’m sorry. So on giving up, the only time I wanted to give up and I’m going to loosely use that term here. But when I was blogging and I was writing every single day, like five days a week, I should say. Right. For that one month. Yeah. For that one month. It was for that one month. And I was like, I can’t do this. I can’t do this. This is too much. This is too much.

10:03
So I ended up giving up, but I didn’t give up the blog. What I did is I just went down to less writing and that worked out for me. And then in terms of money with the blog, it was pretty miserable early on actually, because I was spending all this time getting burned out and then no one was reading too. So that’s kind of tough. I think that’s really tough when you, and we see this a lot.

10:27
with people that are just getting started is they’re working really, really hard. They’re putting in 100 % effort and they’re just not seeing a return yet because it does take time. And they just get really discouraged because they’re spending, you know, all of their free time because they still have a full-time job and they’re just not seeing any traffic or email subscribers or any real traction and they get really discouraged. Yeah, I’m sure this probably happened to your blog too. How did you get over that?

10:55
I actually did. I didn’t have that problem in the beginning because I was just so excited to have something to do in an outlet that I probably would have blogged for a long time for free. Oh, interesting. really worried about it because I was just excited because I mean, I had been a stay at home mom for 15 years with really not no creative outlet. So for me, it was more of an outlet. And I thought I wanted to make money for sure. But I wasn’t as concerned about that initially is that I just was excited about

11:23
It was something new and interesting and I was making internet friends, which sounds weird, but I mean, that’s what it is, right? I mean, I gave myself a long enough timeframe to get through it, I guess. But yeah, I just remember that first year. I think the lowest point was when my mom was like, wait a second, you studied engineering, got your master’s in engineering. And now you’re writing about random stuff like on the internet and you expect this to make money. Yeah.

11:51
I have white parents so they’re like, you’re amazing, you did great, I could do nothing and they would still say that. She was like, how are you gonna make money off of this? Yeah, I didn’t have that. My discouragement came later on when I think, and it’s probably a little bit of our personalities too, my discouragement usually came from outside sources, like people being nasty to me or feeling like- People you know? No, people I didn’t know. Clearly that’s not the best way to go about this.

12:19
Yeah, just negative feedback or or even just Looking looking at something that I had done and realizing that maybe that wasn’t the best thing that I wasn’t my best work or I don’t know I think my discouragement came from a lot of that not Not necessarily feeling like things weren’t moving quick enough since we’re on the topic of negative feedback You know the negative feedback that hurts the most Is the one are the comments that have like a small element of truth to it? Yeah, not the ones that are just like oh, yeah

12:49
outright mean, but yeah. And because when I got started, my kids were little and I wrote a lot about like parenting and homeschooling and things like that. So people make comments about my kids. And I mean, you know me, if you want to upset me, say something about my like you can’t really get me upset unless you talk about my children. And then I lose my mind. So I think like hearing stuff about my kids was really hard for me, even if especially if there was a little bit of truth to it.

13:15
Yeah, and I’m just, you didn’t really have any problems with your e-commerce store, but when I first started out, I had spent all this time learning, like the shopping cart, going through all the source code, creating the store, and then my wife got all this inventory, and when we launched, there was no orders at all for a little bit. Yeah. And I remember thinking to myself, wow, well, at least I got all these hankies I can cry into. You have a lifetime supply of tissues.

13:45
I mean, we didn’t have that same struggle with the store, but I think for me in the e-commerce world, there were times when there was an issue with Amazon. And if you work on Amazon at all as a seller, you know that getting through to a real human that can help you is nearly impossible most of the time. And there were times when I would spend a week or two weeks just trying to get, like a couple of years ago when we got that suspension for being used, sold as new, where someone had like reported us falsely. And it took 90 days to get that figured out.

14:15
90 days of like going back and forth and jumping through all these hoops and like it was never enough for Amazon. And actually a good friend of mine got something similar, just got suspended off Amazon and he was like, I’m done. I mean, he just kind of wanted to give up and I was like, don’t give up, you’re gonna get through it. But I think that things like that where you feel like things are totally out of your control, like you’re doing everything they say to do, but it’s still not working.

14:38
That’s when I, I back then when I had that problem with the jewelry, was like, is this even worth it? Like I’m wasting so much time. I’m not making any sales because my stuff’s all suspended. And what am I doing here anymore? I mean, I started way before Amazon. Yeah. But that’s one of the things I just didn’t like about Amazon. You have no control. So most of the decisions I make these days are about having that control. Yeah, I agree. But it’s harder. Yeah. I mean, Amazon’s easy, I think, for the most part.

15:08
except for you have to deal with Amazon. But so I want to get into like how you can get over this because I think most people at some point, unless they were raised by Asian parents and made them go to SAT class when they were seven, probably feel like giving up at some point or another. Don’t you agree? I mean, I think everyone wants to give up. Well, I’m curious to see what’s that? A lot of people do give up. Yeah. So I’m actually curious what your methods are. Well, as you know, I have a list.

15:37
Of course. Is this the part where you talk for the rest of the interview? No, because I’m sure you have a list too, right? I don’t have a list, but I’m going to riff off of yours. Of course you will. So I think the first thing you have to do when you are building a business as an entrepreneur is you have to kind of adopt this you don’t give up mentality. Like you have to go into it saying no matter how hard this gets, I’m not quitting. And I think that’s really important because if you go into it with sort of this

16:07
laxadaisical attitude, then it’s going to be really easy when things don’t work out to just how many people do we know that started a website and then wrote three, three pieces of content or make record seven podcast episodes or make six YouTube videos and then they’re done. Yeah. So my corollary to that is you have to go in with low expectations early on. Like your timeframe has to be much longer. Right. Like if you tell yourself you’re to make money within three months or six months,

16:36
and that time period happens and you haven’t started making money yet, that’s when you’re most likely to give up. So this is why I always give myself at least a three to five year timeframe. I always watch at least half of the series before I like chest pains over three to five years, geez. Well, okay, take our course, take this podcast, right? What mentality are you going in with it? I mean, I would agree with you, but when you hear that out loud, that sounds really long.

17:06
Really, does it? Don’t you think for just a normal person that seems like a long time? I mean, do you consider a year a long time? Does a normal person consider a year a long time? I think a normal, I don’t know. People can email me and yell at me and that’s fine. I think a year seems like a long time for people. In today’s society where everything is instant, a year is a long time. Okay. Well, I mean, that’s even more reason to set the proper expectations. I totally agree with you, for sure. Right.

17:35
Most of your money is going to be made after a year, it’s time frame. And very little money is going to be made within a year. Like the blog took me three years. The store was a year, but that wasn’t our expectation. I agree with you. I just think for people to hear that is hard because most people expect, especially like think about this, if you just go get a job somewhere, you’re going to get a paycheck in two weeks. Yeah. Well, here’s the other thing. I think things have to be stable before you start your business too. Like if you are desperate for money. Right.

18:05
and you start your business, that’s gonna make it so that you’re gonna give up much sooner, right? Because you’re be like, okay, wow, I need money sooner, sooner, sooner. So, how can I make money sooner rather than later? Yeah, well, we always talk about it too. Like if you need money right away, like go drive for Uber, right? mean, do something. Or freelance or something, Yeah, but don’t, you’re not gonna make big money. I think having the right expectations is really critical and not giving up. You know, the other thing, I don’t know how relatable this is gonna be, but.

18:33
Doing any- gonna say none, none. I’m gonna just say none right now. Doing some sort of endurance sport, I think really helps you mentally. You took my point. Really? That is not my didn’t think this was relatable at all. I think it’s 100 % relatable. Are we gonna jump right to that then? Okay, I don’t know where it was on your list because I don’t have your list in front of me. It’s last actually. It’s last on my list because I think it’s so critical. And I was talking to you about this the other day. I hadn’t gone running in almost a year because of this pandemic.

19:02
And there’s this one run I do where you have to run up this mountain for a mile, like switchbacks and stuff. And if you can train your head to just not give up, like I wanted to die at that point. I just wanted to collapse at the side of the road, but I forced myself to get up there and my heart rate was just ridiculous, I think. But if you can train yourself to persist through, and I’m using running as an analogy here, but if you can train yourself to run longer, that kind of trains your mind to persist through the pain in the long run.

19:32
Yeah, so I actually think that is how you just told literally stole my most important point. I think that if you, if you have a focus on your health and your fitness, it’s actually really critical towards anything that you’re doing outside of that. Because I think if you can be disciplined, if you could, cause think about like, I used to have a personal trainer and the reason why I hired a personal trainer was because I didn’t want to give up in the gym when things got tough. Like, okay, well I can do.

20:02
20 pushups, but can I actually do 30? Maybe I could do 40, right? But when it got tough at like 22, I was like, oh, that’s good, I did 22, right? That seems acceptable. And the trainer was the one that pushed me, like, no, I can remember doing the girl pushups, you know, where your knees are bent, and I did the girl pushups for like the first month. And then one day he was like, well, you need to do the real pushups. And I was like, oh, I don’t know how, I can’t do those, I’m not strong enough. He’s like, you can do the real pushups. I would have kept doing those other pushups for probably another six weeks to two months.

20:31
had he not said, nope, you’re gonna do them right now, you’re gonna do them today. And I think if you have that mentality in one area of your life, it’s very easy to transfer it to another area of your life. And to me, like health and fitness is a really easy area to like work on that, right? Because it’s easy to exercise, not easy, but it’s something that everyone can do. It’s easy to work on what you’re eating, being disciplined like that. Like that’s something that every single person has access to, that not everything else works out that way.

21:01
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:59
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I mean, to me, health and fitness is almost exactly like running a business. Like if you want to lose weight, you’re not going to see results right away. But then you got to persist. it’s it’s a lot of willpower sometimes, too. Well, and it’s also correlated to business in that. you maybe you need to lose 20 pounds, let’s just say.

22:28
and you get started, you’re making changes to what you’re eating, you’re, you know, let’s say now you’re exercising three times a week, you’re being more disciplined. Initially, you’re gonna feel like crap, most likely, because your body’s like, what are you doing to me? And then it’s gonna take a little bit of time for you to start seeing results, but then when you start seeing them, they sort of exponentially go. Like once you start lifting weights, you see much bigger gains over time than when you first get started.

22:55
Right? Like it takes a little bit of time for your body to start working that way. So I think it’s the same with business where you get started, you’re going to put in a lot of work, you’re not going to feel that great about it. And then eventually you’ll hockey stick, which is kind of the same with it’s like when you train for a marathon, right? You don’t run the 26 miles the first time you go out there, you run like a mile and then each week you increase it. And then all of sudden you can do it. I’ve never trained for a marathon, but I see your point. I mean, I’ve never trained for a but all my friends have.

23:22
And I never will. Yeah, I never will either. It’s no desire for that torture in my life. But yeah. OK, well, now that you stole my best point, I have a lot more. You do. OK, let’s see the next one. I do. So I think another really critical component in not giving up is to understand why you’re doing what you’re doing. If you’re just doing this to get rich quick or to kill time or, because you on a whim, you’re definitely going to give up because you’re not going to understand the reason behind it.

23:52
But if you understand why you’re doing this, and I think for both of us, and you can correct me if I’m speaking for you incorrectly, but we did this because we want to build a business that’s flexible, that allows us to earn a living and spend more time with our families and sort of have this lifestyle where we’re not tied to something that we don’t control. And so when things get tough, like let’s just talk about when I couldn’t get the Klavia stuff working, right? Well, sure, I could have quit. I could have…

24:19
gotten a job in an office or done something like that, but then what was I giving up in that? Well, I was giving up the ability to pick my kids up from school or to take them to practice or to be at all of their activities. And so that’s what makes what for me, it’s like, well, sure, I could go get a job somewhere, but then what’s my life like and what is that what I want? No, that’s not what I want. So I’ve got to get through this stuff so that I can continue to build what I want as opposed to something that might be easier short term. That’s a really important point.

24:49
because I actually didn’t start my business at all. Like we had talked about it for the longest time and we dragged our feet on just even getting started until our first child, until my wife became pregnant with our first child. And then everything got kicked into gear and all of a sudden I was very diligent about doing the research and getting something started. So for us at least, one, it was a reason to persist, but it was even a reason for us to just get started in the first place. Yeah. And I think that’s really important because then

25:19
If you have something that you can go back to and say, okay, let’s just do like a pros and cons of what’s going on right now. As long as you have this like why in your pros, then I think it will usually overcome most of the cons unless you realize that, this isn’t just working out at all. Like it’s not what I thought it was. And that’s a totally different, so that’s a different podcast. And we kind of covered this point already, but you really have to commit. Like if you go in telling yourself, hey, I’m just gonna try this for a couple months and see what happens.

25:48
That almost never ever works out. Yeah, I agree. Okay, the next point, and this is sort of if you’re in that phase where you’re just like, this sucks, I can’t do it anymore, I wanna give up, it’s not going. I think one of the things that’s really helpful for me is to find a quick win. Like what is something that I can do today or this week that’s going to be a positive win that will help me get over the hurdle? Because I think a lot of times,

26:15
people get frustrated, like for me, like you were saying, you wanted to quit over Clavio? Well, I did, I mean, I didn’t do it, but sometimes people get frustrated and then they just sort of like, it just increases in them and as opposed to being able to step back and look at it logically, like you’re looking at my situation logically, I wasn’t, because I was in the middle of it. So I think if you can find a quick win, then it allows you to take a little bit of a step back and realize, okay, hey, it’s not as bad as I thought it was, I can do this, I can get through it, and look, this is something that I’ve already done that’s really great.

26:44
Yeah, actually I teach this in my profitable online store class. Like instead of going out and ordering like a huge container and nothing selling, just go out and try to sell one unit. Yeah. see if you can buy whatever means necessary. And as soon as you see that first sale happen, that will actually encourage you to, or get you excited to keep going. Yeah. And along those same lines, I think it’s really important to write down your wins.

27:09
if you’re working really hard, things aren’t going exactly how you want them to go, write down all the things that have gone right in your business. And I think it’s important, because I think also what happens is when you’re in the middle of it, you can’t see very well, either future or past, and being able to say, hey, look, these are five really amazing things that I’ve already accomplished. And that will give you a little more hope or endurance or perseverance, whatever it is, to keep going. Because you realize, hey, this is a time when things were bad and I overcame it this way.

27:37
So now I can probably do the same thing in this situation. Do you actually do this? Write down wins? Yeah. When things get really bad? Yeah. Really? Yeah. I’ve never done that before. Of course, you don’t have any wins. That’s why. It’s probably true. That’s not true. So my mom says all the time, you got no wins.

27:58
think people, and I know you’re kind of like this, like you don’t like to write a lot of things down. don’t, yes. Yeah. But I think people shy away from that, but I think it actually is really, really effective and people should do it more often. I actually do believe in talking about things. So occasionally when my wife and I like over the holidays, when things are getting really tough, we remind ourselves what the business has done. So it’s more of a gratitude thing.

28:25
And that makes it feel better. So it’s similar, we just don’t write it down, we talk it through, guess. Whereas you probably have ton of little Post-It notes all over the place. I have Post-It notes everywhere, multiple colors, depending on how good the win is. just piggybacking on what you said about your wife, that’s another one of my points, is find yourself either a mastermind group or an accountability partner. Because I think it’s really hard to build a business totally by yourself. That’s not saying you need a partner in your business,

28:54
me cussing you out for not for not doing anything wrong. You know you cussed me out earlier this morning for some reason I just can’t remember what it Oh I did I did. I was giving you a hard time about something. You were don’t don’t ruin my image stop. It happens daily by the way it’s oh my goodness it’s not even true stop it.

29:15
I think if you have someone that you can go to when things are difficult, that’s really helpful because they can, if you’re at the point where you can’t even see the wins or you can’t even see through any of this or even remember your why, your mastermind group or your accountability partner will help you see those things. Yeah. you some perspective. I mean, I can’t tell you how valuable my mastermind groups have been. Just even in terms of improving the business or just getting the encouragement to even try something new or to persist in something or

29:44
I remember there’s this, I can’t remember what it was now. There was this one marketing method which wasn’t working for me. And it might’ve been Amazon actually. We were having problems getting on Amazon and I think Lars was like, you idiot, just do it. Just do it and go all in. And now Amazon’s a significant part of our business because of that. Masterminds, highly recommended. Yeah. I think it’s important to have people that are sort of in your corner and sharing for you, but also will be very honest with you at the same time.

30:12
And on the flip side too, just even having a partner that maybe you share some equity with in your business is important too because it just makes it more fun. And as long as you’re having fun, even if you’re not making any money at the moment, you know, at least it doesn’t feel like work.

30:28
say that’s very true with our partnership. I mean, we joke about it, but I do think there are a lot of days where it’s just fun to work together. And so it’s not as it makes the long-term better because it’s like, hey, if we still have to do this for a couple of years before it takes off, then I’m okay with that because I’m having a good time. Yeah. But making money is important too.

30:48
Well, absolutely. mean, otherwise you’re out. Otherwise you’re out. That’s why I partnered with you, Mr. Fourth Grade SAT. Unfortunately, SATs do not translate into money. clearly. I’m sure my SAT scores were not even remember them. I’m sure they weren’t good. I try not to remember mine too, because my brother didn’t study and he beat me on his first try.

31:11
Let’s not let’s not dig up I’m pretty sure I beat my brother and sister, but they’re not test takers. That’s not what they’re, they have very different personalities. What else do you have on that list of yours? I have, okay, I’m not sure you’re gonna agree with this one actually. It’s okay to take a break. How long of a break are we talking about here? I think it’s, well, I don’t know. Not Have you ever taken a break in your life?

31:41
Or is this one of those things that you found on the internet? No, I think it’s something that I should do. Kind of piggybacking on all the other things we’ve been talking about. I think if you’re able to take a little bit of a break, you can gain some perspective. I think there’s something to be said about powering through and forcing yourself to do the next thing, which I think is really important. But sometimes it’s better just to walk away for a day or two and completely clear your head.

32:08
not check anything, not do anything so that you can come back and have sort of a fresh perspective on your business. Okay, I agree with you in a day or two. When you said break, like when I think break, I think like what our friend Bob did was like take a year off. So you don’t agree with that? I mean, if you got to take a year off, I mean, that’s gonna hurt rather than benefit unless you’re like totally in shambles, I guess, with your business. Like if you’re totally burnt out, then then maybe but if you’re totally burnt out,

32:38
then you might want to just consider changing the lifestyle a little bit. Sure. I mean, think there’s I don’t I don’t want to say that there’s like a acceptable time to take a break because I think for some people just walking away for a day, like, as you know, a couple of weeks ago, I went away for a couple of days and it was probably the first time that I didn’t work like didn’t check, didn’t check email, didn’t check anything for three or four days and probably 10 plus years. And

33:05
So I think that that was really helpful for me to just step away and clear my head about things. But I could see maybe taking a month off if things are really tough. I think it would be better for your business in the long run and definitely not in the short term. You’re going to get hit for sure. Yeah. I mean, what I like to do when things get tough is I just go running because it clears my mind. You get into this weird trance. Sometimes I’ll do like breathing exercises like the Wim Hof stuff.

33:35
to clear my head. And I don’t really need more than like a couple days to set away. I guess I try not to burn myself out in the first place. Like I try not to take on too much to begin with, but that’s just my personality. Like if you’re also, you’re also coming at this from your, like we both know you don’t like anything on your calendar. That’s correct. And so when you’re talking about this now, you don’t ever, I don’t think you ever really get to the point where you’re that burnout. That’s correct. I mean, I like to see, I like to look at my calendar in the morning and just see like,

34:05
one appointment. And it should be me. That’s the appointment. Well, you don’t even have a calendar slot, actually. What? Come on. You don’t have a calendar slot because it’s it’s kind of like it’s like an all day thing. I feel like just I just have the whole whole thing. The whole block. OK, next one that I have that I’m getting close to the end, I promise. Is it OK to pivot? I don’t think it’s OK to give up.

34:32
but it’s okay to try something different. And I’m gonna use us as an example. So a couple years ago, had a business, well, you had a business idea that you forced me into, very rudely, might I add. But- What? How did I force you into it? Do you remember this? I was boarding a plane and I get a text from you and it says, I have a business idea for you and I. You’re either in or you’re out. Tell me now, or something like that. Like that was the text. I think that’s how you interpreted it.

35:00
In reality, I probably said, hey, Tony, I have this great opportunity. Take your time. Take your time. But I just need an answer as soon as you can. Yeah, that’s a lie. Total lie. Anyway, you had a business idea. I actually thought it was a great business idea. We launched it and there were just a lot of, I think, hurdles that we didn’t anticipate in it. I think the execution was pretty good and I think the idea was good. But there were just there was certain things that were out of our control.

35:27
And after several months, we realized that, this is probably not the best idea. And it doesn’t make sense to keep going when we could probably think of something else that would be better and we wouldn’t be facing the same kind of hurdles that we’re facing in this business. And so I think it’s okay to do that. I think it’s okay if you give something time and you put your, because I think we put our best effort in for sure. It’s okay to say, hey, let’s pivot. Maybe you start a podcast and you realize I’m not good on a podcast or.

35:53
This isn’t something I like to do, but I really love video. So you switch to making YouTube videos. You’re not quitting. You’re just changing what you’re doing to make it a better fit for you. So that business that we’re talking about here, I don’t consider that a pivot actually. I think we just put that on the back burner. Actually, this is an interesting topic. I don’t know if we have time to cover it, but how do you know when to stop whatever you’re doing? Yeah, that might be a whole other podcast. Oh, is it a whole other podcast? I think we can do an entire podcast on when to stop.

36:23
When to quit? Yeah. So maybe we won’t get into that. But yeah, I don’t consider that pivot. There’s there’s certain times when it just doesn’t feel right. And that’s the only time when I’ll actually stop something. Yeah, I agree with you. Yeah. So I think that’s okay. I think it’s okay to sort of differentiate between giving up and changing direction. You have anything else on your list? I do. It’s a real but it’s more of a technique on how to

36:53
push through when you feel this way. It’s interesting they have all these techniques. It’s because I’m such a quitter. For me, like this podcast episode would be really short. Suck it up. Don’t quit. Yeah, exactly. The end. OK, let’s hear your last one. Have you heard of the Pomodoro technique? Yes. Why don’t you explain it, though? Yeah, because we haven’t talked about that, I don’t think, on any podcast yet. basically, it’s a tech. So this is what I do when I get frustrated with things and when I want to just give up.

37:22
is basically you pick a task that you have to do. And this is helpful if you have your tasks written down, but I know not all of us do that. Oh, a little subtle jab there. Not so subtle jab. Pick a task and then set your timer for 25 minutes. Everybody has a timer on your phone, so you can do this. And then work only on that task. Do not check anything. I actually, I’ve started doing this again because I have a lot. I have a lot of like personal stuff going on right now that’s interrupting my work, which is causing me a lot of frustration.

37:52
I’ve started to do this just so I can stay focused when I do have time to work. I actually even take off my watch because I have an Apple watch. So that thing buzzes all day long with notifications. So I flip my phone over, I take off my watch, I set the timer for 25 minutes and I work only on that one thing. I don’t check email, I don’t check social media, I don’t do anything outside of that one task. And basically what you do is you do that four times in a row.

38:16
So you set your timer for 25 minutes, you pick one task, you work on it. When the 25 minutes is up, you take a three to five minute break and then you start over again. And after the fourth time, then you can take like a 15 to 30 minute break. So if you think about that, that gives you basically two hours of uninterrupted work. And I will tell you, it is amazing what you can get done in two hours of uninterrupted work. I just did this this morning right before we recorded this podcast where I actually finished two slide decks in like 35 minutes.

38:45
because I had my watch off, my phone off. Now of course I pick up my phone at the end and I’ve got like 110 text messages, right? But think about it, normally those are all coming in as I’m working and I’m seeing them and even though maybe I’m not responding, it’s causing me to be distracted and to think about other things that are going on. So I think if you’re stuck in that really hard place, doing something like this where you can be hyper-focused and shove everything else out of the way is really effective, because then you have a win, right? Now I have a win that two of my tasks are done for today.

39:15
I was never like a huge fan of the Pomodoro Technique. Well, it sounds really fancy and all, but like this is the way that I used to study for my entire life, right? So what I do is I get into my office, I turn off all the lights except for one light, and then I just put on my headphones, and then I close all the distractions, and then I work for four hours straight. I mean- I don’t know if that’s healthy.

39:40
How

40:04
I agree with you, however, you can always keep working when your timer goes off. But for a lot of people, since you don’t understand this at all, even being overwhelmed with life, I think for a lot of people. Well, I’m just this is a study tactic, right? I mean, have to into that flow state. Yes. But I think for a lot of people, if you want to give up, if you had the thought of I’m going to work on this task till it’s done is overwhelming. But if you have the thought of I’m going to work on this task for 25 minutes, that’s very manageable. OK.

40:33
What if you don’t accomplish anything in those 25 minutes? How could you not accomplish anything? Well, what if you don’t accomplish anything significant in those 25 minutes? Then you get your three to five minute break, and then you go back and do another 25 minutes. Like sometimes when I’m coding something, eight hours will pass. I forget to eat, I forget to do a whole bunch of things. That’s like the ideal state for productivity for me. But if I had this timer going off, that’s gonna interrupt that.

41:02
I don’t know, I guess we just have different opinions. Let’s be honest though, how many people listening to this are coding? Well, it can be anything. It could be writing. Sometimes I’m writing something and before you know it, the entire day has passed. But you can always keep going. But… We’re arguing. I’m having such a hard time with you right now because I don’t think you understand what it feels like.

41:30
think you have no idea. You don’t understand what it feels like to be so overwhelmed that you can’t get started. And there are people that legitimately feel that way. Like that is a very legitimate feeling for people. And so to say you need to do something for 25 minutes seems doable. Whereas I need to work, I have to write a 5,000 word article. Well, heck to the no. I’m not gonna be able to do that. I’m too overwhelmed. But if you say, hey, I want you to write for 25 minutes, anyone can do that.

41:57
So I can relate to that on a larger scale. So for example, I’m going to bring tech here again. We are, course. So at our work, we have to design this really complicated microprocessor at my last job. But then the way tech works is you write a little piece of code, a little piece of code each day, and it just kind of builds up into something really big. So it sounds like this is your way on a smaller scale. Let’s say you have to write a 5,000 word article. Just say, hey, I’m going to write 500 words.

42:27
Yeah, or I’m gonna write the outline. Right. Right. Or I’m gonna do my table of contents. What I don’t like about this is the Pomodoro technique, it sounds like something groundbreaking, you know? I don’t think it’s groundbreaking, it’s just that’s what people call it. I didn’t want to act like we thought of this or anything. Oh, no, no, no, I know, I know. But when you call something the Pomodoro technique, really it’s just sit your ass down for 25 minutes, get something down. Oh, so Sit down, shut up, and get to work. I exactly. That’s what we’re saying here. Exactly. No, but I think the 25 minutes…

42:57
component is important when you are overwhelmed. And I also think, let’s just talk, let’s go back to email because that’s what I can talk about. I can’t talk about microprocessor design. And so yesterday I was working on something for ConvertKit because we were doing that for our upcoming challenge. And I’m not, I don’t use ConvertKit, I use Drip, but I had to set stuff up in ConvertKit because that’s what we recommend because it’s more cost effective. And I got frustrated because something didn’t look right and we were talking about this.

43:23
And I thought, you all I’m going to do is do these three things. I’m going to these three things done and then I’m going to consider that a win right now. And then I’ll go back and finish it up later. So I think if you can kind of take that mentality of, you know, maybe it’s really overwhelming to install email forms on your site. Well, just focus on creating that first email form. Get the first email form, get the verbiage right, work on that, work on what, however you’re going to, where is it going to live on your site? And then that’s a win for you. And so then you’re not as discouraged as you were when you got started. Yeah.

43:51
I can see that. Hey, let’s wrap things up here since we went all over the place here. I think the most important thing about all this is you have to train your mind to get through what I call like the suck. So, and it translates to whatever you do. For me, I think the best way to train your mind is through suffering. I know this sounds terrible, but if you want to run, push yourself to run farther than you can and to not give up.

44:20
And it helps have a trainer, like you said, to do this. But this muscle that you develop over time will translate into every single aspect of your life. I agree. And I think if you can get this right in one area of your life, you’re probably going to translate it to almost every other area of your life. And you’re going to see a lot of success all over. And then you can try the tactics. Like the quick wins, I think, is a good one. Because just in the course of teaching my class, a lot of students, they want to give up when they don’t see any sales. So just

44:49
do something and just try to get like one sale or whatnot. And that will give you the drive to continue on. So just make sure you sprinkle some of those in for every day. Simple things that you can just accomplish really quickly. Yep, I think it’s also okay to take a short break and refocus, sort of get re-centered in what you’re doing and be able to think about your business in a more removed way than when you’re stuck in the trenches. Yeah, I think a break is good or like a good run where you can just clear your mind.

45:17
For some reason for me, after I exercise is when I’m the most productive and I’m the most motivated actually. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you love the dynamic between Tony and myself and you’d like to see the other side of Steve, please find your favorite podcast app and subscribe to the profitable audience podcast. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 345. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants.

45:44
You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

46:09
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

344: How To Build A One Man Media Company With Eric Siu

344: How To Build A One Man Media Company With Eric Siu

Today, I’m excited to have Eric Siu back on the show. Eric runs 2 podcasts, the Marketing School with Neil Patel and Growth Everywhere with over 40M downloads. He’s the founder and CEO of ClickFlow, a software tool that helps you grow your SEO traffic.

And now he’s an author with his latest book, Leveling Up! Overall, Eric is a master all-around digital marketer, and in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to create a one man media company.

What You’ll Learn

  • What’s working with search engine optimization today.
  • How to rank an e-commerce company in search.
  • How to create content that attracts readers, listeners and watchers.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my friend Eric Su back on the show, and Eric spoke at the very first Seller Summit I ever held. He runs two podcasts with over 40 million downloads with Neil Patel, and he’s the founder and CEO of ClickFlow, a software that helps you grow your SEO traffic. Now, in this episode, we’re not gonna talk about his companies. Instead, we’re gonna talk about how to create a one-man media company.

00:29
But before I begin, want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive,

00:59
It’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS. If you are ready to drive future sales and hire a customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial at claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:27
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:56
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now onto the show.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m excited to have Eric Su back on the show after a very long time. Eric was actually a guest back in episode 43. He actually spoke at the Seller Summit my very first year that I launched the event and I’m very appreciative to have him as a friend. And he’s got a very impressive resume. He’s well known for buying single grain for just two bucks and turning it into a multi-million dollar ad agency. He runs two podcasts with over 40 million downloads, The Marketing School with Neil Patel.

02:51
and Growth Everywhere, which I think you just rebranded to Level Up, which is a weekly interview series where I was a guest a while back. And then finally, he is the founder and CEO of ClickFlow, a software tool that helps you grow your SEO traffic by split testing titles, meta descriptions, and helping you optimize your content. But Eric is actually a master all around digital marketer. And what we’re going to cover today is we’re going to talk about how to create a one man media company, which is something that I’ve been trying to do for the past decade.

03:19
And with that, welcome to show, Eric. How are you doing today, Good, man. Thanks for having me. So it’s been a long time since we’ve heard from you. I want to say almost five years ago, what have you been up to during this time? Yeah. I mean, wow. I can’t believe time flies. Has it been, I think it’s been five years, right? So yeah, I was actually living closer to LAX Diamond downtown LA and then probably going to relocate soon. But yeah, I mean, the last five years have been quite a journey. you know, the ad agency has been growing. We now have a CEO that runs that.

03:49
And then four years ago, I started the marketing school podcast with another marketer named Neil Patel. And then click flow was actually started about two and a half years ago. And then we now have a GM that runs that company. And I mean, this all started from, you know, buying single grain for the $2 out of pocket and turning around. my entire thesis back then was if I could turn this company around, you know, obviously there’s no freelancer was a failing company. If I could turn it around.

04:16
And I could basically use the funding, the profits from the company and reinvest it into the business or invest it into other areas. And that would be my funding mechanism. I don’t necessarily need to raise money. And that’s how I would level up because I’ve always looked at agencies as, know, that’s a very good first step for people. It’s a great launchpad business. But you you have to look at more durable or exponential sources of revenue. And that’s why we’re doing Clickflow. That’s why we have all these other things.

04:45
that we’re doing with marketing school right now and that’s why I’m doing the book, right? There’s this entire concept of leveling up, which I’m happy to talk about later. So what’s funny about this is you started several companies, the agency, Clickflow, but when I see you publicly, all I do is I see you mainly producing content, right? You have two awesome podcasts. You actually write a blog and then you actually have a YouTube channel as well. How does all that stuff come into play? Yeah, that’s a great question. think it’s, you know, I think I would…

05:13
turn it back on you in a second. the, was just saying before we started recording a couple of weeks back, I was talking to a guy named Anthony Pompuliano who’s very known in the crypto space. And in 2017, he started going hardcore on content. just publishes whatever’s on his mind. His Twitter is now about three to 400,000 followers. He’s got a podcast with about 2.5 million listeners a month. And his email is about 80,000, which is great. And then his YouTube is pretty solid. I think he’s approaching 150,000, but.

05:42
In three years, he’s done this and he is very much a one-man media company, which I’m happy to talk about more. But, you know, we had a conversation and I was like, so what do do every day? He’s like, you know, honestly, the highest leverage thing I can do is create content because your content, you know, you might spend 45 minutes on it, but if, know, um, three, five, 3000 people, 5,000 people see it, you’re getting leverage. Right. Um, and so I’m like, wow, that is the highest leverage thing that I can do. So that’s why I, you know, that’s why we have, um, know, for these companies.

06:12
We have these operators that are running it and I’m just going to focus on having great conversations with people like you creating more YouTube content and even creating more content for the leveling up podcast. And then we have this book coming out and there’s a whole method to the madness around the book as well. Cause some people are just like, why are you doing a book? That’s so traditional. So yeah. So I guess one of the questions I get asked from readers and listeners is you can put out content and media and whatnot, but how does that lead to money? So what is kind of like your flow? So let’s talk about the one man media company.

06:41
How does that actually turn into revenue? Yeah, that’s a great question. And I think, you know, for our, for our Asian parents, you know, they don’t understand anything. No, I would just say this, right. Where’s the money? Where’s the money? It’s always, you don’t make money. Where’s the money, right? It want you to be safe too. So the leveling up podcast formerly growth everywhere. The first year that I did that podcast, I was spending six hours a week on it while I was trying to save single grain.

07:09
So was doing the interviews. was, I was writing out the posts. was publishing. was just a lot of work. And after the first year, I was only getting nine downloads a day. And what I didn’t know that same thing. Yeah, it was bad. I mean, after the second year, I was only getting 30 downloads a day and I had amazing guests, right. And then they would share it and all that, but averaged out, was 30 downloads a day. So, you know, our Asian parents would tell us like, what are you doing? You’re not making any money at all. And so I would just say, if you’re looking to produce content, it’s.

07:37
probably an 18 to 24 month journey to start to see results because it takes time to compound. And I optimized more for the learning, right? I got to meet amazing people like you. have, you know, one of my best friends right now is he was actually the first listener to the marking school or sorry, the leveling up podcast. Then he invited me to speak at a conference and we became really good friends. And so if you optimize for the learning, you know, the stuff will come afterwards. Like if you’re actually enjoying it, that’s how.

08:05
A lot of these YouTube creators got really big, like MrBeast in the first six years. He’s got 46 million subscribers now, but he just, you know, he ate doo-doo for the first couple of years. Um, you know, it didn’t work out well for me with business for the first, I would call it the first two to three years or so. And so same thing with content, right? It takes time business. Neil and I often talk about on the marketing school podcast with whatever business we’ve started. It typically takes around three years to start to get going.

08:31
All right. So what do you recommend? So let’s say you want to start a one man media operation. Which medium do you choose? Blogging, podcasting, YouTube? What would you advise someone to do? Yeah, I think it depends on a how competitive each channel is and what you’re really good at. Right. So, you know, back in the day, I would say maybe in 2010 or so, um, I just really enjoyed writing in high school and also in college. So I started a blog first and, you know, right now, like, you know, got pretty good at blogging, got pretty good at SEO.

09:01
Um, the trouble with blogging and SEO is there’s millions of blog posts being published every day and you’re competing with people that are spending, you know, hundreds of thousands of dollars a month on content and links. you know, two things that matter with SEO content and links. So that’s a red ocean, right? So, but if you think about, if you’re actually good at video, you’re probably good at audio too. So a blue ocean might be podcasting. So, you know, maybe a year or two ago it was about 700,000 podcasts. I don’t know how many it is now.

09:30
But 700,000 podcasts versus over a billion blogs, like you’re in a much better position to succeed. So A, think about what are you good at, which channel you’re good at, and then also how competitive is each channel. And then I would attack one first and then get it going before you start to do too many at once. Cause splitting your attention is going to lead to, I’ll just say you’re going to extend your timeline to success. So I would agree with you that there aren’t nearly as many podcasts out there as blogs, for example.

10:00
I feel like it’s much harder to grow a podcast, right? Because the discovery engines just aren’t quite there yet. Would you agree with that? I would say, yeah, for the most part, you know, when we look at marketing school, the reason why that worked out well was because we were using our other audiences to push to it. And so you kind of need a boost in the beginning. I would agree with you. That’s the short answer. But how you would circumvent that is if you do have some money, if you’re fortunate enough, you know, can you

10:30
buy some sponsorships on some newsletters, you know, get, cause we really grew through email blasts initially, and then we stopped doing it. And you know, that’s in marketing school just kind of grew organically after that. So how can you jumpstart it? Do you have your audiences first? Can you boost it initially? And then could you get on other podcasts and do this podcast tour? Right. Cause with this book right now, the reason why I’m also doing this podcast is because if you want to grow a book, you do the podcast tour. Cause that’s, that pushes books and that also builds the audience.

10:56
So if you were to start your podcast from scratch without an audience, what would you do? Yeah. I mean, it’s the same thing I did with leveling up. think it’s, let’s say I am brand new. I’m cutting coming out of college right now. Um, I have a lot to learn anyway, right? It’s so I have a lot of questions. I’m going to be really curious. And if, if I’m lucky enough, and by the way, here’s a really good example. Um, Anthony Pompuliano, the guy just talked about, he, he did a really smart collaboration with a YouTube influencer that doesn’t know.

11:24
anything about finance or business and he wants to learn. And they made this new podcast called capital university. So a yes, I get it. They’re both influencers already. But if you somehow can get a collaboration going with someone that is bigger than you, more knowledgeable than you, you can kind of arbitrage that. And I would argue that marketing school is kind of like that. So that’s one thing you can do. The other thing I would say is, look, if you, if you don’t have those relationships, if you don’t want to reach out to anybody, do exactly what I did. My KPI.

11:53
was optimizing for the learnings. And the other KPI I had was I was looking for the unsolicited response rate. So what I mean by that is, you know, I might be doing this podcast over and over. So I might, what would happen every month or so as I’d see a comment from someone like Steve and Steve might say something like, Oh, um, you know, Eric, don’t know why this is not getting more reviews. It’s not getting more downloads or more views. Um, but this, this has been really impactful or this has changed my life. I’m like, okay, I’m onto something. Not only am I learning.

12:22
But other people are finding value to it, right? Because I’m not going to get this influx of, um, you know, a bunch of downloads initially. And then you just keep going, you know, go for that 18 to 24 months, as long as you feel like you’re learning, you keep going. And there’s no way in hell that you, a, you don’t get better and you’re a bunch more wiser in that time period. And then from there, you just, you just start to take off and grow. That’s exactly what happened with leveling up. Well, so what was the tipping point? So the tipping point was when we.

12:50
we were promoting it more actually. We’re promoting it on websites like Producton and then we were actually, some of the guests that we were getting, they were actually happy to throw it to their email list and they were happy to hit their socials as well. And that’s what started. So maybe I might be more aggressive and ask for that sooner. Interesting. So you just flat out, actually I never asked that question. I never asked people to send it out. I just send them a link to it. So you flat out ask people to share it? That was in the early days. I think it’s still very tough today. Okay. Okay. All right. So that’s

13:19
That’s the podcast. you reached a tipping point and okay. So back to the original question, how does that lead to money as an Asian parent would ask? Yep. So once you have an audience, let’s use, let’s use leveling up as an example. I didn’t monetize for the first three years for that podcast. we, then all of a sudden we started getting people reaching out to work with single range. So what ends up happening is whoever listens to this podcast, for example, you know, they like you, Steve. Um, and they’re going to look into you more.

13:49
And what ends up happening is we actually ended up getting a couple of clients for on the ad agency side. And what I will tell you is that for these clients, um, yes, we were making multiple six figures from them annually. Um, the sales cycle was a lot shorter. The lifetime value of the customer was a lot higher and they’re just a lot more pleasant to work with once they know you, cause they, treat you as a friend. So there’s a lot of benefits there. got agency clients. So that’s, that’s revenue there. I didn’t try to monetize through ads or anything until maybe about a year and a half ago. And we.

14:18
Basically what happened was once we started getting volume. So I went from, you know, nine downloads a day to 30 downloads a day to, think we, we at our high point, maybe we average about 150,000 downloads a month. Now we’re about a hundred thousand or so, but that’s good enough to start working with advertisers if you want, and then they’ll pay you on a CPM basis, or you can push them to like a membership offer that you might have. So there’s a lot of different ways to monetize. I’m happy to go through the list.

14:45
Um, if you want, and I’m happy to also talk about how we do it for marketing school and share some numbers around that. Yeah. Let’s talk about markings. That’s, that’s the bigger podcast of the two, right? Yeah. Okay. Uh, real quick, before we jump into that, do you recommend everyone just start content before starting a business? Like for example, if you want to start an e-commerce store or like Clickflow, like what you started, do you recommend going the content route first way before you even think about doing that?

15:11
I think to me, the way I look at content is it’s the same thing as choosing when to invest, right? Obviously, know, Warren Buffett, Snowball, the earlier you can start compounding, the better. The earlier you can start making deposits, the better. So I think a lot of these TikTok influencers, Instagram influencers starting young, they get the value of content and now they want to understand, you know, how to do, you know, investing in the stock market and all that. So I would say as soon as you can start investing in content, cause you want to get all the suckage out of your body.

15:40
and you want to let the time start to compound. Okay. Interesting. So this is while you are starting a business, like when you were running single grain, you were working on the podcast. Did you have other content projects going on at the same time? Yeah. So the only, as I was trying to save single grain, the only content projects I had at the moment was our, yeah, it was the leveling up podcast and it was our blog. So the single grain blog, when I first joined, um,

16:06
It was 4,000 visits a month. Now we average about 350,000 visits a month, which is it’s decent, but it took a long time to build there. So I, I tried to do those two while juggling saving the company. All right. Is that from search primarily? Yeah. For blog. Okay. So blog and podcast. What would you start with? I would start with podcasts today. I think blogging is just too competitive. Really interesting. Interesting. Because I know for me, the blog is actually where I get people.

16:34
And then I funnel those people to the podcast because it’s really hard to grow a podcast organically. Yeah. I think it just, I think it depends. I would just say if I was starting from scratch, it just takes forever. Like if I had a brand new website, it takes forever to build that domain authority. I actually think a podcast, my opinion is the podcast can grow faster than a brand. Like if they’re both starting from scratch. Interesting. How does YouTube factor into this? Yeah. So I, at the time it was funny. I think when I had you on my podcast, um, no.

17:04
No, I moved away, but when I first started doing the podcast, it was actually on YouTube as well. So YouTube was, was a factor, but it was like, I’m just like, I might as well repurpose. So I had a, like, I did it in a dark room. I’d spiky hair at the time. And then I had this, I had this background where it wasn’t even fully like covered. Um, and it was just really ghetto. And so I would do that. I’d be wearing a single grain shirt and, um, yeah, I would do that and then push it to the podcast and YouTube.

17:31
I remember I only got to YouTube to about 2,500 subscribers. It just wasn’t growing, right? And so I didn’t start focusing on YouTube until maybe three, four years ago. And still it’s kind of been like a, as focused as I like to be. So I’m starting to ramp that focus up like as of four weeks ago. So here’s my opinion. You can tell me whether you agree or disagree. think YouTube and blogging are really good at getting new people in because Google is really awesome at search and getting people to just view your content.

18:01
Whereas podcasts, don’t think Apple has done a really good job. Spotify is out there too, but you know, the discovery engines for podcasts aren’t as good. for just discovery purposes, think blogging and YouTube are better. And then podcast is really good for building much deeper relationships. Like if you want a client, a multi six figure client for single grain, example, podcasts is probably better for that. Yeah, I’m with you. think so what I would say is out of the three. So I agree YouTube and blog are good for a top of the funnel kind of discovery.

18:28
Um, I actually think if I were, if I were to pick the three starting from scratch, I’d probably pick YouTube because the algorithm is really good at discovery. Yeah. Um, and you know, what you learn from these big YouTube creators is that, know, the number one thing that matters is how good your idea is. And that factors directly or correlates directly with how good your title is. Um, how good your thumbnail is one, one of these creators was like, he’s got about 800,000 subscribers. He’s like, look, honestly, I think the title on the thumbnail are more important than the video itself. So that just shows you like, that’s what everyone says. Yep.

18:58
But I think to a certain extent, your video has to be good too, in order to build the mind share, right? You can get people to click, but the mind shares is what I’m going for at least, right? Yeah, I think it’s gotta be like, I think if you’re like, you know, the Ogilvy, like I was thinking about this the other day, I was like, you know, Ogilvy has said like, you know, you know, the, $1 80 cents goes towards the headline base. I’m paraphrasing, but I’m like, yeah, that actually makes a lot of sense for YouTube too. It’s like, if your headline is a 10 out of 10, but your video is like maybe a 7.5 or eight, I still think it’s passable.

19:28
Right. Yeah, I would agree with that. So, so let’s go back to marketing school now. How did you grow that? What was the master plan with that? Cause I remember it’s, it’s a short podcast, right? Yeah, it’s very short. you know, leveling up is very similar to this, where we go maybe 30, 45 minutes. Yep. The marketing school podcast is five to 10 minutes and it’s every single day. And you know, that was just, it kind of happened out of serendipity. So Neil and I, we’re walking around in Hollywood and then.

19:57
I was like, yeah, you know, the podcast has been great. I was referring to leveling up here. Podcast has been great. It’s done this, this, and this. And then he interpreted it as we should do a podcast together. Right. So he’s like, yeah, let’s do a podcast. And then I was like, wait, what? And then he’s like, let’s call it B school. was like, no, someone else has B school already. Let’s call it marketing school. So that’s how the conversation started. And then, um, we know we started recording and get away and then we’ve been growing since then. But what was the plan?

20:24
just to have content for the sake of having content or was there an ulterior motive for that? So it was, I think it’s more so that, you know, we realized that, cause podcasting was still ramping up at the time, right? We’re like, okay, I think it makes sense to have a big audience around marketing. And Neil’s naturally got a lot of big audiences. So it’s like, yeah, you why don’t we build it around podcasting? Cause you know, the benefits are, you know, insane.

20:52
So, um, that was, that, that was the reason it’s like, let’s just occupy this channel as well. How did you launch that podcast? So we started out, um, we’re like, okay, let’s do it daily. And then we started recording at his place in Vegas. Um, and the way we grew, so we, we, would batch a bunch of episodes at once. So like usually in a recording session, we probably do 10 or 15, um, under five to 10 minutes each. And then what would happen is we’d upload it and.

21:20
we would both hit our, our channel. So, um, our email lists, we’d use our notification platforms like subscribers.com. And, um, that’s what helped us very quickly in the first month, we jumped up to about a hundred thousand downloads for that month. And then next month we jumped up to 300,000. And then, um, over the next year, I think our high point was 500,000. And then it just kept compounding over there. So we haven’t over the, after that initial bump where we would push it through our email lists and our channels, maybe for the first, let’s call it three months.

21:49
We didn’t do anything afterwards. Sorry. What is subscribers.com? Is that push notifications? What is that? Yeah. Yeah. That’s one of Neil’s products. It’s subscribers.com. It’s it. Yeah. Oh, interesting. So if we could wouldn’t mind segueing. do you have email? Are you guys using SMS in addition to push? Not at the time we do have SMS. Now we use community.com. And what about messenger? You guys using the messenger at all? We’re not. Not okay. What would you say is like the most effective way to keep in touch with your audience right now?

22:18
I would say for us, it’s through community.com because, um, what is community.com? Yeah. So it’s, it’s an SMS, uh, platform a lot of, yeah. So it’s, it’s cheap. It’s like not, well, actually it’s not that cheap. It’s 99 bucks starts at 99 bucks and it goes up. Um, but I think there’s a lot of, I’m sure you talked about, you know, other SMS platforms that are probably better in my opinion. Um, but. You know, every now and then we’ll ask like, Hey, like, what’s your biggest challenge right now? Or what, you know, what topics are you interested in? Or how can we help? Um, and then people respond.

22:47
And then Neil and I will hop into community and we’ll actually respond to these people. Um, that’s been pretty, um, personal. then in addition to that, we have a virtual event actually just came from that right now. Um, we’re each month and this is for free. People can apply to be as, as, as part of that, but, we’ll have an amazing speakers come in. They’ll share talk tactics and then there’ll be a Q and a with Neil and myself. Um, and then, you know, um, from there, the other thing we have is we have a membership community where you can join a.

23:17
You can join a discord group that we have, then we can just keep in touch there.

23:22
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:50
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:20
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. So that’s interesting. So I’ve always thought about this myself. I’m actually not doing SMS for the blog right now because it is my impression that people don’t want content sent to them via text message. But from what I understand, you’re not doing that. You are just doing Q &A via text. Is that accurate?

24:48
So it’s, I, I, I agree with you. There’s this one, um, there’s this one YouTube channel I follow, um, value attainment, Patrick bet David. Um, and he actually sends content and I’m like, this is, I actually don’t open it, but when you ask a question, it actually gets people to engage, right? Cause then it’s like, Oh, he’s actually asking me something like, yeah, I’m going to engage. So, um, short answer to your question is yes, because I think just blasting content is not helpful in today’s day and age. Interesting. Okay. So the way you do everything is.

25:17
different depending on the medium. So email, it’s fine to blast, obviously, and you guys probably still can, do you guys continue to send out emails about your episodes? We don’t, not anymore. Okay. So from after that initial push, the growth has just been organic, right? Correct. And how do you foster that organic growth? Is it literally just the quality of the content or? I think it’s, it’s cause it’s the consistency. I think it’s because you’re doing one every single day, it’s going to compound and people are going to listen to your old episodes.

25:44
Kind of like SEO where people read your old blog posts and it compounds. and you know, every now and then we’ll have like a, like a hit episode that really takes off that performs, you know, two to 300 % better just looking at the analytics. But you know, whether I’m sick, whether Neil pumps out a baby or Neil’s sick, you know, we powered, like I had, I had, actually had COVID a couple of weeks ago. just told no, okay. It was like, I and I had this weird like, um, you know, paralysis on my face called Bell’s palsy. So I was talking all weird too, but, you know, we power through it. And I think that’s the biggest thing.

26:14
Yeah. Can we talk about frequency? You guys decided to do it every day. that, mean, one, that’s a huge commitment, but two, do you think it ends up being like seven X the value of just doing once a week? Um, yeah, I mean, it’s so, you know, one of our mutual friends, uh, John Lee Dumas, does every day as well. And that, you know, he’s over seven figures in terms of monthly downloads. I would say, yes, it does help a lot because if we didn’t do that.

26:42
And it was only five minutes. think a people be underwhelmed, but people love binging on the podcast as well. So in terms of user experience, like the feedback we get is incredible. Interesting. How’d you guys decide on just five minutes? First, it was 10 minutes and then, you know, fight. then we, chopped it down to five because we realized we can get enough out in, in five minutes. It’s just, cause what we’re trying to do is we’ll talk about something, whether it’s like a trend that we’ll share or like new tools. And we just want people to get back to their day. like, listen to this real quick, get this bite and then move on.

27:11
right? Because I, for one in my personality test, I do not like it when people are long winded. So I just like it when people get to the point. Neil’s the same way. Actually, I’m the same way too. Yeah. Which is what makes me wonder why I’m doing this long. It’s not really a long form podcast. But yeah, okay. So one thing that I was a little surprised at in your response was like, it seems like you’re ranking blogging is last right now, right? Yep. And yet you run this company click flow.

27:39
that is designed to boost your SEO. And I was looking at it and it was actually the first time I looked at, I remember you telling me about it a while back, but I wasn’t kind of in the mindset to even look at the tool. But I took a look at it right before this podcast. And it seems like you are split testing titles and meta descriptions. That’s the primary value add. that accurate? No, that’s actually that was the primary value add, but we’ve pivoted and it’s more focused on the content editor, which I’m happy to talk about any of those.

28:10
Can we just talk about the split testing of titles? Like, I mean, that seems just like a bad idea to me, cause it takes so long for things to just kind of change in Google land, right? Yeah. It’s, so a, guess the, the whole premise of this, why there’s a lot of couple where there’s a couple of companies that are doing this right now, um, is a couple of years back, Pinterest released something about how they AB test, um, titles and meta descriptions. So you have a lot of these, um, you know, big companies that.

28:38
have the dev resources that have a lot of traffic, they have a great SEO team, and they build out something like that. And they talked about the results, how they would run a test and then they might get a 30 to 40 % higher click-through rate. Boom, that’s additional free traffic. To your point about how things change in Google, and sometimes, yes, you might try to change a title and it won’t change, because Google gets to decide. So in that scenario, we will actually show you, it hasn’t changed yet. The test hasn’t officially started.

29:07
So we cannot control that, but there’s, are elements we can control where like, we’ll actually show you how you’re performing over time and we can at least make it a little more scientific. So when you are trying to make these changes, you can prove to your boss whether what you’re doing is working or not. we have this tagline, you know, click flow helps you grow your traffic while looking like a genius. Cause a lot of the stuff that an SEO does kind of operates in a black box. And then people end up getting, you know, looking bad or getting fired. Are click through rates for individual posts in search console?

29:36
Yep. So what you want to do, and you can do this for free by the way. Okay. Go to Google search console and then go to your pages. What you want to do is you want to sort pages by high impression. So Google’s joined the pages, but a low click through rate. Those are the pages you want to on. You want to optimize. What is a low click through rate? So that depends for your website. So for ours, a low click through rate might be anything that’s below 0.5%. But again, like your, your mileage may vary.

30:04
Interesting. is, what is like the tie? It doesn’t the position matter too. So I guess you evaluate it based on position, right? Yeah. I mean, at the end of the day, what you want to do is, I mean, you probably want to evaluate based on traffic. Um, but yes, your position does correlate with the, click through rate. So, and SEOs love to look at, um, rank. So how long does it take to split test the title then? So, I mean, for us, we recommend, uh, 30 days, but people are impatient. you know, that this people like to go 15 days or so.

30:32
I mean, it depends on the traffic too, right? mean, if you’re not getting any or that many clicks, then yeah. And by the way, like one of the reasons why we pivoted too. we still have this feature, but it’s tough because there’s a lot of factors that come in. There’s seasonality. There’s, there’s all these things that we’re just like, it’s hard to make it a hundred percent scientific unless you build out like a platform like Pinterest did, but what we have at least enables you, gives you the ability to easily kind of have reporting set up.

31:00
So you can see over time, right? So it’s not just like you’re putting everything into like an Excel sheet. Okay. And what was the, uh, what was the pivot then? Yeah. So we have this other feature. And by the way, we have a free feature right now called content decay. So that feature will show you when you are, when you have decaying traffic on your blog posts, right? So Steve, let’s say you have a blog post that drives 10,000 visits a month. Next month it drops to 7,000. So we’ll send you an email, um, or we’ll notify you saying, Hey, um, Steve.

31:29
one of your top posts just lost 30 % of its traffic. Do you want to do something about it? Right. Okay. So it’s just keeping on top of that. That’s called content decay. And you can just Google click flow content decay for that. And it’s free. Um, and then we have content editor, which will tell you, um, you know, a lot of your writers don’t know how to do keyword research, nor do they care to learn how to do SEO. So

31:51
what you do is you can have your writers write inside of Clickflow and let’s say you’re optimizing for a keyword, it’ll tell you the right keywords you need to be adding on the right side. So they’re in effect, they’re doing long tail SEO keyword research. And so when they are done with the piece of content, they’ve added a couple of keywords here and there, and that helps you drive more long tail search traffic. nice. I see. So basically you type in a seed keyword that you want to go for, and then all the related keywords are in this right-hand column and you just kind of work them into your post. That’s correct. Oh, that’s quite useful actually.

32:20
Is the keyword stuff from like Uber suggest or? Yeah. Good question. So we pull, we pull from this, this data, this API company that specifically works with all the big SEO software companies. Okay. Majestic or, or Moz or. Yeah. Well, actually those tools pull from this company. Oh, do they really? Okay. I did not know that. Okay. All right. Let’s talk about your book, man. What’s this book about? Yeah. I mean, so, you know, I used to play a lot of.

32:48
games growing up, the book’s called leveling up and I did esports before it became a thing. So I was very competitive when I played and you know, Asian parents, tell you, my parents used to take my mouse away. They used to take my keyboard away and they used to tell me it’s a complete waste of time. Same here. Yeah. So to an extent, I agree, right? There’s, there’s a time and place for not overdoing it. But you know, when I, when I commit to something, I want to go all in. And I guess I had that since a, since an earlier age, but I think it’s just.

33:16
understanding now that gaming is a lot more accepted, e-sports is getting bigger and bigger, and there’s over 3 billion gamers in the world. I think, you know, the notion that gaming is completely useless, I think it’s wrong because a lot of the skills I picked up from gaming, such as teamwork or resilience, communication, all these things came from gaming. And that’s, you know, that’s how I played at a higher level, you know, having to practice, you know, all these things, right? So I think that applies to the ultimate business.

33:45
the ultimate game, which I think is business. And yeah, that’s what it’s all about. It’s about mastering the game of life. Let me ask you this question about just writing a book. Why, why put out a book? Yeah, it’s a great question. And, um, you know, I think right now, when I look at, you know, you talk about, you’re, spending more time on YouTube, well, it’s to build your audience bigger, right? It’s a high leverage thing. So we talked about that earlier. My take on it is I’m well known for marketing or not, maybe not well known, but I’m known for marketing.

34:15
Um, and so, you know, that’s, that’s nice, but if I have this other message and I think I can build another audience around gaming, um, I think, you know, a, the messages, the message is going to be strong and B, um, if I can serve more people and figure out what they need, boom, that’s another, that’s another, you know, fun thing I can do. Right. To me, business is just, I’m going to level up and move on to the next thing. I’m going to level up, hire an operator and then just keep moving on. Right. So I think.

34:41
If I have a really big audience around marketing and I have it around this whole leveling up concept, then I’m just building a bigger audience and I’m just going to create more content. I’m going to have fun while doing it. And then, you know, meanwhile, we’re going to just continue to buy or build other businesses. And then I’m just going to keep playing the game. I feel like this book is just an extension of your marketing, right? I mean, the book isn’t for gamers, right? It’s for business. It’s a business book. Right. It’s a business book, but it’s so it is categorized as a business book.

35:08
But I think it’s really going to resonate with the people that actually played games. Really? Interesting. Okay. Here’s how the book is structured, right? So it’s, you know, at the beginning of each chapter, and by the way, the forward of the book is from the guy that bought Activision and Acclaim games out of bankruptcy. So there’s a whole story around that. But it’s, and the endorsements on the back of the book are all gamers that became entrepreneurs. Like you got the Twitch founders and all that. So anyway, each chapter is, I might talk about an anecdote from gaming, right?

35:38
how like, you know, I, um, how I ended up joining, one of the best teams, right. And then I’ll talk about in the business world, like, you know, um, we’ll talk about maybe an anecdote from Bill Gates as an example. And then at the very end of it, there’s a quest, right? There’s something you need to do. Um, and so every chapter is laid out like that. That’s why it’s going to resonate more with gamers than anybody else. Cause they’re not going to really align with, you know, some of those anecdotes. Can we just talk about gaming real quick? So I used to be a gamer, probably not as hardcore as you, cause we had this conversation prior to this starting.

36:07
But I actually feel that all that time I spent gaming, like there’s this one semester in college where I feel like I almost flunked out that semester because I was stuck on this game civilization. And so I feel like it as a waste of time. Why do you feel differently? Yeah. mean, you know, for me, it was, it was my confidence builder, right? Cause I was never good at sports growing up. And then, um, when I was 10 or 12 years old, 12 years old, I started to realize, Oh, I’m actually getting pretty good at this stuff. So.

36:36
You know, obviously if you don’t have your confidence growing up, you don’t have anything. And then you realize, Oh, this is what it takes to play at a high level. Um, and to be a part of something, to be, you know, part of a community and have this commodity where, you know, because I wasn’t good at sports, I didn’t have that. Right. And so, you know, for me, I, it, to me, it was the same thing as, it’s those same interactions I had from gaming. I’m just recalling it right now are very much the same interactions I getting from business right now. Like I don’t regret any of the time I spent doing it.

37:04
Um, I do think though, at a certain point you do, you do need to level up from gaming, right? So you do need to level up the gaming too. You need to build the right habits, but I think you need to go on to playing the ultimate game, which is, you know, optimizing your career. And then I think if you want to play the game, um, take that to business, right? So I think the skills translate. so, you know, growing up your parent and you look at your kids and you’re like, okay, you know, it’s cool if they’re going out there and they’re playing, I don’t know, maybe they’re playing golf or they’re playing, you know, sports or whatever.

37:34
You can make the argument that yes, they’re getting physical activity from it, but I think other elements you can actually get from gaming, right? And I think that might be the canvas for some people like myself. So I don’t think it needs to be gaming versus sports. I think they have kind of their uses and then you can translate that to the real world. I understand where you’re going at. The gaming essentially replaced sports for you. Like all the elements of sports you got from gaming.

38:00
And it applies to business. mean, a lot of people are not athletic, right? And maybe they don’t want to play sports, but they’re good at games. So if you’re good at that, you know, there, there, there are a couple of parents that I know that they actively encourage their 13 or 14 year old. Um, and they bought them the best gear, they bought them the best computer, the best gaming chair. And that 14, 15 year old now, cause their parents invested in them or part of the reason they’re making, you know, healthy, you know, seven figures a year, if not more than that, right? So can’t be Asian. they Asian? They’re not Asian. white.

38:29
Yeah. All right. Well, let’s wrap this up here. Okay. It’s because we talked about a number of different things. So your advice, from what I can understand is just start putting out content no matter where you are in life. Right. And from what I could gather, blogging, YouTube and podcasting.

38:47
You probably favor podcasting YouTube over blogging, even though you run SEO. Here’s one thing I’ll say, right? There’s a survival blog that I’m a part owner in and we took that from zero to a couple million visitors a month. then that does this year, at least it’s going to do a couple million bucks. we did that in a span of one and a half, two years. So it drives millions of visitors a month. Here’s what I’ll say though.

39:12
Yeah. Why are you throwing this out just now at the end of the interview? I just realized, I’m just looking at my notes. I’m just like, Oh, let’s probably talk about this. Um, so here’s the thing. It, terms of competitiveness, that, that niche, those keywords are not nearly as competitive as like, you know, where I am in the marketing world, right? It’s way, it’s a red ocean there versus a blue ocean. So it depends on the niche that you’re in. Cause here’s the thing that Google has said before.

39:37
They really are looking for more content in countries like Brazil and Germany and Portugal, because they want more stuff to index, right? More stuff to index. They make more money from, from ads, right? They please their shareholders. So there are a lot of niches. Like if you happen to be interested in, I don’t know, basket weaving or something like that, you might be able to build a really good business that way. But for me, at least personally around business and marketing, it’s a red ocean. Okay. I can agree with you on that. So, okay. Basically what you’re saying is you got to do the keyword research and depending out.

40:06
competitive certain things are pick your medium that way, right? Right. Yep. I mean, the marketing space is been a red ocean for as long as I can remember, right? Because maybe because there’s a lot of marketing dollars. But yeah, you’re right. Basket weaving survival. I don’t think there’s large multi billion dollar corporations going after these keywords. Yep. Interesting. Can we just talk about that blog? How’d you guys grow so quickly? Was it all SEO or

40:32
Yeah, I mean, I’ll tell you, like it’s for us, it was pure content. I mentioned earlier in this conversation that, you know, the two main things that matter, it’s content and links. When it’s not a super competitive niche, you do not need to worry so much about links. You just blitz with content. And what we did was we would go to websites like a problogger.net and we’d also look at some of our competitors and just poach their writers because there’s an arbitrage because they’re not paying their people that much in this industry.

40:59
And so, you know, that’s what we did. We just poached the best people. then initially we started with ProBlogger and we just kept ramping up our content, you know, built it on a WordPress site. It didn’t have to look that beautiful. And, know, was really the, the, the founder’s passion for the business. Cause he was writing everything initially. Um, you know, he took all the pictures and all that he jumped started everything. And then now he’s got a whole team around him. we talk about this? How many pieces of content are you guys putting out a week? Yeah. So I believe it’s about.

41:28
four to eight pieces a week. We tried to ramp it up to 20, but then we decided that’s our sweet spot. Interesting. It’s is quantity. I guess when you’re just, you’re just trying to blanket all the keywords, right? Is that, is that the goal? That’s correct. Okay. So is more better in this case then? Yeah. I think if it’s, if it’s a, if it’s a wide open blue, like blue Asian type of a niche, you go all in and you just ramp up as many, uh, occupy all the keywords as quickly as you can. And then I would say afterwards, you can, um, you want to upgrade your content, right? So

41:57
Um, you know, maybe for your best pieces of content every month or so, maybe you’re adding a paragraph, you’re editing it. Um, but that goes a long way. A lot of people don’t think about how, you know, their best pieces of content, if you just add more to it, it’s going to get a lot more traffic versus trying to continue to pump out new stuff. So pump out new stuff. Initially, if it’s a blue ocean, then focus on optimizing what you currently have. Interesting. So I would imagine that doesn’t apply to everything, right? But I guess for topics that aren’t truly evergreen, would you, okay. So what I’m trying to ask you is.

42:28
You have this piece of content that’s, that’s ranking and let’s say you have to decide whether to focus more on new content versus upgrading the existing content. How do you weigh the decision? Yeah, I would say so. Okay. I mean, there’s a couple of things. If, if there’s like a big, uh, a big trend that comes out. So for example, yesterday, YouTube just came out with, um, they’re coming out with audio ads. So if I’m a marketing news website, I probably want to prioritize that. want to be news jacking, right?

42:54
Um, if I’m like more evergreen website, maybe like, uh, let’s, let’s use the single ring blog as an example. Um, I probably want to focus more. I would say here’s the percentage maybe for us, it arguably, it should be 40 to 50 % of the time we’re focusing on upgrading the other 50%, 60 % is focused on creating new content. think too many people are, are focused maybe like 99%, uh, new content. And so even if I look at Neil right now, he’s got three full-time people that are dedicated to upgrading content.

43:23
Interesting. And you feel like upgrading content is important for maintaining your rankings and even in the marketing space. Yeah, I mean, that’s why we made the content decay tool because content, you know, over time, if you’re not maintaining your garden, it tends to get, you know, out of whack. Interesting. So this blog, so let’s reset again. All right. So if you are in a blue ocean niche, YouTube podcast blog, what would you go with? Blue ocean.

43:51
Cause like survival, right? mean, there’s probably right for YouTube opportunities too there, right? Yep. So, we do have a YouTube channel for that. So I, if let’s just use survival as an example, I would pick, I would pick blog first and then I’ll pick YouTube and then I pick podcasts. Okay. For what reasons? So because, because Google is going to be indexing this content like crazy, you’re going to see exponential growth there. And then, you know, with YouTube, because I know the survival niche is there are nuts about this type of stuff and they tend to share really well.

44:21
I would put it on there. And I would even say this, right? I would put podcasts at the bottom, even below like Facebook or Instagram as an example, because our Facebook and Instagram, what tends to happen is this niche, sometimes they’ll talk, it gets very political. And so the engagement just blows up, right? People are commenting, whether they’re disagreeing, they’re hating each other, whatever, it just goes nuts. So that’s how I’d look at it. I noticed you didn’t even talk about social. Do you spend a lot of efforts on social or is it mostly just content?

44:51
That’s a great question. do have, um, you know, Gary V has a brand team. I think there’s about 30 people. So we kind of have our own little mini brand team here where it’s three or four people. And, um, what they’re doing is they’re chopping up content like this. let’s say we did a video podcast, chop it up for my Instagram, um, Instagram TV, and they would handle all the posting. So they handle that, but there hasn’t been a big focus on it. I think the, the big focus right now is, um, continuing to the podcast and continuing to grow the YouTube.

45:21
Right, right. You know, I, maybe I’m wrong and I’ve had many social media experts come on and tell me I’m wrong. But I feel like when I’m, I have limited amount of time to put out content. So I’d rather put out content that, that stands the test of time. Right? So if I rank on Google, that’s like free traffic. If I rank on YouTube, that’s like free traffic for an extended period. Whereas social I feel like is, it’s so fleeting, right? You might hit some traffic for a couple of days and then you gotta do it again.

45:51
You got to do it again. say this. mean, I think to me the, hot, because I’m in B2B, the highest value interactions I get number one is actually Twitter, believe it or not. Um, number two, it would be LinkedIn. And then, you know, occasionally I’ll get some messages on Facebook or whatever, but I’m with you. think it’s overall very fleeting and I don’t place as much value on it, but I do place extremely high value on Twitter. Wow. Okay. Interesting. I don’t spend any time on Twitter.

46:19
Yeah, I’ll tell you what, like once you start, once you start to optimize it and you start getting going on it, I guarantee you, you’re going to find it to be number one. Really? Okay. Maybe that’s like another episode in itself then. Yeah, that’s fine. We can do another time. But Eric, when’s your book coming out? Book is coming out February 24th, 2021. Okay, awesome. And then where can people find you?

46:41
Yeah, you can just go to leveling up.com. You can get a free chapter of the book. I think there’s some, some other goodies there and then you can follow me on Twitter or Instagram at Eric O S I U. Awesome. Well, Eric, thanks for coming on, man. It’s been a while.

46:55
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Eric knows what he’s doing when it comes to building an audience and I recommend that you check out his brand new book called Leveling Up. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 344. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

47:23
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash DEEV. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

47:53
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

343: Jamie Kern Lima On How To Bootstrap A Billion Dollar Company

343: Jamie Kern Lima On How To Bootstrap A Billion Dollar Company

Today, I’m super excited to have Jamie Kern Lima on the show. Jamie is the co-founder of IT Cosmetics and is the first female CEO of a L’Oreal brand in the company’s history.

In 2016, Jamie sold IT Cosmetics to L’Oreal for 1.2 billion in cash and has been included on the Forbes list of America’s Richest Self Made Women.

Jamie is a true inspiration and today, we’re going to delve deeply into her story of how she did it!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Jamie started IT Cosmetics
  • The nuts and bolts of how to start a makeup company
  • How she made her first sales
  • Why you should believe in yourself even when nothing is working

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have the very first billionaire that I’ve ever interviewed on the show, Jamie Kern Lima. Now, Jamie is the founder of It Cosmetics and she sold her business to L’Oreal for $1.2 billion. And today we’re gonna learn exactly how she did it. But before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce

00:29
and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show.

00:58
Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive,

01:26
it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS. So if you’re ready to drive future sales and hire a customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial at claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle.

01:52
so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:02
Welcome to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m super excited to have Jamie Kern Lima on the show. Now Jamie is the co-founder of It Cosmetics and she is the first female CEO of a L’Oreal branded brand in the company’s history. And in 2016, Jamie sold It Cosmetics to L’Oreal for $1.2 billion in cash and has been included on the Forbes list of America’s richest self-made women. So what’s funny about this interview today is because I’m not into makeup, I had actually not heard of Jamie.

02:31
until my friend Andrea Deckard met her personally at Turks and Caicos and highly recommended that I have her on the show. And then I casually mentioned that I was having Jamie on the show today and then my wife started going nuts. So before this interview even has been recorded, I have seemingly earned some brownie points with my wife, which I will save for a rainy day. So clearly Jamie has already inspired a bunch of people. And today we’re going to delve deeply into her story and how she did it and without welcome the show, Jamie.

02:59
How are doing today? Oh my goodness. Thank you for having me and thank you. Say hello to your wife for me too. It’s exciting. It’s great to be here. What’s funny about this is it’s rare that I do this, but I’m not young anymore. You know, I’m in my 40s. So I actually tried a little bit of concealer just for kicks and the stuff made my skin flawless. Oh, unfortunately for me, I can’t wear this stuff as a guy. Otherwise I totally would.

03:25
We have a lot of guys that wear it. We have a lot of guys that are yeah, we do. Yeah. So it’s, it’s for everyone, for everyone. I love that your wife got excited. Thank you so much for sharing that. Yeah. It’s such an honor. I know I shared this with you before we started, but I’m inspired by, by you sharing your story and hers too. So thanks for all you’re doing. Cause we’re all in this entrepreneurial journey together. We are definitely. And sometimes it can be a lonely journey.

03:53
So with that out of the way, Jamie, can you tell the audience about why you started It Cosmetics for people who may not have heard your story? Absolutely, yeah. You know, it’s so funny for anyone in your community who kind of fell into entrepreneurship or thought they were gonna do one thing and had a dream and were on that path their whole life. And then all of sudden, you know, in my case, it was really a setback, something that was a setback happening to me that ended up being a setup.

04:23
for launching IT Cosmetics. So I thought I was gonna be a journalist my whole career. Like I love other people’s stories and I really just wanna interview you right now, Steve. Ask a billion questions. So I mean, since the time I was a little girl, I thought, oh, I’m gonna grow up and share other people’s stories. That was my dream job. And so I was working as a TV news anchor and…

04:48
and thought I was in my dream job and I started getting a skin condition called rosacea. And for me, it came in the form of like bright red cheeks that like if you imagine touching your cheeks right now and then feeling like sandpaper with red bumps everywhere. And what started happening is I was anchoring the news and I live in my earpiece from the producer. I would hear, you know, there’s something on your face. There’s something on your face. Could you wipe it off? Could you wipe it off? And I knew there was nothing I could wipe off. I knew it was that.

05:16
the makeup was starting to break up and the redness was coming through. So I saw dermatologists, I started trying every makeup I could find out there and I had no interest, even no thoughts of ever, you know, going into the beauty industry. I didn’t know anything about it. I didn’t have any connections and almost no money. And the more I tried to find products that worked, I couldn’t find anything that worked. And I went through a season of

05:43
of self-doubt, honestly, where I started worrying, I going to lose my job? I going to lose viewers? in the process of this kind of season that I really felt was a setback, got this, like all of a sudden, I guess a lot of entrepreneurs out there have this kind of aha moment where I realized, oh my gosh, okay, if I can’t find anything out there that works for me, there must be like so many other people out there that maybe…

06:11
have the same challenges. Maybe they have different skin issues and nothing works for them too. And if I could actually create something that works, it could help a lot of people. And so I had that moment. And then also one more thing that happened is I had this moment as well where I was like, why is it there’s millions of makeup brands out there, but like, I can’t find anything to work. And I also realized Steve that, you know,

06:39
all of the ads I’d seen my whole life on television or in magazines, I realized, oh, wow, I’ve never seen anybody modeling makeup products that actually has skin like I do and has problems with their skin, challenges with their skin. They all have kind of flawless Photoshopped skin. And I realized kind of a bigger mission, if you will, where I was like, okay, well,

07:03
you know, from the time I was a little girl seeing those ads, I always aspired to look that way, but they also kind of always made me feel like I wasn’t enough. And so I had this kind of double thing happen where I was like, okay, if I could figure out how to make a product that works, and if I create a company where we use real women, all different, you know, ages and shapes and sizes and skin tones and skin challenges as models,

07:30
maybe I can help shift culture inside the beauty industry around inclusivity and around the definition of beauty at the same time. So was this big thing happening yet, like so many people in your community may be listening right now who have gone through this experience. I didn’t know how hard it was going to be to be an entrepreneur. I thought, if I pour all my savings into making a product that actually works, if I can get to that point where a product works,

07:59
Like it’s just gonna sell, right? And yeah, I didn’t know what I didn’t know. And long story short, I wrote the business plan with my husband on our honeymoon flight to South Africa, which is probably the least romantic thing you could do on a honeymoon flight. We got back, quit our jobs and just dove all in from our living room. And what I didn’t know was from the moment we dove all in,

08:25
It would be three years before we could afford to pay ourselves and it would be three years. Like, I love so much the show that you do and how you go, like these types of questions too, because why I wrote the book Believe It in so many ways is because like when you Google my story, you just see like, Denny’s Waitress, you know, builds billion dollar empire. it makes it seem like it’s easy and it makes it seem like a message just got lucky or.

08:54
But it’s like at the end of the day, my journey that I think a lot of other entrepreneurs and human beings can connect to is really a journey of going from not believing in myself to believing and dealing with constant rejection. The first three years of our business, we heard hundreds and hundreds of no’s and I had to figure out like, well, how do I listen to my gut and my knowing or do I listen to what the experts are telling me to change about what I’m doing?

09:22
It’s really a journey of learning to believe in myself and trust myself. And I know it’s the journey of so many other people out there, which is why I wrote the book. So what I love about your story is that you’re actually a husband and wife team. And likewise, I started my e-commerce brand with my wife as well. And what’s also funny is, I’ve obviously read your book, is that I actually use an alter ego to manage support and to actually be on the wedding forums. My person was named Christina Lang and she was a very bubbly bride to be. Wow.

09:51
So, And do you still, is Christina Lang still hustling She is no longer working for the company. No, she moved on, but I understand you did something similar, right? With your support Yeah. I mean, I didn’t intend to, but it was so, I think that, you know, when you’re an entrepreneur and you can’t afford to hire anyone else, it is, you have to just get scrappy, right? And figure out how to do, I mean, I Googled everything, right? And

10:19
but we literally couldn’t afford to hire people that knew what they were doing. And so in the early years, yeah, I mean, oh my goodness. So two things that stand out that maybe help everyone in the community going through this, because we don’t see these things on social media. We see like everyone’s highlight reel and it just looks good. But the real stories, I think help us feel less alone and more enough in what we’re doing. And yeah, mean, two stories that stand out are,

10:46
our one, Marie, right? So, I love that you said that you did this too. I think that’s amazing. So, I was like, oh my gosh, how do I get press for our company? We couldn’t afford to advertise. so, Marie is my middle name. so, Marie at it, cosmetics.com got her own email address. Marie would head customer service and then Marie would pitch all the press. So, like, you know, she would have

11:14
If this were fast forward 10 years, Marie would have emailed you and the whole like my wife Twitter job podcast community saying, Steve, great news. Our founder, Jeannie Kern-Liem is available for an interview. like Marie emailed, good morning America. mean, she would pitch PR to everybody and Marie got no response a lot and also got rejected a lot. But it was like, kind of got to do what you got to do. And I’ll never forget.

11:43
crazy that now this business that we started in our living room this year became the largest luxury makeup company in the country. Why that’s so crazy and why is because for so many years, all of the retailers that we’re so blessed to have partnerships with today all said no for years and that it’s not the right fit, it’s not going to sell well in their stores, and that we needed to change what we were doing and how we were doing it.

12:12
And so I just, you know, somebody in your community might just need to hear this today because when we get rejection, it’s hard to not let it, like confuse it with, maybe my gut is wrong or maybe my, you know, knowing is wrong. And then we start second guessing ourselves and it starts like manifesting into self doubt and it’s hard. But anyways, real quick, the other story that stands out too is,

12:38
So we couldn’t afford to hire a web developer. And so my husband went and bought that big yellow book called HTML for Dummies. literally, and by the way, so all these retailers were saying, no, right? was sending our product because we finally, we poured all of our money into this product and I sent it to all the department stores, to all the beauty retailers, to QVC, which is the 24 hour live television channel, sent it everywhere. All my favorite places to shop and they all

13:07
said no. And so I was like, okay, if we can go direct to consumer, if we get our website up and it’s like, you know, this is going to be huge because the product works and I just believed it. And so he bought the big yellow book, HTML for Dummies and, and built the whole first website and the morning it went live, I felt like it was like, you know, gonna be one of the best days of my life. The way little kids are on

13:34
you know, mornings of holidays, like Christmas morning, right? And I was so excited because I just knew it was going to be huge. And the morning the website went live, there were no orders. And then the next day, no orders. And the next day, no orders. That’s exactly what happened with our website, too. Did it really? Yes, in the beginning. For two weeks, I want to say. Oh, OK. So tell me if this happened to you, too, because maybe you guys are way more classy than I was. I…

14:02
A couple days in, I said to my husband, I said, it’s broken. You didn’t do it right. I said, there’s no way a product this good isn’t getting any sales. You must not have built the site right. It’s broken. And then a couple weeks later, still no orders. And then the day our very first order came in, I was cheering, running around the office, AKA our living room, screaming, your first order, our first order. I knew it. knew it. I’m so excited.

14:31
And he says, he says to me, that was me. He goes, I placed the order to prove to you the site is not broken. And I was like, oh, and it was like, you know, those early days. And so, so for you guys, was a few weeks in. We had the same story. I was the one doubting that the website was working. So I placed the first order and then my wife saw it and said, oh my God, we got our first order. I was like, no, it was just me.

14:55
Sorry. have never, wow. Okay. You’re the very first person I met that has the same story. I love this, right? Because so many people are going through this right now and not seeing, you know, I think when we don’t get that, when things don’t go like we hope they’d go, it’s, hard. It’s hard to keep going. If we don’t have all the tools in place with mindset and with mission and with all of those things, right? It’s so easy to let, I mean, in my case, lack of

15:25
success around me and no proof that my idea was gonna work and also just experts saying no. you know, this stuff comes in so many different forms for people, right? Sometimes it’s our own friends and family that love us and means so well, but they’re the ones that are like, are you sure you should have quit your job or are you sure you’re qualified? Yeah, did you? Yeah. So Jamie, know,

15:54
the audience of this podcast, they’re all small business owners or aspiring business owners. And one of the questions that I got to ask you actually was, how does one even start a makeup company? Let’s say I want to start a cream or concealer for myself. Like how do you even make that? Yeah. So I didn’t know anybody, right? In the beauty industry. And I didn’t know the answer to that question when I started. Literally didn’t know.

16:20
The big blessing of course is Google and reading everything about how things are made. In my case, I never formulated anything in my kitchen, although you certainly can. There’s a lot of entrepreneurs that put together beautiful products inside their home and they formulate them. And I didn’t do that and I don’t have a chemistry background. And so what I did instead was Googled a lot and learned that through reading tons of stuff that’s out there,

16:49
and then starting to go to trade shows, I learned that most cosmetic companies manufacture either in their own facilities they own, but almost all of them also use these third party manufacturing facilities that have tons of chemists and tons of formulators. A lot of them are FDA approved. And so a lot of the big companies use these manufacturers. And so I started doing my homework on who are they and

17:16
you know, and trying to understand the whole process. And what I learned quickly, Steve, was that in the beauty world, who you manufacture with is like the most closely guarded secret. And so, you know, people protect their formulas, they protect who they manufacture with. And so I ended up having to get really scrappy.

17:41
And what I did was I went into all the department stores and kind of just, and I knew most all the brands in existence. Cause I had been, you know, seeing them as a consumer my whole life, but I made a list of every brand that sold inside department store. By the way, this is, I don’t even know if this is embarrassing. I’m going to share it with you though. Cause again, maybe someone out there needs to hear it, but um,

18:02
I made a list of every company, every brand that sold inside the department stores and same with all the brands that sold inside like the Sephora, all the beauty retailers. And I sat in my living room and I cold called every single company and whoever I could get on the phone, I would ask like, oh, I’m looking for a really great manufacturer. Is there anyone you recommend? And most of the people hung up on me. You know I mean? Yeah, of course.

18:30
And I got a hold of one really kind woman who probably should have never shared this. She worked for a smaller makeup company that was sold inside Sephora. Totally not a competitor to what I did either, but she was lovely. And she’s like, oh, here, you know, here’s our favorite one. And she gave me the name of their manufacturer in New York city. And I thanked her and called him up and that he became our very first. I mean, now we have dozens and dozens of manufacturers we work with, but that’s how I got my very first one.

18:58
went out and did a meeting and it was really, think sheer grace because, listen, I was willing to get hung up on hundreds of times, but finally was able to get through to someone and ends up he makes products for a lot of the largest brands in the country. And so they have, you know, all the unsexy stuff I had to learn about, which is like FDA regulatory compliance and clinical, you know, clinical safety testing and all that stuff.

19:26
It was really sheer grace that they ended up being certified and compliant in all those areas. so they made our very first products. How do you make a formulation though, when you don’t have a background in chemistry? Yeah, so, you know, there’s a lot of different ways to do it. The way that we did it is we really leveraged all the chemists that were part of the manufacturer. And we assembled an advisory board as well. And then, you you just have to work with someone who’s patient, because in my case,

19:56
It was hundreds of iterations of our concealer, for example, back and forth before it actually worked for me. So it wasn’t like I could take something out there on the market and say, oh, make it like this, because there wasn’t anything out there that worked for me. And so when we started getting formulation samples, I mean, it was hundreds of iterations. And after launching our concealer and it being the first really big product that had a high repeat purchase rate,

20:24
One of the things that I did right and I did, oh my gosh, I did so many things wrong and I share all of those in the book too. But one of the things that I did right was I kept that, I kept my blinders on when we finally got into retail stores. What happens is they want new all the time. So they’re like, can you have something new for this season, new for this quarter? This is a big trend. Can you make something new for this? Cause everyone’s trying to get short-term money. And you know, we stuck to the whole.

20:52
If it doesn’t work better than anything out there, I don’t want to launch it. And I remember it took us seven years before we launched our first moisturizer. And that was something that, you know, all the stores were asking for, you know, for us to create from day one, but it wasn’t right. And so in that case, I probably drove teams of chemists crazy, but it was like, listen, I have really sensitive skin. And if I can’t wear it, like you can’t fake authenticity. So I can’t go out there and sell something.

21:20
but that doesn’t work for me. And we kept that discipline in terms of saying no to short-term sales because the product wasn’t right yet and really focused on. So in the case of the moisture, I was like seven years before we launched our very first one. So that was so many iterations to get it right. unlike a lot of other companies in the beauty space where they make their money off of what’s trending at the moment,

21:48
and they have constant pressure to launch new innovations nonstop. We took a different approach, which is let’s really get products that are like hero products that are part of your daily life and that women love because that’s where the repeat purchase rates. I’ve always seen business as like anyone can get a sale once and that’s just a sale. But when you have customers that love something so much that they buy it a second time,

22:17
that’s a brand. Right. And I wanted to build a brand. you know, and, and when you do that, I think that’s when you get, you know, avid avid fans that spread the word to you because, know, so many people out there are just looking for us to add value and make their lives better. And, and for the products that and services we create to do what they say. And when they actually do, then people do spread the word. And in the early years, that’s how we stayed alive because we

22:45
couldn’t afford advertising. So was really we kept the lights on because the very few people that started buying the product would post their own befores afters online and started spreading the word organically. And that’s really what kept us alive before we had the big retailers saying yes to us. What’s a realistic startup cost to launch a single product? I mean, why was this company willing to work with you in the beginning when you had nothing?

23:12
Well, we talking like tens of thousands of dollars or no, they actually did my very first samples for free. Really? And yeah, they made my very first samples for free. And you know, I think in their case, they work with enough huge brands and maybe they just went with their gut. I don’t know why, but they made the very first samples for free. And you know, it doesn’t cost much to make it. I mean, they have their formulators time maybe, you I

23:38
poured my heart out in the meeting and told them my big vision for this huge shifting culture in the beauty industry and all this kind of stuff. Maybe they just had a gut feeling and I’m not sure, but there’s definitely manufacturers out there that will do it for free. You just have to be careful. What I mean by that is, and by the way, we started with under $100,000 all in. I have some stories I can share if you want me to about some of the process of getting investors and how that happened and how it didn’t happen.

24:08
All of that. And I share a lot of those in my book, Believe It Too, for the first time. Because I think when we go through that process of looking for money or of hoping people invest, or even if should we bring on investors, you know what I mean? I think that whole journey is so complex and so layered. you know, we- In terms of that first product, was there like a large minimum order quantity? Like the samples were free, but how much did you actually have to buy upfront? Do you remember?

24:37
Oh gosh, let me think back. It wasn’t very high. Yeah, there’s the, but to your point, there’s a lot of contract manufacturers where they, do have minimums for sure. There’s a lot of them that don’t. And I think if you can find one that doesn’t, it’s great. Um, we were only selling two to three orders a day on our website. So if I, if I think back, I feel like the highest MOQ minimum order quantity was probably a thousand units at that place, which is not very high.

25:01
and but you’re right. But you know what I would say to you, Steve, by the way, no one’s ever gone this granular. So let’s go there. I love it. Right. This is the good stuff because like the stuff I wish I had known earlier on, right. The stuff that saves us nights, crying ourselves asleep in terms of I have so many stories of rejection in this book and how I handled it and like, had I done it differently, it would have changed everything. And anyways, but also just we save ourselves time and money. feel like when we share these stories at a granular level. So I love

25:31
You’re the only person in the whole press tour for the book who has asked me anything like this. But yeah, and so what I want to say to that is, you know, there’s the MOQs and minimum order quantities and there’s the, you know, formulation and how much do samples cost and all that. What I would say for me, and this happened, I think through sheer grace also, I just, didn’t know what I didn’t know at the time. And I was very blessed to get a ethical manufacturing partner from day one.

26:00
because that’s not always the case. And I definitely met some down the road that weren’t ethical for sure, because we’ve worked with probably hundreds at this point. But what I would say to every person out there in their business right now, whether it’s a product business or a service business or anything else, is the importance of knowing where you want to go one day. So I knew I eventually wanted to change. I would write in my journal.

26:28
I help billions with a B of women live better lives. I’ve never shared that before, by the way, but anyways, I would write that every single day and I knew where I wanted to go. And so I knew in order to do that and to scale at the pace I had imagined, by the way, this is during the years of getting no, hearing no from everyone. I would still- These are the best years actually for the people listening. And I would still write things like that down that seemed absurd, right? I helped billions of women live better lives. Like I would write those things down.

26:58
And meanwhile, I’m sitting there hoping to have a $1 hot dog from Costco that night because from the stand outside Costco, I don’t know if you’ve ever had one, they’re really good. But we were scrappy, right? And we were hearing no and no after no after no. So one thing happened in terms of contract manufacturing that was really sheer grace. But now when I look back, knowing where you’re going one day. So I knew in order to help billions of women,

27:28
with a B that, OK, we have to scale really big. And in order to do that fast enough, it likely means we’ll either go public as a brand one day or we’ll be acquired by someone who has hundreds of, has people on the ground in hundreds of countries and can really help spread our message quicker than we can do on our own. So I knew that was going to be the end goal one day. What I didn’t know was in order to ever often even just bring on investors, let alone go public.

27:56
or be acquired, there are so many things you have to have buttoned up like crystal clear, I is dotted, T is crossed in order to actually have something of value that they’re gonna pay a lot of money for. And part of that stems from the very beginning of even how you’re setting up your own IP, intellectual property and your own formulations. And one thing that happened by sheer grace,

28:25
But what I would say to maybe someone in your community needs this little tip right now is that, you know, we owned all of our formulas. And when we worked with our very first manufacturer, even when we had no money and we had no success yet, we were able to have ownership of the formula. It just was something intuitively I felt like we needed. Yeah, absolutely. Yeah. And I didn’t yet know how critical that would be.

28:51
And I also didn’t know that there’s something called like in our case and in manufacturing process of a batch recipe. So it’s not just what’s your formula in terms of what are the ingredients and quantitative, but also how is it actually made almost like the way you make a cake, like turn the oven to 325 degrees, add the egg first, mix it for five minutes, whatever that is. The batch recipe for every formula, those two things I didn’t realize how

29:19
critical those would be to own. And what happens is if you don’t get these things in place early on, when you get really successful, manufacturers don’t want to give them to you because they don’t ever want to risk you leaving and making your stuff somewhere else. Right. So you’ve got to get all these things in place early on. And, you know, if anyone in your community knows for sure they want to take on investors or they want to sell their business one day.

29:45
these kind of, know, learn whatever you need to do to make that happen. All the things, right? Listen to this show, meet people that have done, have exited their companies and learn everything you’re going to need to do to make it happen one day. And then back all that up to right now and start getting those things in place. Because I’ve seen so many entrepreneurs that are so excited about the creative side of their business, which that’s the fun part, right? And they’re so excited about

30:15
the product or about what’s selling right now or about revenue or this or that, all those things that matter. And they forget these like unsexy foundational things that if you don’t get in place, you’ll never be able likely never likely never be able to to sell your business or to get what what you should for it. know, we had this play out in real life, you know, after we finally

30:40
finally got yeses from manufacturers and from QV, I mean, from retailers and from QVC. And we were growing and growing and growing. And eight years into our business, we sold 100 % of it to L’Oreal, but we went through the whole process and there was, and I did meetings for three years with them, which I talk about in the book and how it all happened and how it almost didn’t and everything else. But there was a moment where the night before the deal is supposed to happen.

31:08
There was one product out of 400 that we couldn’t find ownership, proof of ownership for. And it was the worst night ever. Our lawyers didn’t know if the deal was going to go through and I knew we owned it. So I knew, and I knew that our manufacturer knew that we owned it and I could not find the document and writing anywhere. And it was a really rough night. And thank God I literally prayed all night and the next and cried. And the next morning,

31:38
they sent it to us in writing and we were able, everything was able to proceed. Uh, but I just, you know, it just, reminds me of like the things that we don’t even think about cause a, they’re not fun. Who wants to deal with this stuff? Right. It’s like getting it all together early on is so important to set you up for, you know, success in the future.

32:01
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

32:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

32:59
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

33:09
Jamie, if you can look back really far, do you remember how you made your first sale? So before QVC, it seems like QVC is what really launched your product, but back before QVC, how are you getting your sales and even just staying afloat? Yeah, mean, everything was really came down to our website and it was really just two to three orders a day. And it was real people that started spreading the word and posting their own befores and afters. I definitely had friends and family both.

33:36
who knew we weren’t in these retail stores, but they would go into the retail stores, ask to talk to the manager and say, have you heard of IT Cosmetics? And they’re like, it what? Like, oh, can you please do a written request to corporate to carry IT Cosmetics? Like my friends and family would hustle. And I did all the time. I would call stores. Do you carry IT Cosmetics? Can I talk to the manager? I mean, you do what you got to do. But at the end of the day, was, was, you know, grassroots, real people that

34:06
that would try the product and spread their word. It was all really through our website. It was word of mouth basically. It was word of mouth. then we didn’t plan for it to be QVC first, but that happening and the way it happened, single greatest life and business lesson I’ve ever learned in terms of the power of authenticity and the power of trusting your gut over experts advice when they conflict.

34:33
I believe your gut is always more powerful than anyone else’s advice. I think that so many of us let self-doubt and all the things take over to the point where we don’t even hear our own gut or our own knowing anymore. Anybody in that position, I talk about so much of that in the book. But QVC ended up being direct to consumer and was in live and was one of the biggest blessings I could have ever hoped for.

35:01
And it’s essentially became live advertising for us into a hundred million homes. after, you know, every time we would go on QVC, a lot of people would see us on television, but want to actually try the product in person. So that built up demand for actual retail stores to carry our product. And, and then the rest is history after that. It was a long journey. How does one get on QVC and do you actually recommend QVC for most e-commerce brands if you are able to get on the show? Oh, yes.

35:30
I would say do everything to get on QVC. I sent my product there for three years and heard no for three years, dozens of times. I would find anybody I could on LinkedIn who worked at QVC or Sephora or Ulta or department stores and send everyone the product. And it was no for three years. When we finally got a yes from QVC, it changed everything.

35:56
And, I had always heard from other entrepreneurs that you can sell, you know, more on QVC in an hour than you can all year in department stores. As a beauty company, I’d always heard that. And then to see the power of it happening right before my eyes was the craziest journey. You know, Steve, as you know, I, you know, after three years of sending our products to them and hearing, no, no, no, you’re not the right fit.

36:22
It’s a long story that I share in the book on how, but we finally got a yes and got one shot to go live. And here’s the thing, Steve, is like, were, know, as I shared, we were selling only two to three orders a day on our website. And when I learned we got one shot to go live for 10 minutes with our product, it was, we had to hit their sales goal. We had to have over 6,000, we had to sell over 6,000 units of our concealer. And we’re only selling two to three a day on our website.

36:50
but that is large volumes. In the beauty space, it’s consignment. So if it doesn’t sell, you have to take it back. And so our one shot that we got, you should never take a purchase order you can’t afford to lose ever. But at this point, we were three years in and we didn’t know how we were gonna stay alive as a company. And so we said yes to it. And it was this moment where literally everything was on the line.

37:15
We applied for SBA loan. first 22 banks said no, and it was bank number 23 that gave us an SBA loan to cover just the inventory cost of that purchase order. And it was one of the most wild moments in my life because I knew the future of the company surviving basically came down to the 10 minutes and so much pressure. And I flew out there a week before.

37:43
are airing and I sat in this rental car in the parking lot all alone staring at the front door, like praying, crying, feeling like, because we had outside experts had said, here’s what you need to do to have success. Use models with perfect skin, all the stuff that was not why I created the company. And I just had this vision. What if I go on QVC and take my makeup off and show my bright red rosacea, show real women and.

38:08
And I wanted to stand for my values and my beliefs. And we all know what our values and beliefs are. But we often all face situations where someone wants to challenge those or where we’re challenging them ourselves and going, okay, am I gonna stand for what I believe in when it feels like everything’s on the line? And I just had this moment in that rental car where I just imagined like who that woman was watching on the other end.

38:34
it came down to the idea and the belief I have. And now I’ve learned it over and over that you can’t fake authenticity. And I wanted to, you know, I remember thinking of like a woman, like I kept imagining a single mom folding laundry who had forgotten that she mattered and was too busy to remember that she’s beautiful. And I rather have, I remember this moment in the car where I realized like, if she’s going to turn on the television and see me and give me two seconds of her precious time, like,

39:03
I’d rather have her look up on the screen and see me showing my rosacea and showing real women that look like her. Even if she buys nothing, I’d rather have her for that moment feel like she’s seen and like she matters than like go on TV, show flawless skin, you know, like everyone’s done for years. And even if I sold more product, it mean I was standing for nothing. And so, yeah, it came down to a 10 minute window. And Steve, I remember the clock.

39:32
started at 10 minutes and it was like 9.59, 9.58. And I learned, oh my gosh, I learned right before the show that you’re not guaranteed the 10 minutes. If for some reason it wasn’t selling well, they can cut your time live. And it was so much pressure. But I remember the moment my bare face went up on national TV and I showed all different women of every age and shape and size and skin tone and skin challenge. there was like one minute left in the show and the host was.

40:01
Like, oh, the deep shade is almost gone. The tan shade, there’s a few hundred left. And then I remember that the moment, it was down to the 10 minute mark and the big sold out sign came up across the screen. And I started crying on national television and my husband came running through the double doors and I was like, real women have spoken. And he’s like, we’re not going bankrupt. And that one airing turned into five that year and a hundred the next year. And then we did over 250 live shows a year and still do right now. And so we built the biggest

40:31
Beauty Brand and QVC’s history, is at this moment right now. And again, I only share that because it was three years of them saying no, and you’re not the right fit. so, you know, anyone in your community who’s an entrepreneur right now who keeps hearing no, or you’re not the right fit, it’s like, no one can tell you you’re not the right fit. So Jamie, I recently read your book, which I recommend everyone pick up. I’m not sure if it’s going to be, it’s released in February, right?

40:57
Yeah, yeah, it comes out the week of February 22nd. Yeah, I’m so excited. You know what I love? Like I’m interviewing you right now and you actually write exactly like how you talk. So it’s completely authentic, the book. You know what? I wanted to write every word myself. So I said no to a book deal for like five years. So I’m like, you know what? If I’m to do it, you can’t fake authenticity. And I just feel like we’re all this together, which is why I’m grateful for your show too, because it’s like when we share these real stories, it’s

41:25
It’s, you know, it’s, think it has a huge impact on all of our journeys of learning to believe in ourself and trust ourself and, and, and know we’re enough and that we’re not alone and become the person we’re born to be. have two final questions. If we have time, these are quick ones. One is you wrote that balance is a lie. And, and I completely agree. Uh, you have to make some sacrifices in order to be successful.

41:51
And I wanted to ask you if there’s any regrets because you put so much into your work working 20 hour days is that I’m sure some of the things were sacrificed, right? So if you were to do everything all over again, would you have continued on this path? Yeah, I don’t believe that I need, cause I worked a hundred hour weeks for close to 10 years and I don’t think I needed to have done that to have the same outcome. And I wish I had learned to believe

42:21
that my success was possible sooner. And I did learn to believe it. And then I made better decisions, but it was interesting that after three years of hearing no, and you’re not the right fit, and you’re not enough, when we finally started getting yeses, and then Steve, I remember like we finally started getting sales traction, and all of a sudden, all the retailers wanted us, and then all of a sudden we were doing really well. It was almost as if I felt like I had to strike while the iron’s hot, like, oh my gosh.

42:48
What if it all comes crashing down at any moment, right? So many of us, have these moments of success and then we think like, can I believe it? And which is a kind of a form of imposter syndrome in a way. And, you know, we started having the kind of success I’ve never seen in my life. I was not raised around that success when I was working as a Denny’s waitress, saving my tip money to buy a Mac lipstick or Lancome eyeliner. And to start,

43:16
passing those brands in size. These are kind of things where I was just like, oh my gosh, is this real? And so I drove myself so hard and I also became addicted to work. And so did my husband. And we had this realization, right? Because busyness or work addiction is like any other addiction. It separates you from you. And it’s almost numbing to the point where you don’t even feel the day anymore.

43:44
And when we realized this was happening, it was a big part of why we decided, okay, you know what? Let’s partner with another company like L’Oreal instead of going public, because if we went public, we’d still be running it ourselves and it would still all be on us. And I got to the point and I talk a lot about this in the book on how do you learn to trust yourself? Right. And I realized I need to trust myself to not trust myself that I’m not going to keep working a hundred hour weeks. And so.

44:14
We made better decisions and in that. And so when I look back, I don’t believe that working hundred hour weeks is why in any part we created a billion dollar company. I think I could have worked 40 hours or 50 hours or whatever it might be. Would it have happened a little bit slower? Maybe, but maybe not. And I think I would have enjoyed it a lot more. So those would be the big things. Okay. Do you have time for one more? Do you have to go? Yeah. Okay.

44:43
I’m supposed to be on another, you know that I, yeah, yeah. Yeah, that’s why I’m asking. Final question. There’s an excerpt in the book that I’m going to read out loud and I wanted to understand exactly what you meant. There’s one line and this one for some reason when I read it, struck me. said, without intending to, he also instilled to me deep, that deep belief that women are stronger than men, that men hold women back and that women need to be super women to do it all on their own. And I personally, I have two very strong business partners who are both women.

45:12
And I’m terrified now that if they read your book, they’re going to realize that I’m the main thing holding them back. So I’m just kind of curious what you meant by that line. Yeah. So that line is talking about part of my childhood, right? And what I went through. And in this book, I talk a lot about how some of the things that happened to us shape our beliefs and how we’re kind of all in this journey in a lot of ways of almost

45:38
re-figuring out what the right thing is to believe. you know, I talk about being raised with a dad who was an alcoholic and a mom who was superwoman and who kind of did it all. And I talk about the realization that, you know, growing up, I never wanted to get married and I wasn’t sure why. And I realized why, that I had this belief that women are superwomen and that men hold women back.

46:04
All those things. And I talk about the journey of learning to overcome that and of learning to trust my own gut that when my husband proposed, I didn’t want him to propose. I told him not to, but when he did, even though my head told me, Oh, no, no, no. Like, you know, when I checked in with my gut and my internal knowing, I had such peace about it that I said yes. And I continue to unfold a lot of these beliefs in my life. also

46:32
you know, because of how I was raised, I always thought, oh, I’m a lone wolf. I’m independent. Like, I don’t need to depend on anyone else. Like, right, for anyone in your audience right now listening that maybe thinks like, you know, oh, independence is a badge of honor and I’m a lone wolf and I got this. That was me my whole life. I, again, based on the stuff I saw growing up, and then I had this…

46:57
wild journey where I, and I share so much of this book I’ve never shared before, but while building this business, I was, we were also trying to start a family and for 10 years went through IVF, went through everything you can go through and couldn’t carry a pregnancy full term and eventually ended up looking into adoption and surrogacy and, through that process of having our daughter wonder who’s now two.

47:23
I actually needed to depend on another woman in that journey. And it ended up becoming one of the best experiences in my life. And I learned, oh, life isn’t meant to do alone. And oh, being a lone wolf or independent isn’t a badge of honor. In my case, it actually was just a deep seated fear of me not being worthy of other people showing up for. And I learned that.

47:51
And it helped me shift my perspective on not wanting to do it all myself and being afraid to count on other people. So yeah, life’s a journey, right? Yeah. So Jamie, I want to be respectful of your time. If you’ve enjoyed, if you’re listening to this and you’ve enjoyed this conversation, the book is full of very personal stories, things that I would never put down in writing myself. Some of the stories you told in the book that were really interesting.

48:19
So I encourage everyone to go pick up the book. Jamie, you are true to your word. You’re so authentic. Your writing is just like talking to you. And I had a great time talking to you today. Oh, I had such a great time. Steve, thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it. Thank you so much.

48:38
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Jamie is super inspiring and down to earth and I really enjoyed reading her book. So if you need a dose of inspiration, then be sure to check out Believe It on Amazon. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 343. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

49:06
So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash KLAVIOIO. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash KLAVIOIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

49:35
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

342: How My Student Amanda Makes 6 Figures Selling Dollhouse Furniture

342: How My Student Amanda Makes 6 Figures Selling Dollhouse Furniture

Today, I’m really happy to have Amanda Austin on the show. Amanda is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course and she runs a 6 figure business selling dollhouse furniture over at ShopOfMiniatures.com.

In this episode, we’re going to do a deep dive into her journey, how she decided what to sell, how she grew her business, and what obstacles she had to overcome to get to this point.

What You’ll Learn

  • Amanda’s motivations to start her online store
  • How she came up with her idea of what to sell
  • Why she chose to dropship instead of carry inventory or sell on Amazon
  • How Amanda gets free traffic to her shop

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course on the show, Amanda Austin. And Amanda runs a six figure business selling dollhouse furniture, and she only works on her business between 10 to 20 hours a week because she drops ships. And here’s how she built it. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data.

00:29
customer relationships and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS.

00:58
So if you are ready to drive future sales and higher customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial over at clavio.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:23
Now SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my eCommerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in eCommerce and eCommerce is their primary focus. So not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too. And SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:53
So head on over to postscope.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now onto the show.

02:20
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Amanda Austin on the show. Now Amanda is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course and she runs a six figure business selling dollhouse furniture over at shopofminiatures.com. Now she works on her business between 10 to 20 hours per week and in fact she is barely working at all right now because she has a seven week old. It took her roughly three years to get to this point and she went through a lot of self doubt and a bunch of ups and downs in the road, but she did it.

02:49
So today we’re going to do a deep dive into her journey, how she decided what to sell, how she grew her business and what obstacles she had to overcome to get to this point. And with that, welcome to the show, Amanda. How are you doing? I’m great. Thank you, Steve. I’m so excited to have you on. I mentioned to you earlier, I looked in the archives and I performed a website critique of your store on December 8th of 2017. So it literally has been almost exactly three years since your launch.

03:19
Yeah, exactly. Actually, I just remember that yesterday, the 11th of November was the day I launched my store. So it’s pretty much exactly three years it’s been live. Okay, wow. That’s amazing. So Amanda, tell the audience about your store, what you sell and how you got started. Okay, so my store is Little Shop of Miniatures, which is at shopofminiatures.com. And my store specializes in dollhouse miniatures and dollhouse kits. The kits

03:49
are my entire store is drop ship, I should say. And I have two suppliers, one for the kids and one for the dollhouse managers. And the vast, vast majority of my business comes from the miniatures business. So these miniatures range, I literally have everything in the store in miniature version, whether it’s like a dollhouse sofa, a dollhouse food, know, little tiny food, got actual dolls and tons of random stuff. I have a miniature electric chair, have miniature condos. Miniature electric chair? Oh, yeah.

04:18
It’s a hot seller. No pun intended. There’s a lot of weird stuff on my store, but you know, the majority of people are buying like stuff to decorate their doll houses. These are mostly hobbyists, I would say, excuse toward older women, although there are men and the men tend to buy more of like the dollhouse building supplies. So I have dollhouse baseboards and dollhouse electric kits and things like that. So this is a bigger hobby than most people realize. Although I do get kids once in a while, I’ve had like a few

04:48
kids of celebrities actually ordered from my store. So yeah, it’s it’s been a wild ride. And it’s all drop ship. I know that not a lot of people in your class do drop ship. I did it because I have like over 3000 items in my store and I could add 10,000 more easily. I didn’t want to inventory that huge amount of Oh, yeah, obviously. Yeah. Let me ask you this. Are you into dollhouse miniatures yourself or

05:15
Okay. So that’s a funny story. I chose the niche mostly because I did all of your keyword research and this one was just, you know, it was, I had like a whole Excel sheet just full of ideas. And this one just kept coming up as a very competitive keyword and there were a lot of keywords. And then I looked at the, my competitor sites and they were just so God awful that I really felt I should just go into this. But actually as a kid, my grandma handmade me a dollhouse and there was a dollhouse, store, my local mall, and I would go there all the time. spent.

05:44
every, you know, first communion dollar, every allowance dollar I spent at that little store. And I eventually filled this dollhouse like just full of miniatures over the course of many years. And that dollhouse miniature store closed. But I still had all the miniatures, I still had the dollhouse. So I did have an affinity for it. And that was another reason why I chose to go into this because I truly do love the products a lot. do you know a lot about this? Like, do you get questions from your customers asking you specific questions about

06:15
Like the electric chair, for example, or? Yeah. So I can always answer about like things about scale and simple questions, but sometimes people write in with incredibly complicated questions about building a dollhouse. I have had to learn a lot and I’ve just bought books or got books out from the library or, you know, I’ve been on forums where I’m just learning these things, but to be honest, I have never built a dollhouse. I have never put electricity in a dollhouse. I’ve never put wallpaper on a dollhouse.

06:44
But I have learned how to answer these questions. I think, you people are always surprised, like I write back and like, yeah, this is Amanda. And they know that I’m the founder of the store because I have my story on the homepage. And people are always like really impressed by that. They’re always like, wow, I can’t believe it’s you. Actually, it’s nice. It actually lends a lot of credibility to is it just a one man show? Are you running it by yourself? Or do you have employees or

07:09
Well, yeah, it’s pretty much, yeah, it’s just me running this, you know, I’m customer service and fulfillment and everything, but I have a warehouse actually not too far from my house, about two hours it’s located and they’ve been importing dollhouse miniatures for like over 40 years. And I know them pretty well and I’ve gone to visit them several times. So they are like my fulfillment team. And so I send my orders to them and they make sure they’re packaged and shipped. So I kind of count them as part of my team.

07:36
You know, we I give them ideas for like new products and times and we’re in close contact all day So how did you actually find your dropship vendors? Because I know that’s one of the biggest hurdles actually for people getting started Yeah, that that’s the hard part. So what I ended up doing is I went to Las Vegas There’s a dollhouse miniatures convention because really I guess there’s a convention for everything. It’s absolutely Yeah, there’s a couple of these every year and this one was I got I joined a group it was

08:04
can’t even remember now that it was like a miniatures group and I found out about it and I thought, okay, you know, I looked at the list. said, I think I can find, you know, someone who can supply my products here. So I ended up going there and I met, there’s like two big wholesalers that import these products. And I liked the one because it was like really close in Ohio. And I just had a good rapport with the guy and you know, I just was like, well, you know, I’m to be in contact with you. I’d like to sell your products and that’s how it got started.

08:32
So is there anything that you had to do to convince them to drop ship for you? Or was that just part of the agreement right off the bat? No, because they were drop shipping for other people. I see. Okay. So they were pretty, pretty well oiled machine at that point. And you know, those other people, you know, I started off and I would be like, throw them an order a day. Now I’m like one of the top, top customers. Nice. Nice. I did want to also ask you this because we talked about this before I hit record.

08:59
What were some of the motivations for starting your business? Because I think we’re a lot alike in that like we don’t need a ton of money. We just need enough to do what we want to do. So what were the motivations for even getting started with this? Yeah, it was all about having personal freedom. Like freedom from having to work a set amount of hours. I was in corporate America for 15 years. And I just I was always like a fish out of water there. I mean, I was good. I got promotions.

09:29
I earned all the, I was in insurance for the last five years and I had like all the top designations. I had achieved a lot of stuff at my job, but I just never liked it to be honest. I don’t really like taking orders from people. I just never understood like why I had to work eight hours a day when I could get my work done in four. And, know, just like the politics, I was never good at playing that game. And I realized long-term that I was just never going to be happy. It didn’t matter. Like if I got a new job, I would still never like it that much.

09:58
And this was before I had kids. So I was thinking all of this. was like right before I got married, I started laying the groundwork and then I had my first daughter two years ago and my second one just two months ago. And, know, having your having kids, I just, there’s like no way I, I wanted to, you know, be at a 40 hour a week job. I wanted to be present for them. I wanted to be hands on mom. So, you these are my motivations was just like the freedom. And it wasn’t, you know, I didn’t need to make like.

10:27
a ton of money. Like I just kind of wanted to eventually replace my corporate income or get close to replacing it and not have to incur the cost of childcare. And I’ve been able to do that in three years. Nice. So when you first got started with this, like, did you have this long term vision? Did you have like a timeframe in mind? You know, I didn’t, I just had no idea where this was going to go. And not really. Like I kind of thought, well, you know, I’m going to have my own warehouse and employees. I’m going to make this

10:53
import my own products. And I still think about that because I know I could do it very well and I could do it for a lot less than my competition. I haven’t taken that off the table completely, but at this time in my life, it’s just not the right time. And I didn’t really have a ton of expectations. Like, of course I wanted it to be a success, but I just thought, you know, I got to try and if I fail, I can always go get another job. And in fact, the first year and a half of my store was very slow. Um, it was a very.

11:22
very part-time kind of income. So I ended up going to work for about a year for another online store. Except these people were doing millions in electronics. I kind of went there as sort of an apprenticeship to sort of learn more about how to do an online store. So I did that. I did all the marketing. mean, it was small. So I did the email and I did the promotions, the ads, everything. So I learned a ton there. So I do feel confident that if I ever want to take that route, I could do it pretty well. Okay. And how did you go about

11:52
validating your niche? Actually, I want to know how much you started your initial investment was also and then how you went about validating this niche before you actually got started. Yeah, I was I mean, I probably spent like less than $5,000 because you to buy your course and then I then I went to Las Vegas. Now my in kind, you know, I had like six months where it took me to set up the store and get everything going because there were just so many products and I did it all myself. So there was like a lot of time where I wasn’t making money. So if you add that in, that’s probably 10 to 1000s of dollars.

12:22
Um, the way I validated the niche is I followed all the, all your videos, all your teachings. did all the keyword research. I did that for months. I kept a huge sheet and then. You know, I ran it by you and you kind of gave me the thumbs up on it. And I thought, okay, this is how I’m going to do it. I think too, you have to look at the competition, you know, if their sites are really bad. mean, you, you saw my competitor sites. It looked like it’s like clip art from the nineties and yeah, yeah. Well, navigation. I was like, I know I can do this better.

12:50
So that was a big reason why I went into it. And I didn’t need to love what I sold. I told my husband, I’m like, I’ll sell adult diapers if it makes money. As long as it’s not like a drug or a gun’s gonna hurt somebody. But I kind of wanted something where I had a little bit of an affinity, a little bit of familiarity. So it kind of just all fit together. Okay, and you mentioned you did this all yourself. You wouldn’t describe yourself as a technical person, would you? Oh, God, no.

13:16
No, no, my store’s built on Shopify. in the beginning, I probably emailed them like five times a day about stuff. Okay. So you managed to just kind of figure out the technical stuff yourself. And you are not technical. you know, and the hardest part was getting my inventory in Shopify synced up with my drop shippers. My drop shipper is a little antiquated. And their systems for a while worked with a third party app that I bought through Shopify. And then all of sudden, they stopped working.

13:44
Um, actually right before the holiday season two years ago, right after I had my first child, was horrible because people were able to order things that were out of stock and things go out of stock all the time because they carry 20,000 skews. So, yeah, I spent a long time figuring that problem out. eventually hired an overseas developer to create a custom app for me. And, if I could give anyone advice, it’s like, I was a little shy to hire out. Like I’m always like, I’ll just figure it out myself.

14:13
should have done it a long time ago. When you hire someone like in Pakistan or India, it’s very a reasonable amount of money, especially as my store was bringing in a lot more. I should have done it a long time ago. And eventually I hired someone to do a redesign and paid like a thousand dollars and that was well worth the money too. Nice. Yeah. Your website looks great. Yeah. Thank you. Yeah. I didn’t always look like that. I mean, it was better than my competition, but I knew it. needed, you know, my store was growing. My store has grown traditionally 250 % a year. So I that kind of growth.

14:42
Yeah, like when you’re getting more money coming in, I wanted to put some money back in the store. So that’s what I’ve been doing. So in terms of dropshippers, I imagine you talked to a bunch before you settled on those two in terms of connecting up to their systems. So the two that you’re working with, do they have different systems, number one, and some of the other ones that they not even have systems at all? Well, I don’t know about there’s really only like two people you can choose from for dollhouse miniatures. And for the dollhouse kits, I only carry one because I

15:10
I don’t really want to be in the kit business. Like they’re, very heavy and the returns are horrible. So I just put them out there mostly for keywords so I can get people searching for those terms. Yeah. But they, the dollhouse kit maker, they really never run out of items. So I just simply list their products in my store and I don’t even try to sync up with them. But for my miniatures store, yeah. Like I had, like I said, I had to hire somebody, you know, to create this custom app. took us like probably a month to get it right.

15:40
Okay. Okay. And what happened? Like, how do you guys deal with returns and that sort of thing? Okay, so I’ve never had a dollhouse kit return because they’re like, they’re like huge, like 50 pounds, if someone wants one, you know, I clearly mark on the site, like, you know, returns like you please carefully consider this purchase. And that’s not that’s like such a small part of the business. Now for the miniatures with returns, people are unhappy or they just don’t like it.

16:04
I give them the address to send it back and I kind of make it seem like it is my store because I have a little shop and miniatures attention returns, but it really just goes back to my dropshipper. And then they let me know it’s in, they give me a credit and then I refund the customer. But I would see my, my returns are not a huge problem. It’s, it’s not a huge, there’s not a huge number of people that do returns and they’re not a huge problem because the item is so small that it’s easy for them to get it back.

16:31
Yeah, actually, your products are ideal since they’re so small, too, because I would imagine shipping isn’t that expensive either. So no, no, it’s not bad. Okay, so let’s let’s talk about some of the more difficult parts about getting your business off its feet. So first off, how did you make your first sale? I’m not really sure how that person came through. But it was really shortly after I launched my site. They just like they ended up ordering, but they couldn’t do it online. So I took the order over the phone. And I remember just like, Yeah, I got an order. 10 bucks today.

17:01
Um, I’m not sure. think I’m not really totally sure. I think I had a Facebook page. Maybe they found me that way. Okay. Yeah. I don’t take orders over the phone anymore. That’s no thing. Like see that that violates my like kind of lazy, lazy, fair business. You know, I’d rather just lose the sale than have to be on the phone with somebody. Cause they’re usually very old and need a lot of handholding. And I know it’s just not, there’s another site that does that over the phone. I don’t want to do it. So yeah, that’s how I got it. And mostly, mean, I don’t do any real advertising. The only

17:31
I, everything has been through SEO. I have a lot of high ranking keywords because of my blog and the way I set up the site. In fact, I’m like number one for a lot of stuff. I’m the head of hobby lobby and eBay. So that that’s how I’m getting the traffic. And then, know, like over 20 % of the orders are returned customers at this point. So it just keeps snowballing. Are you doing marketing? Yeah, use PlayV. But once a week, I send an email out and like,

17:57
And I’ll do a ton of sales. Sometimes I do a sale, but mostly it’s like these are the new products. And people just love to open those emails because I just put like a bunch of random stuff. Like today we have miniature tombstones and a miniature hand. You know, and like I always play it up. I’m like, you won’t believe, you know, the new products I put in. People are like, they really get excited because it’s just, I always make it very random. How do you decide what to include in your shop? Well, at this point, I have a pretty good idea of what sells. And Shopify is so good, they always

18:26
let you know within each collection, like what’s a hot seller. So I’m like, well, you know, people like these miniature meals with like everything in there. So I got to find more like that and put them in there. And in order to just figure out what to sell, is it just as simple as just going up to your dropshipper and saying, Hey, can you send me some of these or, can I just list these? Is it? Yeah, you can list whatever you want. They have a whole catalog. Okay, so just go through it and I’m like, Oh, this is cool. Like, you know, I think about myself is like that

18:56
10 year old girl that just loved going to the miniature store. like, what would I want to buy? And I usually those are usually my instincts are spot on. So let me ask you this question. So what is stopping you from just including the entire catalog? Oh, it’s just like my it takes a long time to get a product up. Like, I would like to have the whole catalog. I set goals for myself, like I want to do 50 products a week and get them in there. And I try but like

19:24
I don’t know, I’m always putting more products in, but there’s just so many. I mean, it’s unbelievable how many things they have. Okay, so let me ask you that question in a different way then. How do you organize everything? So you mentioned SEO is one of your primary drivers. Do you just typically, when you’re deciding what to add, since it takes a lot of time, do you pull from a certain category or keywords and then you put those on? Or is it just based on what you think the demand is gonna be for a hot product?

19:53
You know, I kind of go through my store and I’m like, wow, I’m looking kind of lean in like desks and you know, or like a lot of times my dropshipper, they import a product for a while and then just, stop importing it. So over time your store gets kind of thinned out. And so I noticed I’m like, oh, I’m kind of, I’m getting kind of low on this category or like, you know, there’s, there’s, you know, people really like the little miniature cleaning supplies and why don’t I have a miniature bleach? I should put that in there.

20:17
So I kind of, you know, I kind of do it category by category and I set a goal for myself when I sit down to put in new products. Like today we’re going to focus completely on miniature armchairs and that’s just all I do. So you mentioned your shop was slow for the first year and a half. Yeah. What happened after that year and a half? I mean, it was always growing, you know, but what really blew up was like last holiday season. I don’t know what happened, but it would, it just all of a sudden, I don’t know if I got bumped up for a bunch of keywords on Google.

20:48
But the store exploded and I was like making more from my store than from my day job. And I was just like, yeah, I forget about this. I’m out of here. Oh, that’s when you quit. And then honestly, like the pandemic has only helped the store. Like when the pandemic first, it was first spreading, I was like, oh great, there’s the end of my store. But instead people were writing to me all the time. They’re like, I’m stuck at home bored. I want to get back into this. And my sales have never really slowed down since then.

21:17
You know, like what I did in Christmas, was like, oh, wow, that was amazing. But I do that much like every month now. I can imagine, right? COVID, everyone’s stuck at home, nothing to do. Man, it’s actually was probably a blessing for your business, right? Overall. It really was. Yeah. Can we talk about your email flows, actually? So how do you get people to sign up for your list? And how frequently do you email them? What type of promotions do you email and that sort of thing? Okay, so

21:44
I have a pop-up on my store that’s like sign up for my newsletter and get 10 % off your order and a free ebook. And as soon as they sign up, they get the 10 % off. And then a day later, I send them an ebook of do it yourself, miniature crafts. Um, and I pretty much, I actually made that ebook myself. I kind of like looked online and use my own imagination about like how to do your own crafts. And it’s, it’s like the DIY dozen. There’s a dozen crafts you can make from everyday items around your house.

22:14
So you can take a paper clip and make a little miniature hanger and like an old wooden spool of thread, how to make a little table out of it. So people really like that. In fact, they get really impatient. Like they don’t even want the coupons. like, where’s my ebook? It’s coming. It’s coming. Okay. So that’s how I do it. And then, you know, I have a whole welcome series for people. I send them some of my more popular blog articles. Like I did a whole roundup of miniature museums around the country that people can visit.

22:43
And I remind them of the coupon and then if they don’t take advantage of the coupon, there’s like five or $10 off your order a couple of weeks later. And I also like send them an email with like hot products that are trending things like that. And it goes on for like six weeks at least. yeah, a lot of people end up ordering. also have an abandoned cart flow and that one, you know, was like, you forgot something. We’re still holding your cart. And then as a last ditch effort, I send them a coupon. I have a browse abandonment.

23:12
And that one’s been doing really well. What else have I got going on? And then, you know, I do the weekly emails. I try to do every week. So, you know, the majority of those are like, oh, there’s a new blog post or here’s some hot new products or like, here’s some, you know, like, you know, Halloween products you can buy, you know, Thanksgiving products, things like that seasonal or for spring, did flowers and baskets and gardening tools, things like that. And then I do do promotions.

23:41
probably like once a quarter, like I’m definitely gonna do one for Black Friday. And that’s usually like 10 % off, because I don’t have a giant margin. I have a much higher margin than most dropshippers, but I can’t do like 50 % off. So I’ll do 10%. Actually, can I, you don’t have to answer this question, but I’m just kind of curious what your margins are. And the fact that there’s other people selling these products, are you priced in line with what they’re charging? Yeah, I’m very, I’m pretty much right on the…

24:07
I’m a little bit more, but I made my free shipping threshold a lot lower than theirs. So I think that helps me. Okay. To be honest. And I would say my margin is 30%. Oh, that’s pretty good. Gross gross products. know, before, before I pay. I mean, it’s so cheap to run this store, you can run this store. That was my next question, actually, how much does it cost you monthly to run your store? I mean,

24:31
I pay Shopify like what I think I made like $50 for a subscription fee. I probably have a couple more apps. So like, I don’t know $70 you gotta get QuickBooks less than a hundred. And the only advertising I do and something that I really like is it’s called Clickly. Have you heard of it? Clickly? No, I have not actually. I really like Clickly. It’s an app through Shopify. And what it does is it displays your products and it advertises them, but you only pay if someone buys.

24:59
And I probably pay them like a good, I don’t know, a couple hundred bucks a month, but they bring in a lot of sales. And you know, my product is one that once people start ordering these miniatures, they like tend to order them again and again and again, cause they just love them. And I have so many products. So for me, you know, if I had a drop ship store and I was selling a product that people only buy once, like when I worked at the electronic headphones, you know, people buy headphones, they’re not going to buy another pair for like years. Yeah.

25:25
I probably wouldn’t do it, but for me I found that this is worth it.

25:31
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:00
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:29
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

26:40
So how does Clickly, actually, can we go over the apps that you’re actually using your store? I don’t know if you remember all of them off the top of your head, because you probably don’t look at it all the time. actually, how does Clickly work? where is it displaying your ads for your store? I mean, I’m not, I should probably know better. I’m not entirely sure all the places. I feel like on news sites. Oh, okay. Okay. So places ads. Yeah, things like that. So

27:07
I have 19 apps that I’m using. So I use like product reviews from Shopify to get those product reviews in, know, clickly for advertising the Clavio. Let’s see. I use, see, I use a free shipping bar. People like that because I’m like, Hey, if you add seven more dollars, you get free shipping. Yep. So that one works pretty well. And then, know, like all the social media, Facebook, Pinterest. you get a lot of sales from social media or Pinterest?

27:33
No, not a ton. I’m not super active on there, to be honest. I know it’s the thing right now, but I mean, here and there, I feel like it’s more people like to look at things. If I was going to put more time in my store, I put more products in and do more blog posts to get more traffic that way. Actually, can we talk about your content? Like how often do you put out content? Oh my God, not enough. I was doing it a lot. Again, like I need to…

28:00
I’m going to have like a lazy phase in my store, just like a distracted phase. I do have like some young kids. So we have an excuse here. Yeah, so little. know. So the things I put out have been like cash cows. Like I have one that’s like dollhouse printables. And these are things where people can go and print off. Like things they can use in their dollhouse. And so I’m like number one for that and I get a ton of traffic. I get ones about like how to wallpaper a dollhouse.

28:28
dollhouse glues like different glues to buy. I have a whole content piece about that. So the pieces I have, probably have, I know, like 20 content pieces, and they draw a lot of traffic. Nice. Nice. And these are all things that you’ve just learned from reading books. You own a dollhouse. I still have the one my grandma made me. Okay. And how often do you actually get your hands on the actual merchandise? Or do you just kind of drive over to the to the warehouse and take a look yourself?

28:57
It was about once a year because they have a show every year and you can go and I’ve gone to the warehouse and I’ve taken pictures that I could use on Instagram and just to meet the Packers and everything. But then in between like my pregnancies and then with COVID, I don’t think they really want me there right now. So I haven’t really had the product in a while. I’d like to get back. Hopefully next summer I would like to go over there. Cause again, it’s like only about two and a half hours from my house.

29:27
You’re not selling on Amazon either, are you? No, I’m not. no, I you know, actually, that’s how I started doing FBA, like Amazon FBA in my spare time. And I was like, man, this is a lot of work. And Amazon just kind of dicks you around. I was like, there’s got to be a better way. And that’s how I found your store. I’m kind of a I’m not really on Amazon because it’s Yeah, no. Yeah, it’s getting more competitive now, too. Exactly. Okay, so you mentioned before that you work

29:56
10 to 20 hours per week. Can you describe your schedule to me just so I can get an idea of what it takes and what your day to day looks like? To be honest, like right now I’m only probably working on my store like less than five hours a week. if I was being like, okay, so on an ideal day when my kids are napping, I’d probably spend like three hours doing a variety of things. Like first one would be like writing a blog post. Then the second one would be like, okay, I’m gonna put 20 products in.

30:24
reconciling my QuickBooks, because I’m the accounting department, so I have to do that and make sure I pay my sales tax and I’m in compliance with things like that because I have to pay sales tax to three different states, like pretty much quarterly. Right. And then just answering customer questions, things like that. Sometimes I’m researching a new app. Okay, maybe I should add this in. How much is it? Let’s see what the reviews say, making the store better.

30:50
and dealing with any customer complaints or issues, getting back to people, things like that. What were some of the major hurdles that you encountered? So I remember you mentioned that the way to sync up with your manufacturer went down and you had to hire someone to get that up. Does that imply then for that entire month when the app was getting up that you didn’t have any inventory controls? Yeah, yeah, pretty much. Yeah. And then I dealt with that problem on and off for like a year. And I honestly told my husband, I don’t think I can do this anymore. I can’t

31:20
No, I had to go through, I asked a ton of people to help me out. I told them I’d pay anything to get this solved. And I had people try to solve it and they couldn’t. And I was like, I’m never, I’m never going to be able to like run this store if I can’t get my inventory sank. And there were some low points because again, I had like a newborn and I was not sleeping. And every minute I wasn’t taking care of my baby. I was trying to solve this problem and deal with customers who had ordered things that, you know,

31:47
They ordered 19 things and I couldn’t send them three of them. And it was horrible. It was so hard to get that problem fixed just because of the way my dropshippers computer system is. really wanted to give up, but I think like the hardest obstacle was just my own self doubt. I mean, I had a so-called good job at a fortune 500 company. Pension, tons of job security. Like they’d never have a layoff in a hundred years of business. I mean, I just.

32:16
I don’t know, people were kind of like, almost like, who are you to think, you you’re so entitled to leave this job. mean, you know, everyone I worked with thought I was nuts. just because I did everything myself, I was alone a lot doing this and it was just hard. just, there were days when I was like, I don’t think I’m ever going to have a payoff. I just wasted all this time. And, know, I kind of got to a place where I’m like, well, you know, at least I tried and at least I’ll always know that I gave it a shot. And if I have to go back to another job, I don’t have to wonder.

32:45
But then, you know, like you said, I think you said somewhere between year, like two and three things just start to take off from most stores. And that was certainly the case with me. Like right now. I don’t even if I stayed where I was at, it would still be like a good income and really, you know, just a good life. Because like I said, I’m pretty much a full-time mom. do some freelance writing too, because that was the skillset I had leaving my old job. And I have all these insurance designations.

33:11
So I have insurance clients and I’m able to charge a nice rate because I have this weird knowledge. that’s like my other kind of backup. If the store is ever slow, it’s very easy for me to get this freelance work. I have one client that wants to give me more all the time and I have to say no. So yeah, that’s self doubt, especially when you have a so-called secure job. It was tough. Yeah, over here in the Silicon Valley, they pay you just enough so that it discourages you from trying anything on your own. Yeah.

33:40
Yeah. Well, okay, let me let me ask you this. What would you say was the hardest part about your journey?

33:48
just, well, is it the mental aspects? Or is it the actual doing part? No, the mental for sure. You I like powerlifting now. And it’s like, I know my body can do this. It’s my mind has to get beyond that. I can’t do it. You know, I think, yeah, that was hard for me, because I don’t have, I don’t really have an example. I don’t live in the Silicon Valley. I don’t, I’m not around a ton of entrepreneurs. It’s not an entrepreneur culture where I live in northwestern Pennsylvania.

34:14
So I didn’t have an example really. so thank God for your class because I was connected with a bunch of other people that were doing it. And I have this one uncle, he’s 89 and he never went to college and he lives right by me actually. And he owns a plastics plant. makes like 80 % of the deodorant caps in the entire world. And he’s done amazing things with his life. And he told me a long time ago, if I were you, I would start something on the internet. Really? An 89 year old told you that? That’s hilarious.

34:42
Yeah, he’s old school manufacturer and he’s got like factories all over the world, but he’s always been a big inspiration to me. And he’s, mean, he’s extremely wealthy. Like he’s, he has a ton of money, but he, you he was just like, should, you know, work, you know, you should do more. You should, you could make so much money, but he was someone who like slept in his office for years. And like, you know, he, his entire life was that company and like, just don’t really want that. But so, you know, I had his example. So I think like you have to.

35:10
it’s so crucial to be able to connect with like minded people. Because let’s be honest, like most people are speaking from their own fears when they tell you not to do something. Yeah. And you’re that’s why your class was so helpful. Because I was there. I mean, for months, I was at every office hour asking questions. I was listening to your podcast, I was being inspired, I was being reminded that it is possible. So that’s, that would be the advice I give to people. And in terms of just like the work part of it, what would you say is the hardest part?

35:40
I think working on your own, doing, like if you’re used to being in an office, even though you like can’t stand most of your coworkers, you know, it’s like, you have like a camaraderie, you have that friend you get coffee with, and then like you’re kind of alone all day, you know, especially with me, I had to upload all those products, it could get very monotonous. Yeah. So doing that was kind of tough in the beginning. Did you join any focus groups? I’m just curious. I didn’t, like I tried to, but like,

36:08
It didn’t, like the times didn’t work out or, you know, and I felt really good about the forums that you had and the Facebook page and the office hours. So that was good for me. And if you were to have any advice for people just starting out, who probably feel the same way you did when you were first starting out, what advice would you give them? Well, definitely take your class because it’s, you just learn so much. You know, that learning curve is very steep.

36:37
So why, you know, why reinvent the wheel during your class was definitely worth it. learned so much and getting the support with the keyword research that I was able to share with you. And, you know, we’ve had a check-in before and then, you know, checking with other people, like I didn’t know what to do about my first charge back or like the first time someone said they didn’t get their shipment and I know it was mailed. So that that’s very important. And then the other thing would be, don’t be too afraid to hire somebody for something that you can’t do yourself. Like it’s very admirable.

37:07
to learn things and do things yourself. But I would say like, your limits. Like if you’re not a technical person, I’m not, do not feel bad about going to get somebody because now I have this guy in Pakistan and I’ve had other little things. I’m like, Hey, can I, can you fix this for me? And now I have kind of a go-to guy so I can focus on the things I’m good at, like writing content and you know, getting new cool products into the store and like, you know, researching apps that make them site better, things like that.

37:36
Actually, can we describe that? Can you describe that process? Like, how did you find that person in Pakistan? But I think I went on Fiverr actually. Really? Okay, interesting. Yeah, I did. Yeah. It was way more than five bucks, but he’s really, really good. And he’s a pleasure to work with. Did you say I need help connecting my site to the system? Yes. Yes. I went in like, and I was like, and here’s all the issues I’m having. Like, it sounds very straightforward, but

38:03
they’re in, they’re not, it was like active mode versus passive mode and this, this, can you handle this, you know? And this guy did it. So now he’s very familiar with my store and I can, you know, go back to him if I ever need to. Nice. Can I just get, you don’t have to say the exact number, but can I just get an idea of how much it costs per hour? Oh, compared to the U.S. What did I pay? I don’t know, like 10, $20 an hour? Which is probably a great, maybe 10 bucks. It’s probably like a great salary in Pakistan. Right.

38:33
Did you look at anyone in the US just curious for comparison purposes? was. Well, you know, curiously enough, I was willing to pay anything because I wanted to save my store. But like people in the US couldn’t do it. They’re like, Oh, no, I don’t know how to do that. okay, okay. It’s a really weird problem. I don’t know what I have a weird store. So with your with your store design, like when you did that, I remember that first design when I did your critique, you had designed that yourself, right? That first stab. It was

39:02
It was not great. Actually, I actually watched the review before getting on here actually looked decent. It just needed a few touch ups here and there. But but are using that same Pakistan person. Did he redesign your site as well? No, I actually hired an American company, a guy out in New York City, like a guy in Long Island. He has a small team. And he was a little more expensive, like $50 an hour, but he was very good. He was fast. So I would use him for anything aesthetic. And how did you find him?

39:29
I think Shopify experts. Yeah. Okay. All right. Yeah, these are just good tips. I’m just trying to bring out because if anyone’s listening, and most people do need extra help, right? I mean, I would say 90 % of the population is not technical. Yeah, exactly. And to to do like the little things like, if you need like a graphic moved or something else, do you have basic HTML skills at this point? Or do you just contact that developer person? Oh, yeah, I am.

39:58
I am pretty good at that because I worked in content development at that, know, Fortune 500 company. So I have basic HTML. I also have a lot of good friends who are graphic designers that can like just tell me what to do. Okay. Okay. So tell me what does it look like for you going forward? Well, I really, I want to put more time in my store. I really do. think 2021, you know, is going to be my year. I mean, you know, like my daughter’s sleeping through the night a little bit. So we’re going to

40:27
get to that point, I’ll have more energy. And then I’m hoping I can keep my store growth, you where it’s at, if it could grow at 250 % every year, that would be amazing. I just want to keep putting in new products. It needs more content. I need to just keep my, you know, current customers engaged. And I think I can just kind of stay on autopilot and eventually, you know, I’m five or 10 years out, maybe five years when my kids are like in grade school, I have not ruled out importing my own products because everybody else.

40:57
is buying from these third party wholesalers. But the problem is like they’re definitely a middleman. So if I could just go around them, you can easily cut the price 50%. Yeah. And I have these people in China reaching out to me all the time. And I said, Okay, let me just keep you in my back pocket. Because I might do that someday. I was thinking you just go through and look at your best sellers and maybe just try one product. Really? Yeah, maybe what happens.

41:23
Yeah, like one category we talked about doesn’t have to be a category could just be like one or two products, right? They’re selling well, dip your toes in the water. Don’t invest in a huge amount. Yeah, not a lot. People. Yeah, but people I don’t know, like when I look at people’s orders, like it’s so random, like they have something from every category usually. Oh, is that right? Okay. Yeah, like these miniature collectors, like they want something of everything. They need the food, they need the furniture. They need the dolls. want the dog clothes. They just need. It’s just like never ending.

41:52
That’s like the best niche ever. Yeah. Yeah. You can just keep mining them. Right. Exactly. mean, repeat business is great. Once you have that customer list, you could probably just sell to them in perpetuity. I would imagine. Exactly. And that’s what, when I worked at the electronics company, they were always like, well, we need to get more sales. And it’s like, you can’t really, like when someone buys those headphones, they were like a hundred dollars, $150. They’re not coming back every month that, know, they might buy a gift, but you know,

42:20
you would spend like all this money acquiring a customer, but you could never get anything else out of them really. Yeah. Yeah. I imagine your email ROI is like amazing. It’s pretty good. Oh yeah. Yeah. It’s good. Let me ask you this last question. You started this before you had kids, right? Yes, I did. And I started mine, I would say a year before I started having kids and same with you, right? Yeah. It two years. Do you think you could do it now with starting from scratch with, with like just

42:49
two young kids or just even one newborn? You know, to be honest, probably not. So, I mean, there are some women who are amazing that, you know, only need four hours of sleep and everything, but I’m not one of them. And I think starting, you know, I started this, I mean, I quit my full time job for six months, and just to get this site up and going. And that was like all I did every day was work on this website, getting the products, doing everything myself. So really, there would be no way unless you had like a lot of help. So in that

43:18
In that respect, it was very fortuitous that I was able to start this as a single person. But I told my husband, I’m not against starting another like drop ship store, but I’m certainly not going to start one with that needs the sheer amount of products that this one does. Right. 10 products. And I could have had that store. Like I, I, I’m very confident that if I found the right drop ship product, I could have a store up in two months and start making money. I haven’t ruled that out either. Actually. Yeah. I mean, it’s very scalable. You could easily do it.

43:46
You just gotta find the right product with a good margin, and a good supplier. And I was like, that wouldn’t be a bad idea either. Like if you had two six-figure stores, you could easily have a six-figure salary. I live in a very inexpensive part of the country, so that helps. So I have all these ideas. I just haven’t executed any yet. Yeah, the reason why I asked you that question about the kids is like, I’m always of the philosophy, you have to dig your well before you are thirsty. by the time like…

44:15
I remember when I had my U-Born, that was like 100 % of my time. So it’s better to just start early and kind of anticipate that your life is gonna change and just get started sooner rather than later, basically. Yeah, I would encourage any potential mom out there, as much as you can get done before kids. Because even before I had my second child, I was getting emails ready for weeks, because I knew those first six weeks were gonna be insane.

44:42
you know, so didn’t even want to touch my store unless it was just to deal with a customer complaint and pay my sales tax. That was like all I was going to do. Well, Amanda, thanks a lot for coming on the show and sharing your story. It’s been great. It always just makes me so happy. Like that email that you sent me. It just made me so happy that day. Like whenever I see a student that’s successful, and it’s it’s really changed, or basically allow them to stay spend more time with their family. That just makes me happy.

45:10
Oh my gosh, Steve, I was waiting to hit six figures. And was like, as soon as I hit six figures, I had that email ready to go because, like I was telling you before, I would walk to work, you know, and just think, wow, I’ve listened to your podcast and be like, I want to be like these people. But I had a lot of self doubt and I just didn’t think I could do it. And, you know, it is very surreal to be here and it is a total blessing to have this time with my daughters. Um, my, my parents both worked a lot when I was growing up, we were always with different sitters.

45:39
and the quality of life I’m able to have. It really blows my mind. That’s amazing, Amanda. Well, thanks again for your time because I know you got two little ones. I don’t know if they’re napping right now or what, but. I can feed one. My mom’s over and I’m like, if she cries, don’t come in. You just have to rock her for a while. She’ll be okay. Second kid, know, you’re like way more relaxed. It was great to have you on and please keep in touch. Thanks, Steve. All right. Take care.

46:08
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now those of you who have followed me for a very long time know that I’m actually not a huge fan of drop shipping, but now that Amanda has established traffic and an audience, the sky is the limit. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 342. And once again, I want to thank postscoop.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. Now SMS is the next big own marketing platform.

46:36
and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

47:05
Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

341: How To Fight Back Against Chinese Counterfeits With Steven Weigler

341: How To Fight Back Against Chinese Counterfeits With Steven Weigler

Today I’m thrilled to have Steven Weigler on the show, Steve is my go-to guy when it comes to intellectual property protection, copyrights and trademarks.

He is the founder of Emergecounsel.com where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their IP. I brought him on the podcast today because Amazon copycats and IP theft is out of control. Factories in China are blatantly stealing designs and selling them in the US.

In this episode, Steve teaches us how to fight back.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to protect your intellectual property.
  • Should you patent your design?
  • The differences between copyrights, trademarks and patents.
  • How to prevent Chinese Factories from stealing your designs.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my favorite IP lawyer on the show, Steven Weigler. Now Steven is someone who I consult whenever I have a trademark or an IP protection problem, and he’s helped me with some trademarks in the past as well. Now I always feel racist and awkward when I say this since I’m Chinese, but today Steve is going to teach us what we can do to fight back against factories in China.

00:28
from stealing our designs and outright copying our products on Amazon. But before I begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution,

00:57
converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Businesses are always most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo, Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now, having used Klaviyo for many years now,

01:23
I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for ecommerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS. So if you’re ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

01:53
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:10
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Stephen Weigler on the show. Now Stephen is someone who I met back in 2016, I think, through an attendee from the Seller Summit. And I’ve actually used his legal services on a number of occasions. He’s spoken at the Seller Summit several times. And today he is my go-to guy when it comes to intellectual property protection, copyrights, trademarks, you name it. He is the founder of EmergeCouncil.com where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their IP.

02:37
Anyway, the reason why I brought him on the podcast today is because Amazon copycats and IP theft is getting worse and worse. Furthermore, factories in China are also stealing designs and selling them in the US and Steve is going to teach us what we can do to fight back. And with that, welcome to the show, Steve, how are doing today? Good, good to hear from you, Steve, as always. And I’m glad everything’s going well. Under the circumstances. Yeah, seriously. Give us the quick background because I’m sure some of the listeners don’t know who you are. What you specialize in?

03:07
when it comes to your practice? Sure. So just as a little bit of background, I was an attorney for AT &T Corporation a long time ago. And that’s really where I learned about the importance of IP assets. And after that, I started my own company. It was focused on predictive analytics for school districts. But through that experience, have been an entrepreneur. I’ve to raise a lot of funding and deal with issues like boards.

03:35
But one big thing is I started a brand from nothing. The product and the goods and services didn’t exist. And so through that experience, I really learned a tremendous amount about the value of intangible assets, is in literally speaking means things you can’t touch. But figuratively speaking, it’s intellectual property. what I learned is that, and I did that for eight years and then started my own law firm. What I learned is that intellectual property,

04:05
especially how you brand yourself or how you brand your good or services is extraordinarily important and can be easily protected at a relatively low cost point. And so Emerge Console, our whole focus is really doing kind of the same work as large comprehensive law firms that really focus on enterprise businesses like AT &T and taking that and working with markets that are early stage or could be solo paniers or

04:34
or growing companies and using those same strategies and helping them on their IP strategy. And we know the first, the biggest thing and certainly the biggest thing for Amazon is trademark and how you brand and how you protect that brand. Yeah, I mean, this is what I like about you. You’re used to dealing with smaller businesses and that sort of thing as opposed to these large law firms that they usually charge on the leg actually. Won’t work with you or if they work with you it’s

05:04
It’s kind of on a, well, it’s not on a fast track. That’s for sure. You’re not going to get a senior partner unless it’s your father or something or your mother. All right. Well, let’s, let’s talk about Amazon. Let’s say I have a new invention and no one’s making it just yet. And I want to sell it on Amazon, but I’m worried about knockoffs. What would you recommend? And I kind of want to compare the different options here. So I think there’s patents, copyrights, trade secrets. What

05:32
What would you recommend if I was selling an invention? Sure. and the question is a good one in the fact that you identified that you haven’t started yet. So and you haven’t brought it to market yet. That is an excellent time to kind of put your stake in the sand and say, all right, how important, how big is this invention? Because at that point, because you haven’t published it, you haven’t put it up.

06:01
issued it to market, you can actually, if it’s an invention, you could patent that. And a patent means it’s something that’s, it basically protects inventions. And so it either has to be absolutely brand new invention, or it has to be a significant improvement on an existing invention. For example, if the invention were dental floss, you would have to figure out a whole new way that someone could floss their teeth. If you could do that, you could get the patent. Now,

06:30
So if you haven’t gone to market yet, it’s a crucial time to say, do I really have an invention? Now in the patent world, and as Steve knows, I discourage, not actively discourage, and I’m not a patent attorney, but I actively discourage the pursuing of patents because it’s very, very expensive and difficult to enforce. And generally a good patent strategy involves a plethora, a number of patents as opposed to just going and getting one patent.

07:00
And so a good patent strategy usually, you gotta look at any IP strategy as like a little thread. A good IP strategy takes the thread and it’s a sweater, multiple threads going in between each other. So if you really feel like you have an invention, you should certainly pursue patent expertise. And how I work is I’m not a patent attorney. I certainly can talk about patent strategy. And if it kind of passes,

07:29
the initial discussion like, that’s a good idea. I have a number of patent attorneys in various fields. Like right now we’re working on a, for one client we’re working on a hemp plant patent. On another one we’re working on an electrical design. The third we’re working on something to do with chemicals. And so you’re not going to use the same patent attorney for those three because they come usually from the science that they’re, that we’re trying to protect. So that’s, that’s number one.

07:58
For most of your students and for most of the general public, you’re not gonna have an idea or an invention that’s particularly patentable. And so we look at the other IP strategies, which I can walk through. Hold up, before we jump past the patents. So number one, you can’t have gone to market yet, right, with a patent. Otherwise you can’t follow one. Yeah, mean, the answer is generally yes. You cannot have.

08:24
But for example, if Apple has a new design for their iPhone, because that would be a design patent and maybe have a utility patent for that, that new design could be patented. But generally speaking, for your audience, yes, the moment the cat’s out of the bag, the patent goes out the window. Okay. And can you just give me a ballpark of how much it would cost to get a patent? Yeah.

08:53
Quotes I’ve been getting around 6,000 per patent application. the strategies.

09:02
vary from, all right, file a provisional patent and some of this themselves, they file a provisional patent, which isn’t reviewed by the patent office, the USPTO, but, some inventors go for it and go and get the full patent. I don’t really have advice on that because I’m not a patent attorney. I’ve been told provisional patents are pretty worth. So let me ask you this. If someone on Amazon is violating your patent, is that

09:31
Is it straight? I know you’ve probably worked with clients that have had this happen. Is it pretty straightforward to get them kicked off or is a lot more money required to enforce this pattern? That’s a really good question, Steve. Here’s the problem with a patent in general and dealing with patents on Amazon. And I do do a lot of that kind of work is somebody will come to me and say, I have a patent. And so you read the patent. It doesn’t say that it’s a patent. So for example, I’m just trying to think.

10:00
Maybe it’s a shoe-hider. Well, you read the patent and it talks about how if you put polyurethane and I’m just making this up and rubber together, galvanize it, it’s gonna make a better shoe-hider. That’s what the patent says. Well, Amazon doesn’t, they’re looking at a good, they’re looking at an actual good. So proving that that good that you’re saying is infringing violates your invention is not something that.

10:29
they’re really geared towards understanding or wanting to understand. So it’s relatively complicated to make a patent argument to Amazon. And they tend to, my experience is they tend to ignore those types of arguments because it’s not the same as saying, and we can go into some of this, it’s not the same as saying, I have a trademark called Adidas, which is a trademark is a brand of a good or service.

10:58
and my Adidas shoes have this look and feel. And if we all close our eyes, we know the look and feel of Adidas is the three stripes. That’s the Adidas trademark. Coming to Amazon and saying, my brand name is Adidas and my look and feel, which is called trade dress, is the look and feel of a product. And it’s very obvious to Amazon when something like that is happening. And you can protect all of

11:27
So that type of argument tends to be much easier to make than the argument that you violated a patent. Right. I understand that. Yeah. And violating a patent. mean, if you do have to pursue infringement through the courts, patent infringement, it is one hugely expensive, complicated battle that seems to be going on and on. You can just Google the

11:56
Apple versus Samsung cases and see how much that battle costs and how it keeps on going on. Well, sure, you’re not going to maybe have that battle in district court, in federal district court, but you’re going to have a battle that’s relatively similar in price and complexity. And so it is kind of like you really have to think out if you’re thinking about patenting something.

12:23
and going to market or what the other IP strategies you can use. Okay. So from what I’m hearing here, if I can just summarize is that the patent is probably not going to be very useful for protecting your IP on Amazon, right? And if it does, it’s going to cost a of money. It costs a lot of money and you better have something that not only is patentable, but that that patent really means something and think about a strategy as opposed to one and a

12:52
Well, let me ask you this. So why would anyone get a patent then in the first place? If you’re a small business that doesn’t have a lot of resources? Well, because patents give you exclusivity for that, for that invention in the marketplace for 20 years. So you can’t enforce, if you don’t have the money to enforce it, what’s the point of the money and you don’t plan on partnering up, it’s going to be a tough battle. Okay. Also, I’ve just seen it many times.

13:22
If I can poke holes through it, and I’m not even a patent attorney, just wait till what a patent litigator does to your patent. So you better have a bulletproof strategy. But if you do, you know, it could be, it could be a serious money for you. Right. Like I’m not just disparaging the right play for patents. But I think that there’s other alternatives. And I think most of your, your students and most of my clients, that’s not their strategy. Okay. So let’s move on to what a good strategy to

13:52
ticked like a product that you might sell on Amazon? Sure. so if you look at and Steve, you and I have worked or I’ve worked with a lot of your successful clients, some of your power sellers included. And if you look at their success, it is a combination of potentially the uniqueness of products in the marketplace, in the Amazon marketplace.

14:21
meaning the dogs want to eat, the dogs meaning the consumer wants to eat the dog food. But it’s also a combination of other things they’re doing in their business planning, such as that makes them successful. So one big thing they do, I’ve noticed a successful Amazon seller does, is they really have a good handle on their brand. So a brand is how you hold yourself out to goods, I’m sorry, to consumers.

14:50
So how you look on Amazon is basically what it is, what the name of your product is, what the customer experience, but not only that, what the customer experience is going to be. And so a good, and protecting all of that is through trademark. And as I said in the Adidas example, it’s also through something called trade dress where you protect the look and feel. And so that is really,

15:19
If you’re start somewhere, it’s having a discussion either with your brand or with someone like you, Steve, and I know a lot of people talk to you about brand, a lot of your students. And the third, and then, or someone like me, because I just have a lot of experience in identifying brand, and then really mapping out what your brand and brand protection strategy are. So how are you going to protect the uniqueness of not only the name of the product,

15:48
but the look and feel of your product and the look and feel of the customer experience. For example, that’s not so important for Amazon, but it’s important when you move to your own Shopify site or something where you’re have a complete customer experience. let me ask you this. What are some pitfalls of registering your trademark yourself? Well, there’s a number. Number one is when you have to sit and strategize, if you have no strategy, you have no game.

16:18
And that’s true in basketball, it’s true in trademark. So really stepping back and figuring out what the, the categorization of the product, meaning there’s 45 different categories. The first 35 are goods. second, um, fifth, the second 10 are, are services and you have to put it in the right category. Otherwise your trademark is worthless. Then you can’t describe it to, you can’t take too much real estate in your description. You can’t take too little real estate.

16:46
There’s tons of technical issues involved. Most importantly, if you don’t nail that brand and explain what the brand is to Amazon, I’m sorry, to the USPTO, there’s a chance that you might infringe on someone else’s trademark and not only get rejected by the USPTO, but set a record that you’re infringing on someone else’s trademark, which if it’s a big company, chances are…

17:13
you’re going to get a cease and desist letter and potential lawsuit just by filing your trademark. Okay. Yeah. So, so a lot of times, um, larger companies and frankly, a lot of my smaller successful companies are starting to monitor everyone. The filings coming into the USPTO and we do that all the time. And if we see something that’s infringing, we will threaten to, you know, the client has to be okay with it, but we will threaten to, to, um, seize the goods and enforce our trademark against them.

17:44
So if you don’t do this right, not only are you, you’re ruining your offense, you’re creating a situation where you’re gonna need an attorney because you’re gonna potentially get a cease and desist letter. So where it’s a very low cost and of low expense. And for example, we do the initial consult where we map out the brand, help map out the brand for free. But we have to have those discussions and figure out what you’re trying to protect and making sure that we don’t hit any landmines when we’re trying to.

18:13
What’s an example of a landmine?

18:17
Yeah, go ahead, Steve. Yeah, what’s an example of a landmine? A landmine is one is what I just talked about. Number two is where you file the trademark and you you get denied because the market itself is could be descriptive or considered generic. It has to have some originality to it to be to be able to be protected by the USPTO. So we get sometimes a descriptiveness refusal, which is terrible because of clon.

18:47
the Amazon seller’s already in the market and then their trademark gets denied for being descriptive or the kind of the kiss of death one is where USPTO determines that your mark has caused confusion with other models. There’s situations also where you think you got the trademark and you actually get the certificate and then you figure out that you filed it wrong. For example,

19:16
I’m just trying to think of an Amazon example, but you file for a services mark, like your online store. If you’re going to go Shopify, you file, say the name is Seller Summit and it’s it’s an online store. But, and you file as an online store, but you don’t file to protect the goods. And then someone takes the trademark for the goods. So there’s a whole bunch of, whole bunch of things that happen in our world. And,

19:45
The best strategy again is if you, I just look to use, cause the NBA finals are on, is I keep on using a basketball example, which is if you don’t come out, like all the players are good and you have to figure out all your competitors are, you know, good enough to get to the market. So you got to come out with a strategy. And if you don’t have a strategy, chances are that you are going to get killed, which no one wants to happen to you, or that you’re going to come back and have to pay more money to undo

20:15
the lack of strategy you have and put together this. Actually, that was what I was just about to ask you. Some people just want to just kind of rush through the trademark so they can get Amazon brand registry. Can you undo like, what does it take to undo something if you screwed up the first time? Well, a lot of times you have to abandon it. Sometimes the worst case scenarios is that you have to abandon the brand, meaning you have to re rebrand, relabel and like, file the trademark or well, sometimes you have to refile the trademark and start all over.

20:45
But sometimes you have to rebrand meaning whatever you were doing isn’t going to work because you, you, you set off burglar alarms or you hit stepped into the bear trap. And so it’s, it’s, there’s huge peril to it. And so what Amazon’s doing, by the way, Steve on the brand registry is they have a new pilot program that, and your students have had success with this. Whereas we filed a trademark and the moment we file.

21:13
we can fill out this form and it’s considered to be placed immediately on the bread right. Yeah. Yeah. So they’re, they’re aware, they’re aware of what the situation is. And, um, but at the same time, uh, Amazon, Amazon cares about Amazon and I guess they should. So they’re not necessarily looking out for you and your brand. All right. So the trademark, think most people out there understand, mean,

21:41
A lot of people have talked about it already for getting brand registry and it’s pretty easy to get a listing taken down for trademark infringement. Like if they’re using either your mark in their listing and whatnot. But what if it’s not a trademark infringement? What if someone is literally copying your design and there’s one of my students in my class who’s very successful and I think they’ve gone to you. Obviously what she has isn’t patentable but you suggested a copyright. Can you just kind of talk about what

22:11
Cause I was told a long time ago that if you just put copyright somewhere on there, that protects you. But then, uh, in the past, we’ve talked about registered copyrights. Can you kind of just define what all these things are? So again, just walking back to the kind of the main branch of the tree or the main trunk of the tree is you have to, it’s a good idea when you, when you’re going to start this whole process is to have a strategy. And so I look at, I look at copyright as one of the, like, if you are a painter,

22:41
or a artist, or even a handy person, it’s one of the tools you have in your tool chest. So trademark is one tool and it protects brand. Copyright protects original works of art. And it’s protected by the constitution of the United States and it’s really cheap and really easy to register. so you have to look at, when you’re looking at, you’re about to paint a canvas,

23:11
sure you’re looking at the brush that’s gonna get 90 % of the canvas painted, which is your broad brush, which is your trademarks. You also have to look at a copyright strategy, which is another brush. so copyrights, again, protect original works of art. Well, original works of art can be logos, they can be websites, they can be songs, they can be logos, they can be almost…

23:37
that can definitely be web copy, that can be how you describe your product, as long as it’s original. you’re not saying it’s a hamburger, like that’s not gonna be copyrightable. But if you’re explaining what the hamburger is or what your product is, all that wording can be copyrighted. And so when we’re looking at copyrights, we’re looking at what can we do to keep a competitor out?

24:06
And also this is, and so a lot of times it is kind of the description of the product or it is a picture of the product packaging. So if you look at good copyrighted product packaging, um, to Blaron, the chocolate that’s in the triangle, that’s an example of original product packaging. Um, even how M and M’s are packaged or how M and M’s look, that’s an example of something that could be copyrighted.

24:36
So, and it’s, so that’s really what copyright strategy does. Now copyright, Steve, you’re right. Copyright can be protected just by putting a C, but it’s not enforced. then, so it’s putting a C, the year, and who protected it. So for example, my company is called Emerge Console. If it were my copyright on my website, I put the C, the year,

25:05
Emerge Consul LLC that would protect it. However, copyright protection is not enforceable unless you file a registration for the copyright at the United States Copyright Office. So if it’s not enforceable, what’s the point of even? It is like it’s almost like reading philosophy. It’s like you read it and you’re like, I can’t believe someone wouldn’t want to file it for registration the way they courts interpret enforceability.

25:34
And the cool thing about copyright is, unlike trademark, there’s statutory damages. So if someone infringes on your copyright, you can threaten to sue them, and the damages can go up to $100,000 per incident if you register it. But you can enforce it if you don’t. OK, so basically it’s worthless to just write copyright down, essentially. It’s close to it. I mean, I don’t see any value in doing that. Or it’s better than not doing it, I guess is the point.

26:04
But if you want, know, copyright is, it is about $50 a filing is the cost and you can, you can take collections so you don’t have to file one copyright for each, each of the, so for example, if you had five product designs, well, you take, could have one application for those five product designs for, I think the price just went up, but it’s like $65. Okay. So what would you recommend to protect an Amazon listing?

26:33
So an Amazon listing, the problem with an Amazon listing is part of it is, of the listing is owned by Amazon, right? Their website is owned by Amazon. So you’re gonna take the part of your product description and also another one of the product packaging. And then potentially the logo. Logos are hard to get through because again, they have to be original works of art. Your writing of the description is original.

27:02
Logos, a lot of times it’s like, like I just got one and it’s a CMG put together. Well, the copyright office isn’t going to see and G has been invented by someone else’s. It’s part of the English language. They don’t care that it’s put together. Like that part can be a little tricky. And then Steve, but that’s again, if we’re looking at a strategy, we’re going to put this all on a spreadsheet. So we’re going to say, all right, well, here’s your trademarks. And it might be one or two or two or three.

27:31
And then we’re just going to say, all right, here’s the elements of your copyright that have been protected. So that’s another, I would look at it as another branch of the tree, but you put it all in a spreadsheet. So with different tabs, so you can see how you’re strategizing, just like we talked about patent. You don’t want to just have one patent to be done. You need a strategy. And so this shows a strategy. So let’s say you file a copyright on your design, like your packaging and maybe your copy.

27:59
And let’s say someone comes around and just makes like a tiny little change. Technically, the copyright isn’t enforceable then, right? At that point? Well, I have one right now. It’s an interesting question. And it’s a loaded question that if you took copyright in law school and sat through a whole semester, you still want to have the question answered. But but the point is, is if there is no surefire test on whether that’s a copyright violation,

28:28
But if you can take a look, it’s almost like a long time ago, the Supreme Court of the United States defined what pornography is. And they said, can identify it when you see it. so, know, porn compared to art. The same holds true with copyright. If there’s a multi-factor test to determine if there’s been infringement, but one of the ways to do it is if you look at it and it looks pretty similar and it looks like they copied original.

28:58
elements of your art, you can claim copyright violation. that’s, generally speaking, it’s not, it doesn’t have to be a direct counterfeit. It just has to be, it has to look damn close to it. So you could convince a finder of fact that they took your stuff. Like I’ll give you an example. Right now we’re working on an animation copyright case where somebody took some huge publishing company, like a

29:27
I don’t think it’s universal, but it’s one of those companies took one of my clients pieces of art and put it in an animated cartoon. And you can see where the piece of art is. The rest of that cartoon doesn’t look anything like it, but the background is there’s his art sitting in the background. And that is clear copyright violation. it’s a loaded question, it doesn’t have to be any changes still might violate copyright.

29:58
A good way to think about it is listen to all the music copyright violation cases. Like there’s one where the Temptations, I think, said that George Harrison ripped off their music. Well, you listen to it and it doesn’t sound like George Harrison did anything of the sort, but a musicologist compared the notes or the way the notes were going and claimed and successfully claimed copyright infringement.

30:26
It is a loaded question. It’s not sure. But that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t do it. But again, you have to be smart, like just like trademark. You don’t just do it to do or, you know, buy. would suggest not buying a book about trademark for dummies. Like it’s just not your time is better spent doing something else and leaving it to somebody that this is all we do. And you recommend copyrights because it’s cheap to file. But in the in the event that you have to enforce it, then you

30:56
then it becomes kind of like the patent situation then, right? Honestly, think it’s easier to, my personal view is, and what I’ve noticed in my practice, it is easier to enforce and more threatening to enforce than a patent infringement because there’s statutory damages and no one wants to screw around. And definitely easier to enforce than a, unless the trademark violation is over. Because the trademark is difficult to sometimes enforce in the court.

31:26
Okay. So I think, I think it’s like, I think it’s, it’s really an underappreciated area of law. And for those of you guys that do your own code, for example, like you have your own Spotify site, you do your own code, you can also protect code through copyright. And a lot of that can be trade secret. You don’t even have to show the copyright office, the trade secret elements of the code. So it just, there’s a huge amount of value in copyright and it’s huge, hugely

31:56
Well, it’s underappreciated and underpriced really is where we are on copyright. And then if I could cover one more thing, Steve is the, so we’re looking at again, trunks on the tree and our branches off the trunks of the tree. The fourth branch is trade secret. You guys, can’t emphasize enough as when you grow as an Amazon brand or a e-commerce brand,

32:23
that a lot of times you’re starting with, it’s just you, or it’s just you and maybe someone that is a trustworthy source. But a lot of times as you grow, you’re not paying attention or there’s a tendency not to pay attention to the fact that your secret sauce is being distributed freely inside your company. And chances are, just from my experience in business, that the people you started your business with

32:51
aren’t necessarily going to be the people you end your business with. And so you have to, there are certain elements of how you get successful that are called trade secret. For example, what are you doing with how you answering Amazon questions? How are you getting to the top of the list on Amazon? How are you pricing your product? How, what’s your map pricing if you’re using multiple sources to sell your product?

33:19
All those things can be considered trade secret and you have to sign an agreement inside your company on what those are and that you’ll sue if necessary. No one wants to sue anyone. I mean, most people don’t, but that you’ll, you’re going to take strong action to make sure that these remain trade secret. So those are things inside the company that you can do. A great example is Coca-Cola. They never patented their formula because they didn’t want anyone to know it.

33:48
The patent you have to publish. But the formula is trade secret and only few people in the company know it. And if those people ever leaked it, they’d be in serious trouble. They’d be facing huge damages because the Coca-Cola secret formula would be out. The same holds true and I see this time and time again with a lot of our Amazon clients is that they’re not taking the steps as they grow to protect their…

34:16
the elements of intellectual property inside the company. Well, if you can’t do it inside the company, how are you going to do it outside the company? So does that involve filing someone or getting the employees to sign something or it’s getting the employees because the employees are independent contractors to sign something. Okay, got it. But it is mapping out what it is. Right. Okay. Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about a common problem that I common question I get asked is

34:44
If I’m designing something and I’m sending it over to a Chinese factory, how do I stop them from taking that design and selling it on their own?

34:54
Sure. Well, let’s go back to again, you always need a strategy. if you’re, so the first, if a, if a client called me, the first thing I’d ask is, right, where are you manufacturing? Are you manufacturing in outside the United States? The answer is yes. Then it’s like, all right, have you done any due diligence or is this someone you found on, on, on Alibaba express or like, how did you, how did you find this, this manufacturer? And the answer is like,

35:21
Well, I found them on Alibaba and I have no prior experience with them. There’s two things I would suggest you do. The first is ask if you can do it outside the platform. Ask for what their terms and conditions are of the sale and how they’re protecting intellectual property rights. You can even ask for it if they don’t speak English. You can ask for them to send it in Mandarin. So you want to see how they even suggest that they would handle some.

35:51
The second thing is for the intellectual property rights is you can protect the trademarks and the copyright in China. And China is really good at, probably better than the United States, and Alibaba’s really good at this, is if they see that there’s intellectual property protected in China, they will take down the listing. So it’s notorious.

36:21
Chinese factories are notorious for copying, selling goods and then maybe manufacturing double that amount and using it on Alibaba. Or the second thing is if you have a unique good, well again, have to, it’s no different than printing. They have to ink the press. They have to get the molds ready. So again, it’s in their, it’s their advantage to print more or to manufacture more.

36:50
And so again, the best way to deal with that is if you have the intellectual property rights, it’s going to be much easier to enforce at that point. So how do you get the intellectual property rights? Can you just kind of walk through it? of times there’s two ways to do it. We can, we can get the intellectual property rights through something called the Madrid protocol for trademark. And there’s something called the burn convention for, for copyright. And there’s, there’s something in patent too. So that’s, that’s a strategy that originally we were doing, but

37:19
In my opinion, it’s better to it to talk to someone like me and someone like me has a connection in with a Chinese law firm and the Chinese law firm. We work in concert to make sure that the, mark is filed, the marker, the copyright or if it’s a bad, is filed in China through and that you have protection in China. Surprisingly, it’s very, very inexpensive to do that, especially if we’ve worked up the strategy.

37:49
meaning that we know what category to put it in. We know what the goods and services are. We know what the mark is. And then we just send it over to them to file it in China. The filing fees are really low. Can you give me a ballpark? Sure. It’s less than a thousand dollars for everything. Right. Okay. That’s reasonable. And then does copyright work the same way over there that that it does in the U.S.? Yes. Okay. But there are arguably it works more efficiently. Really? Yeah. Okay.

38:18
What about trade marks? thing. It’s a one party government. If it’s their stuff, I mean, the connotation, it’s an interesting connotation because we have issues. mean, it’s no secret that the United States and China are in kind of a crosshairs right now. And so we always think, well, you know, and we see all these knockoffs or counterfeits and we think, oh, well, things must be crazy over there. Well, they enforce their law very well.

38:46
So certainly we have to look at customs, how, again, Chinese manufacturers, it’s in a, they’re not into small orders. It’s not lucrative. And so you have to look at it from their perspective, but at the same time, you’re protecting yourself. And if they see that you’re really taking steps to protect yourself, well, then they’re gonna find someone else to prey on.

39:13
So you recommend getting the copyright and trademark in China as well as whatever market that you’re selling. Yes, if that’s your strategy. So like, for example, Steve, I just had a person say, well, I’m manufacturing in Michigan. Well, then no. Right, But for most, yes, most Amazon sellers have some access to the Chinese. That’s where the manufacturing is coming from. The other

39:42
aspect of that is think about if you all of sudden see your product being knocked off on the Marketplace or or that there’s counterfeits of your listing or your product Well think about how hard it is to stop it once it hits the American border Because you got to look at it like I look at it like you know when you turn on the faucet how at the beginning the water all kind of comes in the same direction, but when it hits the backsplash for the

40:09
you know, the sink, it splatters in many different directions. The same holds true when you see an Amazon counterfeit listing. It’s not usually just one, it’s many, many. And so that’s because once the goods hit the American market, they’re gonna try and market it in many different ways. If we can, I know it sounds hard, but it’s not. If we can stop those goods at the Chinese border, where before the ship leaves the bay, then you’re not gonna have that, then the water is gonna be

40:39
closer to the beginning of the faucet and not when it’s hitting the sink and you gotta clean up the whole bathroom. So walk me through this process. Let’s say I see knockoffs on Amazon. First of all, how do I find out who’s responsible and then how do I go after them? Sure. So when you see knockoffs on Amazon, there’s many different ways to figure out who’s knocking them off. One way is to subpoena, you can see actually subpoena Amazon and get the

41:08
the names of the actual manufacturer, you can do some, and sometimes our Chinese consul does this because they’re very inexpensive, is they can do research in China to see where the goods are actually emulating out of by looking at the customs orders, because the goods have to leave China. So that has never been a huge issue to find out who’s actually manufacturing the goods, or you can work through, again, through Chinese consul that they call

41:37
the manufacturing you’re working with and either find out it’s them or it’s their brother or it’s, and you get the notes both back in Mandarin and English. So anyway, that has never been a huge issue that we’ve encountered finding out who the infringer actually is. Then the next thing you would do is you would make sure you have some intellectual property rights and you would have Chinese console, usually through telephone calls, although they have offices in pretty much

42:07
every major city, but they virtually door knock and kind of read them the riot act. And that usually does a trick. Again, if you never, from a Chinese manufacturer perspective, and I’m not a Chinese manufacturer, but I think general human instinct is why would I continue trying to knock off this person if

42:36
if there’s resistance. Like generally it’s a wake up call. And knowing that they could be sued in China and really, I mean, we’re not telling them what the budget of our client is, but that they really might see legal ramifications in China is enough to scare them away. I see. So this sounds really intimidating to me actually. let’s say I would contact you and you…

43:02
You have connections with the Chinese console and you’ve actually had factories stop manufacturing and knockoffs. Yeah, a lot. Okay, interesting. But you know what also happens Steve is, is on the opposite side, China is a first to file country. So what Chinese manufacturers or agents will do is sometimes when they’re going to knock off the product and they’re serious, they’ll file the trademark or the copyright first.

43:31
So they’ll file it before you ever thought about it. And then you don’t have those rights. I see. So since it’s that way, it seems like if I have a design in mind before I even give it to a potential manufacturer, and I’m pretty sure I’m going to sell it, I would get the copyright and trademark for it. Is that what you’re suggesting? I think that’s an excellent idea, yes. OK.

43:55
But can I do it even if I don’t have the actual product in hand? Can it be like a drawing? know, like, okay. So the idea is it’s not that different than anything else is if you wait and then it becomes a problem. Well, it’s a very expensive process and it’s very, it’s very uncertain. If you look at it like, all right, I’m thinking about bringing this product to market or

44:21
I’m in market and it’s successful, but I want to protect it. And you call someone like me, we’re going to walk. I can look at what marks have been filed. I have the software to look at what’s been filed in China. And so I can tell you, you know, we can start working on a strategy and it’s extremely well-cost almost. It’s part of the initial console, but, but, um, once again, the cat is out of the bag. becomes really difficult. And if you see someone’s,

44:51
take in your trademark, well, you know, even if you haven’t seen any action so far, you might want to kind of bat down the hatches because you might be seeing something coming in in near future.

45:06
So guess it’s real. I’m not saying everyone has to do this. I’d say it’s a case by case basis. again, ultimately you have to, your students have to ask themselves, what kind of Amazon seller do I ultimately want to be? Is this a, don’t want to my day job and I just want to sell a few dozen a day and maybe take a vacation? Then maybe,

45:36
that’s not important. Do you want to grow your brand and potentially even sell it to a larger conglomerate? Well, this is all the stuff that you better be doing because otherwise you’re not going to be able to do. Right. Yeah. And I would imagine that most people want to start their own brand and not just make, I mean, maybe their initial goal is to make a couple bucks here and there, but the end goal is always to create something that’s large. So I mean, I, that’s, that’s generally.

46:05
you know, got to be in it to win. So let’s wrap things up here. So I’m going to try to summarize and you just correct me if I’m wrong. It sounds like patents for inventions might not necessarily be the way to go. If you have a very low budget, right? Because it’s expensive to file and it’s expensive to enforce and it’s more complicated to enforce, right? Because I imagine there’s all these intricacies to it. Trademark is a must have.

46:34
just for Amazon brand registry, and it’s generally easier to enforce. And in terms of designs, copyright is the way to go because it’s cheap. You said it was like 60 bucks. And it’s much easier to enforce a design than it is a patent. it should be cheaper in theory if you ever go to litigation, right? Yes. mean, I think the threat of litigation is daunting. Like if you’re on the other side of that, it’s going to put up someone’s antenna. OK.

47:04
And then finally, if you want to stop copycats or knockoffs in China, we just talked about China here. At the source, you should get the intellectual property rights in China. And I guess we’d have to go through a lawyer like you who has some connections with the Chinese consulate to get them shut down or threatened. Is that? Absolutely. Okay, it’s always good to have. Again, I started by doing it myself, through some protocols or some treaties we have. But I quickly realized it’s important to have

47:34
relationships in China, and that you as the Amazon seller client have the relationship with the consul in China, who is on their base out of San Francisco. It’s not like it’s daunting to talk to them or intimidating. Okay. And then cost wise, I think you quoted something like at least $6,000 for patent copyright is in the hundreds of dollars, I should say. And then intellectual property rights in China, you said like under $1,000.

48:04
Under $1,000 per filing. Yeah, of course. And our total TM package for trademark runs about $1,000 per trademark. But that’s the entire process. Right. And that includes monitoring also, right? It includes monitoring through the process. Okay. Well, Steve, that was kind of eye opening. I didn’t realize you could shut people down in China. If anyone needs to protect their rights, where can they contact you?

48:34
Sure. You can contact me at SWEIGLER at EmergeEMERGEconsole.com or just go to my website, EmergeConsole.com or I always forget my telephone number. You can always call me at 720-480-8204 or 1888-EMERGE0.

49:03
That’s 1-888-EMERGE-0. We always offer a free consult. I love to learn about you and your businesses. Sometimes it might be like, let’s wait and hold, potentially because you’re too early stage or there might be a better fit for you. But I love if you ever think that you wanna grow a brand or grow an Amazon business, please give me a call. Awesome. Well, thanks a lot, Steve. Thank you, Steve.

49:35
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, before I met Steve, I was under the impression that not much could be done to prevent a factory from stealing your idea unless you spend an ungodly amount of money. But it’s good to know that there are ways to fight back directly in China with the right connections. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 341. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

50:03
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

50:30
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how I use these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quitter Job.

50:51
where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

340: Imposter Syndrome And All My Insecurities Wrapped In One Episode With Steve Chou

340: Imposter Syndrome And All My Insecurities Wrapped In One Episode

Today is special because I’m sharing another episode of my other podcast with my business partner Toni called the Profitable Audience podcast.

If you haven’t checked it out yet, both Toni and I leverage our experiences with blogging, running events, list building, YouTube, podcasting, membership sites, digital products in order to teach you how to build and monetize your audience.  

In this episode, I get personal and talk about all of my insecurities, my fears, my childhood, basically all of my issues wrapped into one tight episode about impostors syndrome.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is imposter syndrome
  • How to overcome imposter syndrome
  • Why people doubt themselves
  • The surprising truth about successful entrepreneurs

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful entrepreneurs and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today is special because I’m sharing another episode of my other podcast with my business partner, Tony, called the Profitable Audience Podcast. Now, if you haven’t checked it out yet, both Tony and I leverage our experiences with blogging, running events, list building, YouTube, podcasting, membership sites, and digital products in order to teach you how to build and monetize your audience.

00:26
So if you’re interested in starting your own online business, then please subscribe to the Profitable Audience Podcast and leave a review. We’re also giving away over $4,000 in prizes through our podcast contest over at profitableaudience.com slash contest. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash contest. All right, so what’s up with today’s episode? As you know, the Profitable Audience Podcast is a place where I don’t really care about what I say, and it’s an opportunity for me to get real and talk about what’s on my mind. So today,

00:56
I’m sharing with you an extremely personal episode where I talk about all my insecurities, my fears, my childhood. Basically all of my issues wrapped into one tight episode about imposter syndrome. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10X larger.

01:25
Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. Also, it’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Businesses are always most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. That’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad

01:55
trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. With advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of your customer experience with email and SMS. So if you are ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth,

02:24
Get a free trial at claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

02:36
Welcome to the profitable audience podcast where we teach you how to build a following that you can monetize. And today we’re going to talk about imposter syndrome. And I didn’t want to turn this into a racial podcast, Tony, but I think most Asians have this problem actually, because we are taught at a young age that we are not good enough and then we have to try harder. And as a result, we’re afraid of talking in general, actually. I don’t think you have this problem though at all, Tony, for as long as I’ve known you.

03:05
I feel like you’ve always had this tremendous confidence that I don’t know where it comes from. mean, okay, why are we friends? how do you how do you get it? First off, what is imposter syndrome and how do you get over it? Well, you know, it’s funny that you said that you think every Asian has it because when I was researching this for the podcast today, I actually came across Do you know this is actually studied like the National Institute of Health has done studies on imposter syndrome.

03:32
I’m not surprised, but what do they say? I actually don’t know about the study. Yeah, I actually read through part of the medical documentation because it was so interesting to me. And basically, it’s not a what is I don’t know what the right word is. They don’t classify it as like a psychological problem because typically with imposter syndrome, it’s not something that you deal with your whole life. It’s a phase. So you have it sometimes and you don’t have it other times. So it can’t be considered like an actual diagnosis.

03:59
Whereas if you had depression, depression is something that you could have. It’s just categorized differently. But they’ve studied it in thousands and thousands of people. And basically what they’ve said is everybody has it at some point or another. I disagree with the study. All the studies, all this, you disagree with science. I feel like I’ve had it all of my life. And even today, I have problems getting over it. Maybe we could talk about that.

04:25
When I wanted to start my blog, the first thing that my mom said was, what can you write about? And then I said, well, I’ve been just read about the store. And she’s like, well, the store doesn’t make enough money. I’m like, well, it’s doing six figures. She’s like, well, I mean, is it making millions? You know, it’s not like a Target or Walmart. And so I was like, oh, okay, ma. Well, I’m just gonna just write. And she’s like, okay, well, maybe I’ll read it. Or she said something like that.

04:55
Okay, well, this isn’t going to be a podcast to talk about your mother. Is this? I know this is like a psychological podcast. Sorry. Okay. But the study, the studies that I read last night did say that a lot of imposter syndrome does come from your childhood. Yes. Yeah, you go. Yes. So does that mean that when you were a kid, since you don’t, okay, first of all, have you ever had imposter syndrome? Oh, absolutely. All the time. Really? Okay. So does that mean you hide it? Well, I hide it well, which is one of the points that we’ll talk about of how to get over it. Okay.

05:25
So clearly you can cover that section because I haven’t gotten over yet. I can talk about the childhood trauma part maybe. Yeah, okay. Dive deep into the archives of your life. All right, so you’re telling me that when you started your blog, you kind of knew that people were going to read it? Like you had the confidence? So yes, I did think people were going to read it, but there’s been other things that I’ve done. So for example, you and I both grew up taking piano lessons.

05:55
Yes. I don’t know how serious your piano lessons were, but based on the fact that you’re Asian, I imagine you did compete. Yeah. Yeah. So probably very similar. And I can remember every single competition that I would go to or recital five seconds before I would sit down. I had forgotten the entire piece. Like I was so nervous and so scared. And like it wasn’t until I put my hands on the keys that it would all come back to me.

06:23
But up until that second, I couldn’t have even told you the name of the song. That happens to me every single competition and even a recital actually. Yeah. And I think it’s that fear, right? That I don’t really know this. I’m not really good enough. I’m not going to play it correctly. I’m going to forget. I’m sorry. That’s not imposter syndrome, Tony. Well, but I think it is because especially if you’re in a recital, like, and I don’t know with your piano teacher, but in my piano teacher, like the little kids always played first. And, you know, as the recital went on, like the more advanced students,

06:52
would play last, right? So you started out with like the kids popping out, Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star and Hot Cross Buns. And then, you you tried to earn that last spot in the recital. Did your teacher do this? Okay. Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star, Hot Cross Buns. What type of messed up piano lessons are these? You didn’t play classical music? So ours. No, I’m saying like, so my piano teacher had students that were like five and 18, right? Okay. So she had two. So in a recital, the five year olds always played first, right? And they’d get up there and do their little bastion.

07:21
songs and you know as the as the kids came out like the better you were the later you went in the recital. Okay. Does that make sense? we had that too. Recitals I actually didn’t get as nervous at because there’s nothing on the line. Except for your family sitting there. Oh yeah but the thing is like for these competitions that I used to enter like we would literally drive three hours to the place. And there wasn’t even a cash prize that’s what bugged me.

07:48
You just get these stupid little ribbons. I got a certificate. Like, I don’t even think I got a ribbon. But for the recital, the big deal was to be the last one. Like, if you were the last one, you were the best student. So I was the last one for several recitals. I was also one of the older students. like, if I wasn’t the last one as one of the older students, that’d be embarrassing, right? But I would always think like, I don’t belong here because there was another boy that was with my teacher and I thought he was better than me. He probably was better than me.

08:16
technically, but I think I was better just overall. And so I beat him out. He used to go last and then I beat him out, right? Like for the last couple recitals I had, but I would always feel like I didn’t deserve to be last. I would get up there and everyone would know that maybe she just felt bad for me or you know, because I always got second last, you know what I mean? Like I didn’t feel like I was the one that should be last. If that’s the worst imposter syndrome story that you have, we got why are you

08:43
Why are we giving this podcast? Maybe this is just be a psychological analysis of my childhood. Of your childhood, should we start back? Let’s talk when you were three years old, Steve, and you took your first algebra 2 course. I’ve got an even more recent story than that. Like back when I used to work in my full-time job, I had major imposter syndrome at my work, even though I had the degrees and the experience and that sort of thing. When I first went into work, I used to think that all engineers had everything meticulously planned out. There was a set way to write code and structure everything.

09:13
And then just over the, so I was afraid to even put out anything because I was afraid it was gonna break. And then I found out that everyone at work is just winging it. And then it took me like 10 years to discover that. It took you 10 years? It did actually, because I have, everyone at where I used to work, and this is one of the reasons why I liked working there, everyone had PhDs from like MIT, Princeton, you know, and Stanford. And so I respected them tremendously. And I just didn’t realize that we’re all the same.

09:42
Okay, but think about this as someone who’s listening to this podcast right now. You have, you can correct me if I’m wrong. You have two engineering degrees from Stanford, right? mean a master’s in Sure. Yes. You have a bachelor’s and master’s in engineering. I mean, Stanford aside from being poor at sports is a pretty good academic school. Poor at sports. I mean, academically it’s no, it’s no FSU, but yeah, I hear what you’re saying.

10:09
Academically, it is a well-respected school. If you say that that’s where your degree is from, there’s a level of respect that comes with that. Just like you just said, well, they had degrees from MIT. There’s a level of respect that comes with that. Sure. Yet even you with two degrees from an Ivy League school felt like a phony. Someone listening is like, well, I have no degree. How do I not feel like a phony? How does that work? Well,

10:36
You just gotta do it, really. When my mom told me she wasn’t gonna read my blog, I still did it anyways. That’s like the most rebellious that I’ve ever been in my life. That’s probably true. I don’t know how you got, again, I don’t think you have imposter syndrome ever. At least I’ve never seen it. For me, it was just about doing it, it was just a means to an ends and just see what happens basically.

11:04
I do think everybody gets, I do think everybody has it at some point or another. I think some people suffer from it more. And I think we’ve met a lot of people, cause you and I, you we have the course, we speak a lot. Well, we used to speak at conferences. We haven’t done that lately, obviously, but we’ve met, we run an event, we’ve met a lot of people. And I think the thing that holds people back is fear. And it’s a lot of it’s rooted in feeling like, especially when we talk about creating something, right? It’s, don’t know enough.

11:33
I’m not smart enough, people don’t like me enough. That’s what keeps people from sort of making that leap from doing something that they like and are okay and to doing something that they love and are great at. I mean, also, and again, I’m just looking at myself this entire episode here. I think getting something perfect before you launch is like the biggest version of that, I think, right? Yeah. When we first launched our e-commerce store, like I was…

12:00
Mainly because of my peers. Like I knew my friends might someday find this site and so I was like super anal about making it perfect and that’s why it took so long to launch. I kept tweaking and tweaking it. When in reality, I don’t even think back then when we started, it didn’t even matter. We should have just gotten it out there earlier. Yeah, and I think we know some people who have launched really early, right? So they maybe are not in that imposter syndrome place and they launch, actually,

12:27
A good example is Jeff Rose, right? Didn’t he launch something without having anything created? He did. He just sent an email out and said, join this, and he had zero content. Obviously, he had built trust with his audience. I don’t know, but he had a really good amount of signups. If he had waited and tried to create this perfect thing before he did that, who knows what he would have missed out on?

12:50
I don’t think Jeff has a lot of imposter syndrome, but he’d probably correct me on that. he does. I want to take some credit for that launch for him, by the way, because we’re in the same mastermind group and that’s how I launched my course. And he was like, oh, okay. You mean I just launched with nothing? I’m like, yeah. Well, here’s the thing I think with launching with nothing though, not to get derailed on launching, if what’s the worst thing is if you spend all this time create, we have people we know that we’ve spent a lot of time creating things and launch didn’t get a great response and realize they created the wrong thing.

13:19
or created it in the wrong way. So almost that just jumping in and not having the perfection side of it is sometimes better for your business because there’s less risk, because you haven’t invested all this time and probably money in something that isn’t the right thing for you. Yeah, no, absolutely. mean, launching with nothing allows you to massage things as you go along. I mean, so we’re getting a little bit off track of imposter syndrome here. I’ll swing us back. So you did bring up a good point.

13:46
And I love that quote, like perfection is the enemy of the good, where you get so focused on having everything perfect that you can’t just launch something that’s good. And I think that’s a way that people that feel like they have imposter syndrome or have imposter syndrome make excuses.

14:03
It’s not ready, it’s not done, I’m not ready to go. I mean, I’ve done, you’ve seen me do this, right? I’m not ready, I’m not ready. Actually, you know what? Maybe that’s like your biggest form of imposter syndrome. It is, it’s the perfection, right? I want it to be perfect, just for the same reasons you do, because my friends are gonna see it, or people that I value, and I don’t want them to think that I’m not good enough, or I don’t know enough. So that perfection gets in the way of action. And I think that’s a way that people can have imposter syndrome and not hide it. A lot of people are purposely trying to hide it, but.

14:33
It masks itself as that perfectionist. There’s actually a quote that I like. I’m trying to think exactly what it is right now. It’s like if it’s perfect by the time you launch, you’ve launched too late. Yeah, I agree. Yeah, I totally agree with that. And then the other thing that you mentioned just a second ago is the mastermind part. And I think that’s one great way to get over imposter syndrome is to have a group of people who are your cheerleaders, just like your mom didn’t quite think that you were making the right decision.

15:01
when you were launching the blog, you had, I don’t know, maybe you didn’t, but if you had other people that were cheering you on, that would help influence you to maybe realize that your mom just probably wasn’t understanding what you were doing. And then, I mean, she still doesn’t really understand what you do fully. And- She’s come around. Yeah, it’s taken a while. You had to get on Google, right? But I think, you know, if you have a group of people that are there to support you and like you pushed Jeff, right, to just launch it.

15:31
If you have that, can kinda help combat imposter syndrome. So, since we’re on that subject, I feel that your friends that are, the ones that actually have full-time jobs and whatnot, they’re probably not gonna be the ones that support you. I remember when we first started our e-commerce store and we wanted to sell handkerchiefs, everyone was like, oh yeah, that’s great, but I could tell deep down that they weren’t, they didn’t think it was gonna work, basically. So you basically have to find people that,

16:00
do similar things, I feel. Yeah, it’s total tangent, but I have to tell you this because I forgot to tell you earlier. So was talking to my parents the other day, and I said something about you. And I said something about Bumblebee. Because I think my family only knows you as like Seller Summit and the stuff we do together. Like they don’t have any idea. Sure. And my dad says he sells what? And I said, hankies. Oh, I was talking about Ruth Bader Ginsburg. Oh, OK. And I said he sells hankies.

16:30
Dad said he’s, like he couldn’t, like acted like he didn’t hear me. I was like, hankies. And he said, no, no he doesn’t. And I was like, yes, that’s what he sells. So anyway, I can see that. Like you’re, I mean, even my dad who like has no interest in, is like, you can’t make a living selling, I think he said something like that. You can’t make a business selling hankies. I was like, well.

16:50
And then I was like, well, they embroider him as if that’s the set. like, oh, little Steve embroidered the handkerchiefs too. I’m like, I mean, that is kind of your value prop. But I like I was immediately like, they embroider him. It’s great. Steve loves to sew. Oh, great. I wonder what your dad thinks about me now. Oh, my gosh. Anyways, it’s pretty funny. But you’re right. Like your friends that have full time jobs and all that, it’s definitely probably not your group. But that’s why I think it’s important to get in with a group of people that are

17:20
like-minded with you because that’s gonna help you. They’re gonna push you forward and force you to do some things that maybe are a little bit out of your comfort zone. Yeah, and just for that, your dad is no longer being, he has no chance of being a member of my mastermind group. Yeah. Good, I don’t think you talk enough about tractors. Actually, you know what’s funny is I was kind of ashamed to sell those things in the very beginning, Precisely for that reaction, because I’m a guy too, right? I mean, what guy sells handkerchiefs?

17:47
Now it’s actually kind of a funny story though, right? We can laugh about it now, but. For sure. But I think that’s a big component is just surrounding yourself with people that believe in you because then when you are feeling like, I can’t do this or I don’t know enough, your friends can remind you of all the things that you’ve accomplished along the way that do make you capable of.

18:08
being able to teach or have a course or have a membership site or run a podcast or start a YouTube channel, right? Whatever it is doesn’t necessarily mean you have to start a store selling hankies. And I actually, I think you’ve said this before and I heard someone else say it the other day on a podcast is that you really only need to know like 10 % more than the people you’re teaching. I think there’s this expectation with people that if I’m gonna do something and call myself not an expert, I don’t like the word expert, but if I’m gonna…

18:35
present myself as a leader in that field, right? I have to know everything. And nobody knows everything, right? Like that’s just unrealistic. I mean, realistically speaking, I’ve heard that quote before, the 10 % quote. I personally think from my perspective, I think 10 % is too little. Yeah, of course you do. I need to know a little bit more about You’re like, need to know 95%. That’s your life. But I’ll give you an example. Like my buddy, who’s one of my close friends,

18:59
He’s always kind of like on the bleeding edge of technology, but he, you know, he’s not an expert. He just does a little bit of research, but he’s always a step ahead of me. And he actually writes about like the tech that he uses, right? I mean, he just kind of documents everything and I always follow his stuff. And I wouldn’t say he’s the expert in anything because he’s just dabbling and learning about it. But he actually has built a following just writing these little tech reviews, you know, of these little things that he just uses.

19:26
So you even have to be an expert or even know a lot about it. Right. And I think that’s honestly something that’s really valuable for people is if they’re watching you learn, but you’re a couple steps ahead of them. Right. So I mean, I think because I think the problem, too, is if you if you become like the world’s foremost expert in something, you’re probably out of touch a little bit with the people that are in the beginning and you’re not as helpful. So if you can start documenting what you’re doing and talking about things when you’re a couple steps ahead of people, I think that’s a real advantage.

19:56
Yeah, I actually distrust people that call themselves experts, because there’s some stigma about that word where if you become an expert at something, I’m willing to bet that you kind of slack off a little bit. You know what I mean? Okay, no I don’t know. Here’s the psychology behind it. If you’re an expert on something, then if there’s something that you don’t know, you might not admit that publicly. Oh yeah, yeah, for sure. You know what I’m saying? And then,

20:24
You just kind of play it off like you’re still the expert and you’re not learning anymore. And actually I think that’s something for me that I had to get okay with is that I hated, I think you and I talked about this before we launched our course is that if someone asks me a question, I want to be able to answer it. Because if I can’t answer it right then I feel like I’m a fake. If I don’t have your answer right that second, then who am I?

20:47
But I realize that sometimes your expertise and your knowledge comes in either knowing how to quickly find the answer, knowing the right people to talk to, knowing how to find the answer, because there’s a lot of people out there that don’t even, they’re not knowledgeable enough to know where to look, right? Because they don’t fully understand the problem, which is fine, because they’ll get there, they’re learning. But that’s part of the reason why you can become a teacher or a leader for people, because you know where to go to get the answers for people too. Right, I mean, some people don’t even know what questions to ask, really. Right.

21:17
Yeah. All right. Well, let’s talk about how to get over this imposter syndrome. Like we’d run a course over at profitableaudience.com and a lot of our people, they’re scared to start or they’re not sure about what to create content about. What are some steps that people out there feeling this can take? So something that I actually read last night, which I thought was a pretty interesting take on the whole imposter syndrome is they actually recommend starting to teach and educate people on the subject that you feel like you’re

21:47
faking about, right? Because the more you teach, the more you learn. And I actually, when I read that, I thought, you know, that’s actually 100 % true because I know you and I, we’ve both been blogging for a million years, right? 10 plus years. We started this course. I think we have a pretty deep knowledge of content marketing. But there’s been things that have come up in the course that we didn’t know the answers to. And I think just even launching the course has made both you and I do things better. Yeah.

22:16
Absolutely, and I’ll give you the perfect example of that. We just gave a lecture on site speed, and I know for me, I know a lot of stuff, but on my priority list sometimes, certain things that we teach might not be number one on my priority list, or there’s so many different things going on in business that I can’t always do everything perfectly, right? And the site speed thing, I recently revisited it, and then I actually did a lot more research, because it had been a while.

22:43
and learned a lot more new things that I actually ended up implementing and breaking my sight on occasion. That’s beside the point. But yeah, just teaching it actually makes you better at what you’re teaching about also in the process. I think it builds your confidence, right? As you teach it.

22:59
and explain it to others, whatever you’re talking about. It doesn’t have to be in the form of a course either. If you’re running a podcast about a specific topic, the more you’re talking about it, the more you’re interviewing experts or talking to people, the more not you’re. And I think in your knowledge growing, your imposter syndrome is going to shrink. I think another thing that helps imposter syndrome shrinking is for me, like when we started running the course, is that people are coming to me. And I’ve run a blogging conference for a long time too. So this isn’t a new thing for me to be teaching this.

23:27
but having people come to you and ask questions sort of confirms to me that, people do trust me. People do feel like I can give them an answer. And the more that that happens, the more confident you get in your ability to help other people. Also, there’s a huge difference in just doing something and teaching it. So, for example, like I run my own ads and they’re profitable, but then when you actually have to teach it, you actually have to go and when you break it down step by step, there’s like a,

23:57
whole lot more that you learn about yourself in the process as well. Yeah, and I think both you and I, it’s been funny. We’ve found all these problems, not problems, opportunities for improvement on our own websites because we’ve been teaching it. So I think just the process of teaching others helps you get over it because you’re just forcing yourself to keep learning. We’ve been talking about teaching a lot here. You don’t even have to teach anything to just put out content and build an audience. I mean, there’s armies of…

24:26
of vloggers on YouTube that all they do is just talk about their life, right? And to me sometimes, I even think to myself, why is anyone watching these people? But you can actually put out content and build an audience just based on your personality alone, right? So you don’t even have to teach anything. I think that though, I will say, is probably the toughest way to get over imposter syndrome. Because you have to believe that your life is interesting enough that people are just gonna listen to you talk about your life, right?

24:56
That’s true. But it’s possible because I mean, but that’s easy too, right? It’s very easy. Yes. Yeah. Yes, for sure. You don’t have like you’re not really an imposter because you’re just being yourself. I guess the only the syndrome would be if people just think you’re dumb or make fun of you, guess. Right. I love it. You go right to. Well, the problem would be people would think you were dumb. But that kind of.

25:21
wraps around to the fake it till you make it point, right? Actually, you know what? Yeah, let’s talk about that point, because I actually don’t like that statement. OK, I didn’t think you would. I put it in the notes and I thought he’s going to say, I thought you would say something before that we recorded, but I’m glad that you’re just throwing it on me now. But I want to hear your take on that first. I OK, so I think fake it is not the fake that you’re thinking. I think you’re thinking. So I immediately thought this is what Steve’s going to going to say.

25:46
because we get a lot of emails saying, I want to teach a course on how to make money online, but I don’t make any money online. Yes, we get that a lot. We do. Yes. And I understand. I understand why people want to do that, because there’s a lot of there’s a lot of opportunity in that space. And it’s lucrative if you can do it the right way. But the only way that you will be successful is if you’re actually making money online. And the people that tend to come to us with that are people that haven’t started doing that yet. And so you’re not you don’t have that trust factor with people or believability.

26:13
So I don’t think it’s fake it like that. I don’t think it’s like say that you’re something that you’re not. I say it’s to me it’s faking the confidence, right? Which is like probably why you think I don’t have a posture system because I’m very good posture syndrome because I’m very good at faking the confidence so that it appears that I think I know things but I mean I know things but it appears that I’m more confident in my knowledge than I really am. That’s the thing. Really? Yes. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter,

26:43
the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark.

27:11
And Emerge Council provides attorney-advised, strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount.

27:41
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

28:07
Have you heard that whenever, I don’t know, because you’ve done a lot of public speaking. I don’t know if you’ve taken any public speaking courses or watched any self-help type videos on that, but they talk about going into the bathroom right before you speak and doing the Superman pose or doing- I do not do any of those things, but go on. I’m curious about these tactics. I like how you’re like, I would never, I would never do anything like that. It really works. It really works if you have something-

28:35
that builds up your confidence before you get on stage. So is that what you do in the bathroom privately? The superman pose? I’m probably adjusting my Spanx in the bathroom. Let’s be real. No, but listening to a certain song that hypes you up or texting a friend who’s going to tell you that you’re awesome. There’s things that you can do to help build your confidence before you get on stage. So that’s the faking. It’s the faking of I can do this. I can get through it.

29:05
I can tell my life story and have it be engaging. I can get on stage and talk about something and feel like people are gonna listen to me and think it’s helpful. So you have to fake that confidence level. I do the opposite, actually. I tell myself, hey, what’s the worst that can happen up there? People aren’t gonna laugh me off stage. Chances are people don’t have tomatoes. Chances are, And so, and it’s only like,

29:33
an hour of my time and people have short memories. It might be bad for a little bit, but then in a month everyone will forget about it. I mean, cause you have had a bad moment on stage. Have I? Yes, do you remember? Which one are you talking about? When I made that bad joke? When you made the bad joke. That was just very minor. I got really good marks for that speech actually. It was cringy. It was cringy, come on. Yeah. No, but it’s interesting. So you don’t feel confident.

30:02
You don’t try to make yourself feel confident before you get on stage. No. I just. You’re completely pessimistic. What is the worst thing that could happen? I could trip and fall on the way up. Yes. I just say, what’s the worst thing that can happen? And that actually makes me feel better. But I don’t pump myself up or anything like that. I just kind of go up and just be myself for the most part. OK, well, science would say that you should not do that.

30:26
Okay. So for people listening. Actually, no, I call my mom. She always gives me real confidence. Like, are you sure that they’re there to listen to you? Did they make a mistake? Are you sure they have the right Steve to? Okay. So, let’s see. Okay. So here just, just another side to that. When this is people in my profitable online store course, when they are looking for vendors to source their physical products online,

30:53
you have to, like if you’re a complete noob, you have to approach the vendor with more confidence that you know what you’re doing. Otherwise they might not take you seriously. So I see the value in that, being confident or projecting confidence, even though you might not actually have it inside. Is that what you mean by fake it till you make it? Yeah, I don’t mean you should fake, like put out BS, right? I think you need to, you have to.

31:19
know what you’re educating people are talking about or whatever it is, right? Whatever your topic is, you do have to know something unless your whole shtick is like, watch me learn something. You know, that could be it too. So I think you have to have an understanding of what you’re communicating to people. However, I think you have to fake because if you don’t and you think that you’re not qualified or not capable or not able to do it, you’re never going to do it. You know, what’s funny is about all this is we had this conversation the other day where I actually, I think I told you that

31:48
People who are just too confident, I don’t trust at all. Yes, I know. Why are we friends? There was a study that said that people who just are just, they project confidence, really they’re just dumb. That obviously wasn’t the exact words of the study. As you just told me like 25 minutes ago in this podcast, you’re so confident. So now I know what you really think of me, thank you. If you think you know everything, then chances are you don’t know as much as you think. Absolutely. I should find that study.

32:18
But see, this is why I’m a little hesitant to say, like you should go out with confidence, but always keep an open mind that you’re not the best. Told by a clearly child risen in an Asian home. That is Asian parenting right there. Yes. OK. But here’s the thing. I think that you’re.

32:42
I think the people that struggle with this imposter syndrome, to the point where it’s crippling, where they’re not taking action on their goals or their dreams or whatever it is, they could use all the confidence in the world. They’re not going to have that problem. The people that we’re talking about are just probably jerks in general. So I think there’s a, I don’t know, there’s two different groups of people. I would say there’s probably not.

33:08
a lot of people with like severe imposter syndrome that are come off crosses overconfident, annoying people. Sure. Maybe, I don’t know. I mean, okay, so I think for those people who don’t have like self-confidence, I think that they’ve just been probably watching too much or looking at too much social media and Instagram, right? Well, it’s interesting because in a couple of the studies that I read, they talked about how social media has actually made this worse. it’s- Oh, I believe it. Yeah, because-

33:36
And this is the thing, like, I believe if you want to launch something or start something or create something for yourself, a new business or idea, you actually need to get off social media, except for obviously promoting whatever you’re doing, right? But I think you should never get on Facebook, never get on Instagram, never get on TikTok, because you will see this world that other people are putting on there that’s so phony.

34:00
and so curated, right? Because you’re gonna be that same curator of phony content. It’s not phony, but you’re putting your best self forward on social media. Most people don’t go on social, well, okay, not most people. Some people go on social media and talk about how terrible their lives are. But for the most part, people are on social media to humble brag. So if you’re sitting there scrolling, which everybody does, all you see is this curated perfection and it’s not real.

34:26
But if you already are struggling with this, then it’s just gonna push it down. It’s gonna push it on you even more. This is funny. There’s this one person that I follow on Instagram. I had never met in real life. I was scrolling through and her picture is like she looks great. And then I actually met her at a conference once. I didn’t even recognize her. You’re talking about me? Thanks. So I mean, it can have the opposite of effect too, right? Yeah. But yeah, the point is,

34:56
stay off of social and it’s all fake. All those ads too, since we’re kinda like about money making and all that stuff, I just tend to think that this is kinda fake. There’s always an underlying story. for example, those people that grew to like millions of dollars in like three months or whatever, I bet their life is kind of like a wreck. I mean, there’s nothing that happens like that without consequences either. And you see those people, and it’s unfortunate because obviously you and I wanna see everybody succeed.

35:25
But it’s unfortunate that you what happens is and I think and the other thing is we’ve been doing this a really long time. So you see people who sort of rise very quickly and then they have this just crash and burn right because Yes, they did accomplish a lot in a short period of time, but there was no balance in their life. They just went a hundred miles an hour until everything blew up for them. So I think there’s a lot of unhealthiness in that as well. The other thing that I wanted to talk about before I forget is a lot of people that suffer from this don’t believe

35:55
that their success is due to their hard work or their accomplishments, they think they’re lucky. And you will hear people say this when you compliment them and they’ll say, oh, I just got lucky. Oh, I just came in at the right time. They don’t, and I’m not saying someone should be just taking credit and gloating for things, but you’ll hear it in how people talk because they won’t acknowledge the fact that, I mean, you had a pretty successful career in engineering from what I’ve heard. And I’m sure that…

36:21
if someone says something to you, you would probably have a combination of, you worked hard, but I just got lucky. I came in the company at the right time. mean, I have my philosophy on luck. What is it? curious. and I think I got this from JD, which is our mutual friend. Like when you work hard, you’re getting additional lottery tickets. Yes. And so you might get lucky with less lottery tickets and work less hard. But the harder you work, the more likely that you get, basically.

36:50
Yeah, I agree. I totally agree with that. But I think what people struggle with is not taking credit for the work that they did, that they think it’s all luck. That’s part of imposter syndrome. It’s thinking that this isn’t because I worked really hard or I had two jobs or I went to school and studied. It’s not because of that. It’s because I just got lucky. And I think people need to if you struggle from imposter syndrome, one of the things that I think is really helpful in overcoming it is making a list of your accomplishments, making a list of the things that you’ve done in your life.

37:19
whether it’s promotions or people you’ve helped or things that you’ve done. It doesn’t have to be all work-based. It could be someone that you helped out in your personal life or something that you did with a charity and making a list of those things so that when you are thinking about doing the next thing, you can look at this list and say, hey, I’ve done some pretty cool things in my life. I can do this next thing as opposed to thinking, I just got lucky and I don’t know if I can get lucky again. That’s true. Like have you done any of these things?

37:47
I know for me I just talk to a friend I guess. You’re pretty good at pumping people up actually. I like to pump people up, yeah. My list, yes. You’re like, how long is your list of things that you think you’ve done well? Well actually I am curious how you do it because you do project confidence with practically everything. Do you have any techniques that you personally use? I do think a lot about, I used to do this when I would do the piano. The piano recital thing really messed me up. It can we not talk about this piano?

38:18
I know it was 100 years ago, but whatever. No, but I used to think like, no, I deserve to be here. I practice four hours a day. I take extra lessons. I was a piano teacher at the time. I was teaching younger students. I would remind myself of all the things that I was doing to get me to that place to say that you deserve to be here. You didn’t get here because of any other reason other than you worked hard. So I try to think about that. Like when you and I talked about starting the blog course, I was very hesitant.

38:45
for a long time in doing this. I thought it was the work factor. Meaning like you didn’t think you had any time in your schedule for it. Right. There was a lot of that. But there was I mean there was definitely a component of am I qualified to do this? Shut up. Another 100 percent. That is true. Now now whatever we’re not friends anymore. No there was definitely a factor of because here’s the thing I know what I’m good at with blogging. I know the things that I succeed at but there are some things about blogging that I suck at.

39:13
Like, please, technology, come on. I mean, you asked me something the other day. was like, I don’t know who did that on my site. I have no clue. Like, there’s things about that world of content marketing that I don’t know anything about. And so I had to get over that to be able to agree to do the course. So the way I did that was to think of all the things that I did do well and that I do know a lot about so that I realized, but if I don’t know everything, I mean, that’s why I think we make a good team, because you know a lot of things that I don’t know anything about. Well, that’s all was about to say. Like, you wouldn’t be covering the tech parts anyway. So why?

39:42
why would you feel like you needed to know that stuff? Because I think it’s just, because it’s kind of like when you asked me that question the other day and I had no idea, like was a little bit embarrassing. cause sometimes you’ll say, well, and sometimes you’ll say, and this is not bad about you, this isn’t like a therapy session for our friendship, but you’ll say, how can you not know that? You know, like, you’ll make- never say that first of all, never. Not in that way, but you’ll make a comment like, really? Or to me, I take it as like, clearly this is something I should know. But I realize it like,

40:12
I don’t care that I don’t know it. You know what I say that, it’s not because that you don’t know it, it’s because that you would trust someone to do something to your site that you didn’t know about. absolutely. Rather than actually knowing it. Yeah. Right. And we have a little bit different philosophies on that too, which is fine. But I think that I had to remind myself of all the things. that’s, I don’t, I I get very nervous for public speaking. Very, very nervous.

40:36
And you know that, because I almost didn’t, well didn’t speak for like two years because I just was like, it was just causing me too much anxiety to I thought I walked in on you doing like the gorilla pose in front of mirror. Yes, yes, yes, me stomping my feet and jumping up and down. No, but I didn’t speak for like a year year and a half because I was like, this is too stressful for me, I don’t want to do it right now. And then I felt, you know, I got over my issues. after that speech when it went really well, you got a little cocky.

41:04
But I think that helps you with imposter syndrome. It’s OK to pat yourself on the back when you do a good job. It’s OK when you start your YouTube channel, right, and you’re talking about your day or some tool that you like or whatever you’re talking about. We talk about starting an NBA channel, right? You’re talking about things and you get your first 10 subscribers. It’s OK to jump up and down and be really excited about that. And I think those are the things that help you keep going and help you continue to create because you’re allowing yourself to take credit.

41:33
for the things that you’ve done. And that’s why think one of the core pieces of why people struggle with this is because they don’t allow themselves to take credit. So from somebody who does have imposter syndrome, I actually go into everything thinking it’s going to fail. And then when things work out better, I’m pleasantly surprised. And I’m not disappointed. That’s another way of doing it. But I feel like you haven’t had a lot of failures. I mean, it depends what you define as failures. I mean, you change things up, right? Things might not work the first time, and you change things up.

42:01
So do you view those things as failures or do you view them as something that you learn from and make improvements? No, I think it’s just maybe it’s because I’m an engineer, but I don’t expect anything to work the first time I code something up, right? Like I literally don’t expect anything to work. And then I know that it’s just going to take some time to refine it. Okay. So for you, since you say that you do struggle with imposter syndrome, which I also find to be quite funny because you

42:26
I don’t struggle with it. It’s just a life thing. I mean, it’s not really a struggle anymore. It’s just a story of my life. We can’t say you struggle. It’s something that you’ve experienced in your life, we could say. Which is not a phase. I just want to mention, since you quoted an NIH study, how am going to refute an NIH? Listen, isn’t that where your mom works? Actually, it is where my mom works. That’s why I use this study. I’m like, can’t challenge it. His mother works there. For you, what do you do?

42:54
Like what, how do you feel? Because I feel like you’ve been able to launch multiple different types of businesses. I mean, you started a podcast, you didn’t know anything about podcasting. You started an e-commerce store, you didn’t know anything about e-commerce. You started a website, you didn’t know anything about websites. So you’ve done a lot of things that most people who struggle with this probably would have a very, very tough time doing. Start a conference, you know anything about conferences. Well, I had you for that, so that’s not fair. Well, but still you were willing to do it. I think there’s still. Yeah, so.

43:22
I think I’ve talked about this in the past, but I go through everything thinking it’s gonna be a slog and then I’ll just keep doing it until it works. I mean, I’ll give you the perfect example right now, the YouTube channel, which I just been doing for six months. I mean, I’ll be honest with you, it’s not growing that quickly. I’m happy with the growth, but it’s just been a slog, but I know in like a couple of years, it’s gonna be good. So it’s just about getting used to suffering and getting used to the grind, really.

43:51
I mean, that’s the story of my childhood, Like every day was like a grind. So people that weren’t raised by Asian parents, how can they? Well, you have to get used to it. You have to go into it saying, OK, this is going to be a slog. I’m going to do this, though, for many years and eventually good things will happen. That’s probably not the best way to like end this podcast on a positive note. But that’s what I really believe. What is your philosophy? I’m a believer of

44:20
Honestly, think the biggest thing you can do is surround yourself with people that believe in you. Because the more the people around you believe in you, the more you believe in yourself. And they will, because I think, I mean, I agree with you that there’s suffering, but a lot of people- this partnership, mean, clearly I believe in suffering. I believe in a lot of suffering. But I think a lot of people probably don’t have the background to be able to endure three years of a slog of YouTube. Initially, they don’t have that mindset.

44:50
when they get started. So I think what will help you get that ability to slog through things is people around you, whether it’s like, no matter what you call it, focus group, mastermind group, meetup, whatever, that will push you and continue to cheer for you and subscribe when they don’t care about whatever you’re doing. You need those people because to do that alone and to suffer alone and slog alone is really tough. It’s not just that actually.

45:20
For the mastermind groups, what’s benefited me also is knowing that other people have faced the same issues that I have. And just knowing that what you’re going through is normal. And I think if you have, even if it’s like one or two people, you don’t need a giant group, that that’s gonna help you get through a lot of feelings of I don’t belong here, I don’t belong in this niche, I don’t belong on YouTube. And if you have those people to…

45:48
be there for you, talk about their experiences, I think it’s really helpful. And I think we’re gonna do a whole podcast on masterminds anyway. We are. But let’s wrap this up, right? So the key ways to overcome imposter syndrome, one is just to do it regardless of whether you think you’re perfect or not. Two was the mastermind group. then- off social media. That’s three. that’s actually a very important one. Yeah, I think that’s probably the first.

46:12
first thing you should do is get off social media. Stop comparing yourself to other people. Stop comparing yourself to other people that are doing similar things, like completely. And then you mentioned just start teaching. Yeah. Right. Even though you don’t think you’re you know more than anyone else, just start teaching what you know. Actually, incidentally, that’s how the blog, my blog got started. Yeah, actually, that’s kind of how mine got started, too. OK. And I think I think it’s important when you’re in that moment of feeling inadequate or that you don’t belong. Write stuff down. Make a list. Text yourself.

46:42
right? Text yourself the things that you’ve accomplished in your life so that you can look back and realize that you do deserve to be doing the things that you’re doing and you deserve the success that you’ve already experienced. And the last one was fake it to make it, which I don’t really like that slogan. So just just be confident. Project confidence.

47:01
Well, I hope you enjoyed that episode. Now for more information about this episode, go to profitableaudience.com slash podcast, where we list all of the tools and resources mentioned in our show notes. And if you enjoyed listening to this episode, please go to Apple podcasts and leave us a review. When you write us a review, it not only makes our day, but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get some awesome business advice.

47:29
Leaving a review is by far the best way to support the show. And please tell your friends because the greatest compliment that you can give us is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And if you’re interested in building your own profitable audience, subscribe to our free six day mini course where we walk you through the exact steps needed to find your niche, build a website, grab email subscribers and monetize your content. You can sign up at profitableaudience.com slash free. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

339: How To Make 6 Million Dollars Affiliate Marketing With Larry Ludwig

339: How To Make 7 Figures With Affiliate Marketing With Larry Ludwig

Today I’m thrilled to have my long time friend Larry Ludwig on the show.

Larry is one of the most successful bloggers that I know and he recently sold his personal finance blog Investor Junkie for a mid 7 figure sum. He’s also a master of stats, SEO, and affiliate marketing.

In this episode, we’re going to learn about his story and how he managed to grow such a profitable blog.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Larry got the idea for Investor Junkie and why he decided to sell it
  • Different ways to make money through blogging
  • Tricks Larry used to make money through affiliate marketing
  • How to increase your conversion rate and traffic through SEO

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my good friend Larry Ludwig on the show. And Larry is one of the most successful affiliate marketers that I know in the personal finance space. And he’s going to teach us how to maximize your affiliate revenue earnings for your blog. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth.

00:28
And that is why over 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS.

00:56
If you are ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:22
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too. And SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:51
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now onto the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my longtime friend Larry Ludwig on the show. Now Larry is someone who I met, I want to say back in 2013 at FinCon and we’ve been in the same mastermind group for many years now. Larry is one of the most successful bloggers that I know and he recently sold his personal finance blog Investor Junkie for a, Larry am I allowed to say? You can say it’s public knowledge. So. Okay. Oh yeah. So it’s a mid seven figure sum. I won’t even give exact numbers.

02:45
Not only is the man tech savvy, but he’s also a master of stats, SEO and affiliate marketing. And today we’re to learn more about his story and how he managed to grow such a profitable blog. And with that, welcome to show, Larry. How are doing today, man? Very good, Steve. Thank you for having me. Larry, first off, I apologize for taking so long to have you on the show. I just wanted to first ask, how is retired life doing for you? Well, I don’t think I think I’m working harder now, but I’m unquote retired than I was before. What do you got going on right now? Are you still blogging or?

03:14
Well, have my own personal blog at LarryLittlerood.com, but more importantly, I want to help others. think there are lot of business owners that just don’t effectively monetize both affiliate and otherwise. think my passion has always been helping other business owners really be successful. So that’s kind of where I’ve been doing now is doing consulting and offering my own courses on the subjects. So give us a quick background on how you got the idea for Investor Junkie and how that blog actually came about.

03:43
Yeah, that’s a great question. mean, the thing is interesting, right, Steve, is I started, you know, I’ve been owning my own business for geez, over now 20 years. So I started with my own web development, web hosting business. And in 2009 got really burnt out from it. It’s a really, it’s a horrible business to be in web hosting, especially. It’s such a commodity and really no one, I think, respects the time and effort you put into it, especially at the level we’re trying to make sure stuff was secure and kept up 24 seven.

04:12
So I was looking at other opportunities and noted that I was having quite a few other successful blogs under my belt. I developed for them or hosted for them. And I’m like, well, why can’t I do this? Why can’t I build a blog and monetize it myself through affiliate marketing? And on top of that, noted a website or blog called Bankaholic that sold about like a year before this.

04:39
after the switch well million or something like that and was like one guy and was all through affiliate marketing and s e l s you know search engine optimization and what will what can i do that i’ve that i know that’s the for ready so i’ll talk about wanted because i was a lot of people don’t know this i actually created a site sort of in that same field bank a halt was really to cd’s and money markets and savings accounts and i created a initial site back in two thousand nine that i’d you know based on the interest rates at the time of the fed

05:07
they’re being lowered to zero michael this is a horrible business again to right now no way in hell we’re make money at you know uh… with banks that just charging very little interest so i decided well what other topic that now we don’t have passion interest in but also you have to do some market for it is not enough competition and that’s where i kind of look at investor junkie trading investment blocks was really just investing only investing where a lot of others the personal finance

05:33
and i’d really want to just focus on investing because also on top of where i was personally i was like you know getting out of bed and talking about that is just old hat for me right i decided to take this blog on investing and really grew it from there i mean it initially took about a year and a half two years almost before start taking off and one point i almost decided to quit and from that just understood i’ve really at the time was writing about investing but topics that interest me as opposed to writing for others i think that was the the real key pivot point

06:03
where I realized that I can’t write a blog that’s just purely for myself. It needs to really help others. So that’s kind of where I decided to write more about reviews, but also realized reviews could be a great way to monetize the site as well. Let me ask you this, and just to get this out of way, I remember we’ve had this conversation in the past. On Investor Junkie, when you owned it, I don’t think your face or anything was on there at all. Why do you decide to remain more anonymous as opposed to making more personal? That’s a question.

06:32
believe it not that was on purpose as well. I initially did, I decided at one point to try putting my face on the blog and actually got the idea from Pat Flynn at Smart Passive Income. And I noted from my own testing, so what may work for one site, this is definitely another key takeaway, what may work for one site may work horribly for your blog and brand. And I noted based on putting my own bio and information on the page, no one clicked on it or had interest in it. I’m like, okay, that’s interesting. Maybe I should not go that

07:02
So I really wanted to be about a creative brand into itself. On top of I also noted a few other successful blogs sold around that time as well. like, well, okay, if I was a potential buyer of a blog like Investor Junkie, would I want to buy a blog that’s tied around an individual or really around a brand? And consciously said, okay, I really want to make it about a brand on top of I didn’t want to be the center of attention. guess based on also me individually, I didn’t want to be proposed to be the guru.

07:31
guru or expert in investing. I’d rather have others write the content and or offer their opinions as well more than just me. So those were kind of key distinctions that I did that on purpose and that was I think also lend itself very well to be sold eventually as well. It just it lends itself where if you have one expert or one guru that’s the figurehead or you know the one speaking on said topics for them to then for someone want to acquire that blog that just makes it very hard for them to transition to someone else.

08:00
Yeah, the reason why I asked you that is a lot of people ask me this question, like, do I actually have to be the face of my blog? And you’re the clear cut example that you can run a successful blog and not be in the forefront, I guess, of the blog. Well, the one thing I could add to that, right, Steve, is it definitely hurt in certain media, like for SEO, if you’re focusing on search engine optimization, doesn’t really, people don’t really look initially at who’s speaking on that said topic, but stuff that’s very personal mediums like email, video, podcasting.

08:28
you do need to have someone that is speaking for that said you know uh… cd someone at least it doesn’t have to be you but someone you hire does have to be that you represent the brand so you’d some point you do have to have personalization that was i just one of the weak spots for best junkies i didn’t really have of ways on the newsletter so our open rates were ball one up bad they were not great either compared other your personal blogs so

08:55
I want to ask this also, so now you have LarryLudwig.com which seems like the complete opposite of Investor Junkie. What’s the rationale there? Well, on one level, since I’ve sold, I’ve met that goal, I’ve been there, done that, I can create a personal brand and not have to ever think about, I don’t have to sell it. A great example I always use is Tony Robbins. Well, a great businessman has a great business. He could never sell his own brand. I mean, imagine him going out and selling it. To another 6’5″.

09:24
giant. Exactly. That’s not going to happen ever. that’s I think that’s the key issues. I want to create a personal brand because I want to be able to have something what I do regret not doing is building a parallel, a personal brand as well as the corporate brand. So I should have created both. therefore, you know, when I start something new, like I did now, I sold investor junkie, it’s much easier transition not only for people who knew who I was, but it was also something I can have already the gears running, so to speak, and something moving.

09:54
where I’m literally starting from scratch for this brand. People outside of say, Fintech really don’t know who I am. So that’s one of the hurdles I’m trying to deal with now. Okay, all right. So Investor Junkie, was it purely a blog or did you have any other content generating assets aside from just text? Email as well. I didn’t have a podcast. I mean, did traffic through SEO and some search, search engine marketing. So we did some paid traffic, but mostly a blog at the time. mean, probably now.

10:23
I’d be much more multimedia. I mean, that’s kind of what I’ve been doing is more getting on podcasts as a guest, but also video as well. It’s something I eventually plan on doing for my own personal brand. All right. And then what was the original plan? Were you just following the Bankaholic blueprint essentially? No, I mean, initially, like I said, I wrote stuff that interests me. I wanted to write about topics about investing and the more I got into it, not only what I didn’t want to do was be another investment newsletter site.

10:52
There’s so many out there. There’s so many ones that do that. I felt that was a crowded market. What I did note was there are not a lot of investment sites that talk about the basics or talk to the average jail on investing on top of review all these services out there. This is really when sites like or services like Betterment, a robo advisor, were really becoming popular. So I decided to really capitalize on that and really discuss these various services. And that’s kind of really where everything took off. deliberate were you?

11:22
in selecting the topics to write about in terms of SEO? Initially it was not, probably two, three years in became very deliberate. we would plan out, because initially it was just me, but eventually I hired an editor and then eventually hired writers as well. And became very deliberate in the topics because if we want to make sure we covered, let’s say going back to RoboAdvisors, do the whole divide and conquer. We would go out and discuss RoboAdvisors at every level of RoboAdvisors. So therefore,

11:52
Google would look at us being an expert in that said topic. We would talk about tax loss harvesting. We would talk about all the different services in comparison of one or the other. So we’d make sure we cover not only the very direct brand keywords like for betterment review, but we would cover what is tax loss harvesting, what is a robo-advisor, and make sure we would really cover those articles in detail and then link to other articles in our site and would create much more engaged audience. you know, it would cause that

12:20
Click on one article and then read another one and then read another one. mean, that’s what Google really rewards is the whole on-page results. No different than YouTube. When you first got started with nothing, how did you get that initial traffic? mean, SEO is a long game. mean, it takes, at least in my eyes, at least six months to a year at minimum before you get measurable results. where you pay traffic, I mean, back then I wasn’t really as experienced with it. But if you’re really wanting something to get quick, paid traffic is definitely an option.

12:50
But long game, you should really focus on SEO, paid traffic, social media, really mix the two because of being relying on just one source of traffic could be really the death of your business. So when you were starting, I guess it just sounds like, and I’m just kind of reading between the lines, that it took a while for you to get some traffic and it was mainly SEO traffic in the beginning. You were not running paid ads when you first got started. No, I mean, no, keep in mind Facebook was really just starting. I should have done it back then in retrospect because I had friends who also did social media for other

13:19
other businesses and was killing it through Facebook ads. Kyle? Yeah, well, yeah, like Kyle. mean, there’s others as well, some of other friends. But it’s amazing. mean, amount of business that people did through Facebook ads was at the time, the cross-border click was so cheap compared to now. I it would have been foolish not to, but just, at the time, was focusing on SEO. Because of, I mean, one of the things with affiliate marketing is you kind of limited, can’t buy branded keywords. You can’t buy betterment.

13:49
Right. Because Betterment doesn’t want you to compete against them. So therefore you’re kind of limited what keywords you could buy. And at the time I didn’t really have the tracking or the ability to track conversions. So I didn’t want to spend a lot of money on paid ads and then not know, well, am I ROI positive or not? And that was one of the things that I also built technology to do just that is make sure we can measure that stuff. Well, so let’s do this in steps. So can you walk us through, like when you’re going to write a blog post for Investor Junkie, for example,

14:18
What is your process? Well, mean, first was determining who the audience was, who, what are we writing about, what topic we’re going write about and who are we writing it for. You know, like are they a beginner investor? Are they advanced investor? Are they, you where are they in their life’s journey? Are they just having a child? Are they getting married? You know, that’s, that’s really the major trigger points of what, and again, it depends on the industry, but at least in investment space, people don’t really focus on investing.

14:47
until they have some major life event, know, getting married, having a child, death in the family, new job, loss of a job, you know, getting prepared for retirement. Those are usually the major trigger points. So we would make sure we cover around those trigger points as one method, but also just in terms of, you know, reviews, we would talk, make sure we talk not only about betterment review, but like I said, we would talk about what are robo-advisors, we would make sure we cover what’s tax loss harvesting, we would cover every topic in that said niche eventually.

15:14
So that took time to build that. planned that out months in advance. And I always looked at, I looked at investor junkie no different than Money Magazine. If you looked at Money Magazine, I noted over the years of subscribing to it, it would kind of repeat the same topics over and over again. And the life cycle was around two years. And I guess that was, I was guessing that was probably the average lifespan of a Money Magazine subscriber. So therefore I kind of looked at the same things, like maybe every year talk, in April we’ll talk about tax season.

15:43
September back to school and in December maybe planning for end of year tax, you know, filings or where to or January where to invest now, you know, really cover make sure we cover all those topics and that became more as we advanced with our editorial process down the road. But initially it was just very haphazard as I realized the trends and looked at not only the data, but more importantly, what other what other industries or what other, you know, magazines like in our space were talking about, I made sure we

16:13
try to cover them electronically as well so in terms of keyword research in seo that was your process well seo uh… would use tools this is proxies are really before h refs before a trust would use tools like google’s free keyword research not just use google itself i mean google has really just the search results themselves leave all sorts of clues and look at what’s ranking what how did the style that content with the intent was it was less more less so back then but intent is even more important nowadays

16:42
where what i mean by that is example i was uses what is a mortgage compared to what’s the best mortgage rate there much different intent and you gotta make sure your article matches that intent so if you’re going to bombard a no person with your rate table mortgages on what is a mortgage you’re really not making the article helpful for that reader so therefore google will penalize you for that so you gotta make sure your articles are in line with what the keyword the people searching on

17:10
So we didn’t take into account competitiveness of the keyword at all? Back then there was no easy way to determine that. With tools like, now with the Ahrefs, it’s very easy to do that. So nowadays, yeah, you should be using a tool like Ahrefs. If you’re serious about anything with SEO, tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs, should definitely be using because of the insight they give you just saves you loads of time. But back then, what I would use is Google Trends.

17:36
which is also a free tool. So at least understand the popularity of the keyword. wouldn’t show you how difficult it is, but you’d least maybe get some indicators in Google search of how many other web pages are out there. So you could at least use that indicator. But again, that’s not a totally accurate determination of how competitive that keyword is. Yeah, because I noticed that you were ranking for a lot of very competitive keywords, right? And so how were you able to actually rank for some of those? Well, we didn’t buy backlinks. I mean, that’s the thing that I noted with

18:06
bankaholic and over the years is that what they’re as became more experience of seo noted that the we’re definitely doing some shady things to get that site the right and now we that but uh… i’m sure we both can discuss this but they were various other bloggers in our space they would say you know if you would trade lanes or would get you into sort of some sort of private you know network and you buy back links to cheese or share back into each other and i kinda just decided that that’s

18:33
you know i can see right off the uh… the writing on the wall who will eventually figure that out and sure enough they did so i didn’t do any of that stuff i mean in the end believe it not i didn’t do any really actual purposeful backlink strategies until i hired an seo firm and that was really two thousand sixteen and before that i just focused on the content really made really focused on what i could control and that was my on page experience the content and making sure people kept engaged on my site

19:03
It’s interesting that you mentioned you hired a firm. What was your experience? Good in the end. I also knew, I mean, based on my background, it was more because of time allocation. I knew what I was looking for. I knew various firms in the space that were full of crap or really knew their stuff. And I hired a firm that I knew based on their background was really understood and alignment was what my knees were. So I made sure I hired a firm that really gelled with my belief in my philosophy as an SEO. What did they do for you exactly? Did they do any content writing or was it?

19:33
outreacher that they did that this outreach that was not the first part is that i also need help really at the time i had a hit with uh… google in terms of rankings i thought i was a had a negative seo attack and make a long story short without bombarding the reader listeners with what negative seo is but basically you can have a lot of links your site that are not helpful in fact you know sites like from photographic or or spam sites google will look at that as a uh… a possible issue

20:03
other SEO hackers would point links to your site on purpose to help or hurt your ranking. So I had a massive amount of backlinks to my site in a very short period. within, geez, three months I had probably over thousand backlinks that would be considered bad links. with that said, it hurt my rankings. And I guess I wasn’t at the time aware, according to official Google policy that’s like, well, that won’t affect you. And definitely it did.

20:33
I can definitely say at the time it was done on purpose. I kind of knew who it was, but in the end hurt my rankings and had a really, you know, I wanted a higher firm that not one is because I was getting so busy helped me focus on that. But more importantly, you know, me insights that where I didn’t, was only one vertical, one niche, you know, investing. They’d be able to understand much more broad SEO strategies that I probably wouldn’t be able to understand. And that’s one area that definitely helped me understand.

21:03
curious what did they do to get you out of the hole? In terms of really analyzing the pay well one is we went through the process of did we think this is some sort of negative SEO and I think we both came to agreement yes so they definitely helped assured my thoughts on it and more importantly what can we do to improve the rankings one to prevent this from ever happening again the other is making sure we focus on the things we again we can control we can control stuff like user intent and help me really improve

21:32
the whole non-page experience. That’s not to say my experience was bad before, but help overcompensate, like I removed ads, banners on the site completely. Did you use a disavow tool? Oh yeah, we had these, like, 700 links in there. Wow, okay. So, significant. So, with that said though, they helped with just, literally, weekly strategy meetings, weekly reviews of what’s going on, are we getting more on the mark, are we falling behind, and all, was a consistent

22:02
Progressive improvement with the site over time where they definitely helped, you know again because I was focusing on some of the other things as well They able to execute and implement the stuff that I just didn’t have the time to do. Okay So basically they helped you get out of a whole lot and had nothing to do it Content really you were making all the content. Yeah, they didn’t I mean there were some suggestions Maybe the content but that was really minimal part of it. It was really It was really suggestions from a technical SEO perspective that just helped

22:29
give me better insights on what can we do to make the experience better. The only reason why I’m asking all these questions is I get questions all the time like Steve, who should I hire? And I’m like, hey, you know, ultimately, they’re not it’s not magic. They’re not going to just magically get you to rank. It’s ultimately going to be about your content. And, you know, I’m always a little hesitant on SEO firms, which is kind of why I asked you about the detail. I agree, Steve. mean, not for anything. I think most SEO firms are horrible, to put it nicely. I think they stink for the most part.

22:59
there are very few that I recommend and trust. And on top of that, because of my background, I knew what I was looking for. You know, if you just, I mean, if you don’t know anything about SEO, I think you’re really in a rude awakening when you just hire some firm that says, we’ll guarantee results for the first page or 50 days or something stupid like that. And you’re, you’re going to be in a world of trouble if you do that. So to my point, I would recommend most people

23:24
is really learn about SEO and understand how it works before even thinking about doing that because I think you can do much better. You know your business usually better than anyone else. at minimum, understand the concepts of SEO and then maybe at some point, like I did, hire an outside firm to help you.

23:41
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:10
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:39
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. All right, so Larry, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about affiliate marketing. So just for the people listening out there, there’s affiliate marketing, and then there’s like what super affiliates do, like the ones who make seven figures. so Larry, I was hoping you can give us some insight about what are some of the special things that you’ve done.

25:07
to make money in affiliate marketing that kind of go beyond just basically putting a link in a post. mean, the biggest issue, and I talked about this in my course, is the lack of tracking. This goes back to my thought with Investor Junkie was to treat the stuff as if it was our own products, in terms of tracking, not in terms of like we owned it outright, like our reviews were very objective, but in terms of the tracking of conversions and the source of conversions, really getting that level of detail was critical to me.

25:36
especially if we started doing paid traffic, which we started to do while I owned it. A lot of people out there actually don’t even know that you can track affiliate offers, right? Cause you put a link there. How do you know that someone actually signed up for it outside of maybe getting an email saying that you converted someone? Depends. Well, first and foremost, it depends on the affiliate system they use. mean, most of the major networks do support some sort of tracking, whether you realize it or not. So if you’re already currently doing affiliate marketing at some level, the first I always look at is like, you have to, it’s like the levels of

26:06
people from infant to adult, you have to learn how to I’m sorry, you sit up, crawl and walk. And that’s kind of the same thing with affiliate marketing. You can’t just instantly usually go out of the gate and run. You have to figure out first how to walk. And I think with affiliate marketing, the first issue is just tracking your existing clicks and tracking your, and managing your links effectively. So something like a pretty links, which is very popular WordPress plugin. You should be doing that at some level first.

26:36
Can you explain what that plugin does? Just people probably don’t know what it is. Okay. Well, if they don’t know, pretty links is just a link management system. It allows you to say, let’s use, I don’t know, let’s say Bluehost, you know, a very popular web hosting company. It allows you to type in yourdomain.com slash Bluehost as the link and it redirects to a page on Bluehost site that has an affiliate link. So therefore you get credit when people click on it. So it just allows you to easily manage and more effectively store your stuff in one place. Okay. And then from there,

27:06
How do you know that… We’re going to get into this a little bit about ads, but how do you know that someone’s converted as a result of a specific link that you’ve posted? Well, with PrettyLynx, you don’t. That’s the big limitation. So that’s the first issue is you decide to throw away PrettyLynx and use something else. In my case, I use a service called ClickMeter. So ClickMeter has the ability to pass a special ID, a unique ID, a random key…

27:33
every click happens on your site. when someone types in that or clicks on that Bluehost link, it’ll pass a unique key to Bluehost to denote this click came from this person at this time. So when the conversion happens, it passes that same key back to ClickMeter to denote the conversion and then therefore you know who clicked and who converted. So the affiliate system has to support ClickMeter though, right? Well, there’s other systems besides ClickMeter to do that.

28:03
But out of the box, Clickmeter is just, it’s not really Clickmeter in itself. really, it has to support, the terminology in the industry is what’s called a sub-ID and post back. That’s usually what most people know in the affiliate marketing space. a sub-ID is some thing you can stuff into their affiliate system. Some, again, some ID or some information. And then the post back, which is just a way that the affiliate system sends that data back to, in this case, Clickmeter, and you pass that sub-ID back information back to them.

28:33
So it’s a round loop that the outbound click passes some unique ID, the affiliate system stores that ID when the conversion occurs and then passes it back, in this case, to Clickmeter via what’s called a post back. So without getting too technical, the base just is you’re passing some unique ID back to yourself after a conversion occurs. So it really then allows you to then note the actual source of that conversion via paid traffic, organic search, what have you.

29:03
So does Clickmeter uniquely tag like every single link on your blog or every outbound affiliate link on your blog? It’s not by default, but yes, it can do that. So you have it set up then. So let’s say you have a blog post on, I don’t know, personal capital or some investing site. You will tag all of those links with a Clickmeter tag? Correct. Okay. And then what happens when someone actually makes a purchase? How do you…

29:31
register so to speak or know about the conversion because in in case of personal capital is talked about them since I’m familiar with them they use affiliate system called tune tune sends that data back to click meter based on what’s called a post back so it’s just literally sending data from tune back to click meter uh-huh and then from there everything lines up within click meter it knows okay we’ve seen this the conversion the click happened two days ago the conversion happened today

30:00
We then tie the two together and note again, when they, you know, what’s the source of this conversion, where it happened. Is that tracking information stored on ClickMeter or can you get it into analytics or? Or you can do all sorts of stuff on top of that. I mean, we talked just before the podcast of other systems like Wooper to get that data, but ClickMeter by itself is just purely a link tracking, link management system. Okay. Where you can then, yeah, you can actually store additional data to actually then push it into other analytics tools and know literally

30:30
the full history of that person like where they came from what the opened up email if they click on this link if they did a push notification if they ordered from your own products you can literally do all sorts of stuff again my goal was to treat it the tools i want to be using is actually the same tools if you’re doing your own e-commerce store i would recommend using as well so the goal was to again like i said treat as if it was our own product but so therefore the tools i want to be using are usually using e-commerce stores

31:00
So walk me through, like it’s one thing to get data, because I know a lot of people gather data, but they never look at it. What would you do with all this data and how would you use that to improve your conversions? Well, in the end, if you’re with paid traffic, it’s without question. It’s a no brainer because you’re spending actual dollars and you want to denote, you know, you want to make sure you’re ROI positive because the stat that always blows my mind, I forget the source of the stat, but they say Google ads, what is it? Ninety-five percent of Google ad campaigns are negative.

31:30
ROI, just blows my mind. This is again, not just affiliate marketing we’re talking about as the whole, which is most cases someone’s product. So most, it tells me most people when they even have their own products don’t properly track. Is that really that high? That sounds okay. Yeah, I forget the source of it. think it’s, I forget this word, something or other, but the, it’s just, yeah, it’s a stat that just blows my mind. I’ve seen it a few times and it, but going back to affiliate marketing, that’s

31:57
the obvious cases you started to pay traffic one make sure you’re tracking those conversions because again you’re spending real money anyone make sure it’s not you’ve got putting in more money and getting out of it sure sure the second those s e l so with s e l you can drill down to level detail of what button on a page converted better like if you have a link multiple times was on page you really want to know which one of the money-making link which was the button that cause people to convert or or which offer for that matter

32:28
where with something like PrettyLinks, going back to that initial service we talked about, PrettyLinks will tell you the clicks, but it won’t tell you the conversions. Just because you have more clicks on a page doesn’t necessarily mean there’s more conversions from it. It may be the case, but a lot of cases I noted goes back to the whole issue with intent with SEO. If someone’s looking for the best mortgage rate, they’re much, much more likely to convert than say, is a mortgage rate?

32:57
and what’s the best mortgage rate is the the case where the convert more but you may get a lot of people clicking on those links and what is a mortgage rate but doesn’t mean necessarily they’re ready to per so that’s that’s a key distinction is you can know which pages are really your money-making pages and it’s interesting now i’m doing consulting for other companies as well i’ve seen definitely the trend of the the whole eighty twenty rule that about twenty percent of their pages generate eighty percent of revenue from affiliate marketing

33:25
and it seems to hold pretty true. let’s say you figure out that this page is converting well, then what? What do you with that information? Well, I’m all about the 1 % improvements over time. Obviously, you have to have some volume. If you’re just starting out in affiliate marketing or just starting out as a blog, your first goal is you should just be trying to make any money and try to just build out your content and build out your brand. This really obviously applies to people that are generating least five figures a month.

33:55
affiliate marketing. So if that’s the case, then you can really start moving the needle by making these 1, 2, 3, 5 % improvements in your site. So if you know where most of your income is coming from, you know those are the pages you should really start improving on. And there are other tools even outside of Click Meter or Rupert for that matter that really you should be using as well. That really applies again not only to affiliate marketing, but to really any e-commerce site and tools like Hot Jar, Crazy Egg,

34:24
that really show you heat maps of where you what buttons people click on what people click on a page where they’re getting cold on the page all that data really helps you determine where you know where they were the click on whether not interested with where the their phone off on the page and really again guru rewards you for user experience you want to get people on the pages not as long as possible and really interact with that page now is one of the things i did for message on key we created all sorts of widgets

34:53
like comparison tools, showed certain, like didn’t overwhelm the reader by showing too much data at once and showing like a limited amount of data. All that was on purpose to really improve the user experience. And that’s something like a crazy egg will show you. So I know that for you, especially, you always create like these calculators and little widgets, right? How do you quantify like the effects of those? Time on page, whether, how much they engage in that widget that we created.

35:23
you know whether or not it led to more conversions in some cases it did so therefore that was also net positive so it wasn’t necessarily all monetary based but it was all about the user experience what can we do to improve time and page decrease the bounce rate increasing clicking on other pages you know stuff that really mattered not only for us as you know the blog owners but also google as well google really reward you for that so you want to make sure the beauty nowadays is everything

35:52
In my eyes, everything’s in alignment for all three major parties for affiliate marketing. The readers, course, the blog owners who create the content, but also the merchants you’re working with. Everyone gets rewarded by creating the best user experience. How do you balance creating more blog posts versus hammering down and optimizing a single page? Believe it or not, mean, this applies to any niche.

36:17
With Investor Junkie, would have to say probably 70 % of our content was just updating and improving the existing content we had on site. So a lot of the effort was on improving the existing content. One is because of there’s constant improvements or updates in the various services we reviewed. On top of people, I wanted to make sure we were as accurate as up to date as possible. To me, nothing’s worse than going to a review that’s, six months old, yet

36:45
Today they announced a new feature or functionality that I was looking for. So on top of that, stuff like that’s especially timely like CD rates or savings account rates. Nothing’s worse than going to a site that literally the content is five weeks old when it needs to be updated today or show the current data today, especially if you’re clicking on an affiliate link no less and seeing then the rate is different. That to me leads to a very poor user experience and Google will eventually penalize you for that. Doesn’t just anyone clicking off your site is in that

37:15
kind of inherent in affiliate marketing in the user experience? Well, not for anything. Google, this is something definitely learned in my experience as well with becoming really good at SEO. Google does not like affiliates. Does not like, they even know nowadays, they obviously rank a lot of sites that have affiliates income on their sites. They do not like affiliate marketing as a whole. And what I mean by that is, and this is really the overall outlook from organic traffic from paid traffic.

37:45
Google wants to see you add value for SEO. So they want to see you, you know, having content, having functionality like widgets, having a calculator, having some sort of value add to the reader where you can’t just go for the kill and go for the transaction. You know, this is be it your own affiliate products or your own products that you have. So you need to add value in some way. With paid traffic on the other hand, Google will allow you to be fully transactional. You can go really…

38:12
for the kill and go for a call to action or lead or actually purchase that product. Where you can’t do the same thing for Gannett. So that’s the key issue. Usually that means then you can’t put a call to action or sign up for that affiliate right above the fold, right in their face. Where we had that previously, we purposely pushed any call to action much more below the fold. So therefore we would have more content and more engagement, more time and page and quickly bouncing off to somewhere else.

38:42
Google does not like that. Interesting. So let’s talk about paid ads and are you driving? So first of all, how are you running these ads? Are you driving them to blog posts? Cause you’re not allowed to advertise obviously directly your affiliate link or you’re not allowed to bid on keywords that are representative of the brand, right? I mean, you usually can’t most, yeah, most merchants won’t allow you to buy bid the brand keywords, but some do. I mean, if the ones that do those are really great.

39:09
Basically, one of the many that allow you to actually off the top of my head, but I like to think of one is the ThriveCart as a good example. ThriveCart doesn’t do much marketing themselves and they like to have the merchants or the I’m sorry, the affiliates do that, that bidding for them. So therefore you can bid on the keyword ThriveCart, but most to your point. Yeah. Yeah. Most want to do the marketing themselves. They want to control and don’t want to pay out all that, you know, affiliate revenue to some third party. Okay. So where are you driving? Like what’s the landing page look like? Or is it literally a blog post?

39:38
it depends i mean that in the end you know i was a always been about the data and some cases like a minor testing for one client and told me creating a dedicated landing page which usually works best but in this case they actually converted so far less with a dedicated landing page when i mean by that is remove the top navigation you’re involved sorts of distractions so doesn’t look like in you know uh… editorial or editorial equal and it actually what

40:06
hurting their conversions. in this case, again, it depends on, you have to test it out. In the end, usually it’s best to have a dedicated landing page because if you don’t want distractions, go somewhere else. But that may not always be the case. The audience may respond better to something that looks more like an article. So this dedicated landing page though, is it literally like, can you just walk me through an ad that’s worked well with you rather than just, yeah. Well, I mean, actually in my case, one that worked really well was a

40:33
of an ad for uh… of virtue i worked with those an actual articles i didn’t have a dedicated landing page goes back to the whole test so i did really well that because of there’s a man as a i’m not going to name the names of the companies but there was one company and personal finances just didn’t people were not happy with his personal finance out that people are happy with and from that uh… i’d took that content that actual contention or issue with that service and promoted another competing service from it

41:02
And got really people since they very emotional and that said service and how they much hated it They were really looking for some third party or alternative service So I capitalized on that. How did you skirt around not naming any of the services in the ad? Because you can buy you can bid on the keyword and Google ads will lie to but bid on the keyword You can’t display that trademark in this case. There was trademarked brand. Okay, so I couldn’t use the actual name

41:30
in the ad itself, but you could buy the keywords. So could say, like, looking for an alternative, know, click here. I see. Okay. You can kind of stir around that issue, but you can, Google does allow you to buy, some other ad networks do not even allow you to buy that or bid on that keyword. Right. So you would talk about the pain point, I guess, without mentioning the company in the ad while bidding for people searching for that company. Because yeah, they’re searching for that keyword already. So therefore you can bid on that keyword and then just, you know, it’s an alternative. So therefore they’re like,

42:00
they’re looking for either either the currently looking for that potential service and not sure yet so it goes back to the whole intent issue they’re looking for that service not sure whether or not it’s for them yet or you can search for other ones that they currently are existing customers and absolutely hate the service and looking for something else you can bid on like keywords like alternatives or this service verse that service or you know potential other options you know what is you know are or is even the word sometimes suck you know does this service suck and that you can

42:29
literally buy that keyword and actually do pretty well with it too. So I can understand the model that you just proposed, but how would the landing page model work? So for example, if you’re trying to get me to sign up for another, for a service, for example, and I go to a landing page that isn’t a part of that service, what does that landing page look like? Well, this goes back to, we sort of talked about this before the podcast. There’s, there’s things you can do. I mean, I was somewhat restricted in the investment services space.

42:57
Like I can’t do much in terms of value add or add-ons. I mean, what I could have done, and I didn’t get down to this point when I an investor junkie, was like offer like a walkthrough, how to walk through Betterment as an example, like how to use it, how to maximize the functionality. So you add some sort of bonus or add-on that’s not available by anyone else. But I am at the time mostly focused on exclusive promotion deals through the merchant. we’d get a special discount or special promotion because we sent already a lot of customers.

43:26
It would do it through that paid traffic as well. we would do it, to most other industries and most other brands and probably more of what I would do today is offer some exclusivity that you can’t get through another affiliate and offer the value added on. like sign up, like I’m right now testing with not good success with Bluehost is getting a free course when you sign up through Bluehost through me. that’s one, in other words, you offer some exclusivity, some exclusive value adds.

43:56
that you can’t do through anyone else. The problem to your point probably, the next question is then how do you track, how do you know when the conversion happens? And most people do as a manual, like let me know when you convert and I’ll send you the free bonus material. But going back to the whole conversion tracking, you can actually measure that and know, especially if they sign up to your mailing list, know when the conversion happens and then automatically fire an event when they do convert. So it goes back to the whole idea of treating it as if it’s your own product.

44:25
I see. with that promotion that you were just talking about, someone will sign up for Bluehost and then you’ll get alerted of that and then you’ll fire off that course and deliver it directly to them. Exactly. I see. Will reviews work? Like, can you drive Google traffic to like a reviews page? Or I guess that’d be really hard to bid. You can’t, you you can’t bid on a keyword. mean, what usually works is the best of pages, like the best robo advisors or the best CD rates or the best bank account now.

44:54
or some sort of, those type of keywords usually work. So it gets around the issue of you can bid on them, but not worry about the trademark. You can’t bid on the brand name. So it’s usually like comparisons or best of pages or. I see. And at that point you’ll have many affiliates on that same page and you don’t probably really care what they convert for. Yeah. I mean, you should be clear. Obviously a lot of the stuff you presupposes you’re clear in your monetization to the reader. You have to per FTC guidelines.

45:24
But yeah, you can definitely monetize through all the different ones. And whether or not you do it through objective means or you purposely say, the one that pays me the most is I’m gonna put first, you have to disclose that. So. You ran a personal finance blog and you’ve been in affiliate marketing for many years. Would you say there are certain industries that pay out a lot more? Like I know PF is one of those industries that pays out a lot, but are there other industries that are more conducive to making a lot of money with affiliate marketing? Because I know for physical products like

45:54
the affiliate payout is very low and you have to sell a ton, right? So what would you say are the best industries to make a lot of money with affiliate marketing? I I look at the three areas of transformation. People are always looking for health, personal finance, and just overall relationships, it love life or otherwise. To me, those three factors

46:19
are the ones that really move the needle to the people always have problems in personal finance people always have problems with their health people always have problems with the relationships and always look in some way so more self-help development area i think is the key that’s why personal finance i think does very well because this it’s a universal issue you never can be you know you never can be too thin and never to be too have too much money the classic uh… analogy so i think it’s true with the you know affiliate marketing is you really you really

46:48
You cater to those needs. To me, the problem is obviously you got to niche down from it. You just can’t do just general personal finance. That’s, I think, recipe for failure. You need to do something like I did with investing. You specifically niche down to a specific service or specific sector and really focus on adding value there. Let’s switch gears. Larry, what are you up to now? Because we talked a lot before this interview actually started, and you are actually doing a lot of stuff post-retirement, so to speak.

47:17
you want to think i would just uh… right off into the sunset but you did buy a porcini yeah i thought what portion of the the i mean i thought that those one of things that’s like a camp just to spend the money on just one thing and that’s but i think you obviously car by any means but in the end i mean the thing the thing that motivates i think most entrepreneurs i think you’re with your audience to relate to this is what you have some sort of success

47:45
you want to not only help others but you want to continue doing things you are you you have a restless mind you constantly thinking of new opportunities out there and that’s just the nature of the space around so with that said i think i really kind of melted those two together is really not only helping others but keeping in the digital marketing space i think really helping others with how to better monetize how to better now with refilling marketing but their own your products and services you know i i do consulting not only for

48:15
other bloggers but also people have their own courses their own services i think it just makes sense because of most i think under monetize i mean my whole argument spin i think every business should do a philip marketing at some level you if you sell your own products because of you can’t be everything everyone but you can and then now g i was used or example i was used is let’s say you sell car restoration parts right you sell to your classic cars you you sell to you using algae of an old

48:44
Nova I had a 1970 Nova and I’m looking for resto parts for that car but yet you don’t sell tires or rims but yet your audience definitely has a need for that and that comes into where you tire rack a very popular online website does have an affiliate program so you can easily recommend a tire and rim combination for a Nova or any other classic car for that matter and you get paid for it you don’t have to have inventory you don’t have to have stock on it you don’t have to do anything other than

49:12
give out a recommendation for here’s this best tire rim combination and you get paid for it. So it’s a no-brainer on top of you create a stronger relationship with your audience. So I think that to me is a key thing that I think any business owner should do. They’re goals that help improve the relationship. On top of it, you can even use that as a test bed to perhaps add new services in your space that you just instantly fire up an affiliate program that you don’t offer currently. But let’s say down the road, you could offer your own tire rims.

49:42
on your own site. So I don’t want to pimp you out, Larry, but so for the, for the listeners out there, Larry is super good at instrumenting sites where you know, like every step of the customer journey along the way and exactly what contributed to that conversion because he did a lot of these things. So where can people find you Larry? The easiest place is my own site, larryledwood.com. So have a SMS you can text. You can text, Larry podcast, all one word, Larry podcast to three one

50:12
996 and you’ll get your sign up for my newsletter that way as well. Ah interesting will it be delivered via text or email or what? No it’ll be via email you just sign up through the SMS so it’ll tell you you know come back to you with a response saying you know what’s your email address and then says you’re subscribed. Nice nice well Larry thanks a lot for coming on man. Thank you Steve.

50:35
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now in case you’ve ever wondered if blogging is dead, it most certainly is not dead and you can make life-changing money from it. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 339. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

51:04
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

51:33
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

338: How To Make Millions As An Artist With Arree Chung

338: How To Make Millions As An Artist With Arree Chung

Today I’m really happy to have Arree Chung back on the show. If you don’t remember Arree, he’s an award-winning author, illustrator, and international speaker. His books have been named the best books of the year by NPR, Kirkus Reviews, and Amazon and are sold in over 11 countries.

He’s also a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course. In this episode, we’ll discuss how he launched his new business venture that has generated him 7 figures in revenue as an artist.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Arree closed down his ecommerce store
  • How Arree pivoted to another business called Story Teller Academy
  • How to grow a teaching based business with Facebook ads

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have one of the most successful artists turned internet entrepreneurs that I know personally, Ari Chung. Ari is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course, and I asked him to come back to talk about how he’s killing it with his new business, which leverages his artistic background. So who says that artists can’t make money online? Find out how he did it.

00:27
But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10X bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free.

00:55
over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now,

01:20
I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS. So if you’re ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial at klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:47
That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:09
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Ari Chung back on the show. And if you don’t remember Ari, he is an award winning author, illustrator, and international speaker. And his books have been named the best books of the year by NPR, Kirkus Reviews, and Amazon and are sold in over 11 countries. He’s also a student of my Creative Profitable Online Store course. And last time we spoke way back in episode 73, he had founded liveinastory.com, which used to sell wall decals with illustrated art.

02:38
And I specifically use the word used to because he decided to close down that shop. And in this episode, we will discuss why it didn’t work and then focus on how he pivoted to his new business ventures, which are now killing it. And yeah, they’re just killing it. And artists don’t have to starve. And Ari has been amazingly successful. And with that, welcome back to the show, Ari. How are you doing today, Thanks, Steve. It’s so good to be back. And it’s interesting to see all the changes from

03:06
then until now. Oh man, I love because so just a little bit of background story for the readers. Ari and my wife are actually friends. They went to college together. And so Jen’s been keeping me up to date on Ari’s progress. And I’m like, man, all this stuff has been amazing. I definitely need to have them on back. And let’s let’s start with this Ari for the listeners out there who may not remember you from last time, because that was what like three years ago, maybe maybe I think a little longer, maybe even four years ago.

03:32
Yeah, we’re just up first starting with live in a story, which is your decal store. Why didn’t work and then why you decided to close it down and how you pivoted. Right. So live in a story was something that was born out of your class while decals and I saw at the time the opportunity that I could bring bring higher quality wall decals to the market. Most of the wall decals then were very cheap and manufactured in Asia and they just look really cheap and

04:02
As an artist, I wanted to do something much better and I thought that I could find the market to, to sell and be very profitable in this venture. Why it failed and what I learned from it was, so first of all, that was my first business and I focused so much as an artist on the quality and the manufacturing. didn’t spend enough time on the marketing and sales part, which is really the biggest difference between what I’ve learned from then and now. I’d say the second thing is we just never,

04:32
got to a volume where we could produce these things at a very cost effective rate. I wanted to originally make them in the United States so that way I could control the quality and also we could make designs very quickly versus shipping in. But looking back on things, I wouldn’t have done that again, unless I had a lot of runway. I know that you’ve had several other students who did wall decal businesses that are actually crushing it and very successful now.

05:01
but it took them a while to find their, to build their catalog right into. Yeah, so I think we just didn’t last long enough. didn’t focus on marketing enough. We didn’t know how to acquire the customer. I just, as an artist, just was focused too much on the product part of it and not enough on the marketing and sales part of it. Okay. Okay. Yeah. I mean, there’s other artists in the class also that have gone the print on demand route. And I remember you actually got your own printer and your facilities and all that stuff. And there’s a large upfront cost, right? For all that stuff.

05:30
I saw the printer Steve, you do the market for a printer. Actually, know, surprisingly, we might be actually, if it’s on fabric, does it? It’s an awesome printer. Okay, talk to Jen actually, because we’ve been looking at fabric printers. Oh, so yeah. Yeah. It’s practically. Alright, so okay, so live in a story didn’t work out as your first venture, you you had a lot of upfront costs and that sort of thing.

05:59
How did that kind of pivot over to Storyteller Academy? And first of all, tell everyone what that is. Yeah, so Storyteller Academy is a online school for people who want to become children’s book authors and illustrators. I’m a traditionally published picture book author, illustrator for many years, probably almost 10 years. That was my biggest goal and biggest dream is to write and illustrate picture books. And so I came up with this idea.

06:29
when I was thinking about what kind of businesses I could make that would provide unique value. knew I learned a lot about writing stories that I didn’t know before that they don’t teach you in college. Such a niche thing. And so I just started with with a post on Facebook of, Hey, would anybody be interested in this? And actually, do you remember this, Steve? I actually emailed you later. I was like,

06:55
Hey Steve, there’s a lot of people interested in this. What should I do? Do you remember that? Yeah, I do. Didn’t we get coffee, I think? I think later, but you were like, that’s awesome. You got to them on a webinar. that was the first time I ever did a webinar and I sold my first course. And then we just scaled from there that now we have a whole program where you’re learning how to write, illustrate, and I’m even teaching business now in there in terms of building your own brand, running Facebook ads.

07:23
Because I realized that actually a lot of independent artists can self-publish their own books or grow their own audience and have more guaranteed launches when they launch their new book and actually build a business on top of their book career. Because you don’t want to just build your own author business off of one product that doesn’t have great margins. Well, so first of all, just for the people listening out there, Ari actually has two businesses talked about here.

07:53
This other one that we’re talking about right now, Storyteller Academy, isn’t actually the biggest one, but I wanna get an idea of just kind of Ari’s trajectory until what led him to his biggest win to this date. So for Storyteller Academy, you mentioned you did your first webinar. How did you get people to attend that webinar? How did you build your audience for that and that sort of thing? Yeah, so initially it was just posting on Facebook, asking people to share and then, and I started running Facebook ads, which…

08:21
weren’t that difficult to actually figure out in the very beginning. And I think that first webinar, wasn’t even that many people, was maybe like 400 people. But I just continued doing webinar launches over the next few years and learned how to run Facebook ads very effectively and just scaled our webinars to being tens of thousands of people. Can we talk about like the Facebook ads part of it? So when you first started out, how were you doing your targeting?

08:50
And what did your ads, if you remember what they look like, or maybe you can just talk about what they look like now, actually. Actually, you know, it’s funny is one of the first images I use, I still use that one, it still converts really great. So it’s, I use my artwork and it says how to become a picture book author illustrator. So I find with Facebook ads, since the ad has a catcher attention so quickly, it has to have an interesting image or something, you know, a pattern interrupt.

09:18
And the caption just has to be the thing they want. I think it’s best to be very straightforward. And yeah. And so we actually use that Ninja image that says how to become picture book author illustrator with Ari John. And this is click here below. It’s so simple. I’ve run a lot of other ads and that one still performs at the near the top, if not the top, um, after all these years. in terms of targeting, like, well, you, sounds very niche. Does that make it really easy to target?

09:48
It does actually. we target people who are interested in children’s books. We target people who like all the publisher pages. We target children’s literature. So you can find those interests keywords pretty easily. now I’m kind of expanding. I think I was so niche before I’ve kind of burned out those interest niches. Yeah. So, you know, from there I expanded to lookalikes and as we’ve been building our email list and our customer base that

10:18
that is gold. The lookalike audiences is a very easy way to scale. And then I think from there, it’s just trial and error. You can try lots of different niches and just see, you never know it’s gonna work until you try it. Can you talk about the economics a little bit? Like how much were you paying? Let’s talk about that first webinar, because you had nothing. And presumably a lot of people listening out there are starting with nothing. Yeah, how much were you charging for your product? How much was it per lead? Just some of the metrics. All right, so

10:46
product at the time I was selling and I and by the way I want to bring up this point because I think I under sold myself which I think a lot of people were starting out are a little afraid of going higher. So I sold a 12 week course for like a hundred twenty bucks something like that. Okay. But I did I did think this is because I was it was the first time I was doing it. I was afraid that I

11:16
that I wouldn’t deliver a great job. So I didn’t want to over promise. But I did say, which I would do again is this is the founding members price. This is the early bird price. And the next time we launched, the price will be double. And the price was double. So you have to go through with what you’re saying. So even the next time around, it was $200 and it was totally worth it. $240 and then we doubled again. And then we switched to a membership after that.

11:45
So our cost per lead though, you’re asked about that when we were advertising with Under a thousand people the cost per lead was something ridiculous like 40 cents 50 cents really. Okay. Wow, it was the same That’s where I was like, I’m hit the Old line, but as you know when you are scaling Facebook ads, it’s not as easy. Yeah At scale we’re able to get and I think this is still pretty good. You can tell me

12:14
We’re able to get leads for for under $2.50. I think it’s hard to tell because it really depends on who you’re targeting. Like in the make money space, that is really, that’s really good. I mean, that’d be amazing. Yeah, like people are paying upwards of, know, for a webinar, at least like six bucks per lead. Yeah, for your stuff. I think it’s a lot more niche, maybe not as many people are targeting that. So I actually have no idea how much it should be. But just to give you, I know we’re giving a preview of

12:44
creativity school, I’ve been able to get leads for 50 cents at scale. I believe that we’ll get into that business in just a sec. Let’s finish up with the story Academy first, but the story tell Academy leads anywhere between this in terms of terms of like cost per lead. Yeah. $2 and 50 cents. I’m happy. Sometimes we’ll even pay up to three, $54 and earnings per lead after your promotion is

13:11
about $5 a lead. I’d say two to one return. Yeah, any Yeah, and then it actually gets better now with time because we have a membership and 60 % of our members renew year after year. So their actual lifetime value increases year after year. So that’s slowly inches up every year. Can we talk about the membership aspect versus full pay? Yeah, go ahead. No, I was gonna say, do you know like how long the average person

13:37
sticks with your program. I think we had this discussion a while back because you had asked me why I do lump sum, right membership. I was just wondering how you came to your conclusions. Well, so the membership started from two areas is one is a people after people finish my class, it was just teaching them how to make a story and a dummy, they want to take another class. And that’s when I started hiring my friends to help build more classes, and I would pay them a royalty.

14:06
But what was challenging was that you were constantly having to sell another class, sell another class, and the classes are expensive. They’re like 300 or $400. And so the membership was really born out of, let’s see if we can build a continuity program and offer a cheaper price. And by then I had over a thousand people that had bought my classes and it was really easy to offer them this lower price membership for them to continue taking classes.

14:33
How much is the membership fee versus what you were charging for the full course? Yeah, so at the time the full course was $500 for 12 V class. We ended up breaking that to two classes for 250. So pricing has pretty much stayed the same. And then we then offer the membership for $60 a month or $600 for the whole year. And so in a year, you could take four classes.

15:02
And so that would have cost you $1,000 instead of 600. I see. And how many people actually prepay for the year versus month to month? I think it’s about 25 % that paid for the whole year. A lot of people pay month to month. And honestly, the reason why they pay month to month is because they can’t pay the whole thing at once. I see. Okay. And I think that’s, that’s probably the main reason why

15:31
when I think about why we continue to do it this way is it’s just making it affordable for my for my customers, my audience, a lot of them. Sixty dollars actually is a lot for them to invest in. Right. They’re writing. Yeah. How does that differ from a payment plan, though? It’s well, it’s I guess the difference in a payment plan is you would have a fixed number of payments and then you would own that course versus a membership is like Netflix. So

16:00
It’s ongoing. And then once you stop paying, then you lose your access and you don’t. Oh, I was saying like in terms of your decision payment plan versus membership, they’re very similar, right? Right. They could get access to everything and own it outright. Yeah. Well, I think the payment plan would be. So they would get access to everything after they’ve figured after they’ve purchased everything, right? So I think I didn’t do that because we’re still adding to the course curriculum. I see.

16:30
Okay, we’re aiming to build. So I feel like the opportunity now with online education and info space is in the niches and you can build the best library for that niche. So I want to be in the Netflix of children’s book education. And it’s really hard to compete with us because unless you have a lot of funding and a lot of specialty knowledge in that space, it’s going to take a lot of time to build courses. totally.

16:59
And so we want to go the membership model because we want to build years of classes that will help you grow through your career and offer an amazing value. We can even probably drop the price as we get bigger. We can make it even more accessible. And I think that’s a way that I’m aiming to scale with Storyteller Academy. Does that make sense? Yeah. So before we move on to…

17:24
your other business. First of all, how did you were doing pretty well with Storytel Academy, right? It was already a six figure business. How did that turn into your next venture? So I, so Storytel Academy has been overall successful. It’s been growing. It’s been hard though, because it is a very niche business and there’s some things that were working before were working that were working before stopped working. So webinars weren’t working as well last at the end of last year. For some reason there was like a turnaround.

17:53
And then, so I definitely was looking to diversify in terms of, of businesses and also looking at new kinds of way of marketing. So I started experimenting with live challenges or launches and they’re very similar to what I did before with a video series. It’s just live basically. And so what happened with Storytel Academy is I ran that series, live, a live series and it worked really well because engagement was so high.

18:23
And then at the time I was thinking about maybe doing something for kids online. And I had a company reach out to me about making a summer camp for kids that was in person. So I thought this would be a good opportunity to develop some content for that. And it would be fun to work with kids. I love working with kids. And then COVID hit and the summer camp got canceled. And so I decided to, why not?

18:50
try this online. So I offered a whole free week online. Did you have to refund all the money for the live summer camp? Oh, so for the live summer camp, I was not the operational person behind it. Oh, okay. Yeah, so I was just being hired as a contractor. I was just the instructor. So I didn’t have to do any of that. Thank God. Okay, they actually so they had a lot they have a customer list from previous years. And they had to just let those people know that there wasn’t going to be a summer camp.

19:19
Actually, I think she even tried to sell it still while COVID was starting because we didn’t know how serious it was going to be or how long it would last. And she had hard time selling it, of course. Yeah. Okay. So then you decided to do a free one, which I believe my kids took part in it. How did that work? Like, what was the setup? Were you just using? Yeah. So the it was very similar to storyteller cabbing where I said, Hey, I’m thinking about doing this free thing.

19:48
Let me know in the comments if you’re interested and there were lots of comments. And so then I put, quickly put together a landing page and the email opt-in and for that free camp, this is zero advertising. Uh, we had 3000 people sign up for it. How did you get those 3000 people? It’s just all organic shares. You mean you posted on your own personal page or? on my personal page and just asked people to tag and share. That was it. Okay.

20:16
And what was the offer specifically? Oh, so, well, it was just for a free week. I actually wasn’t, I did this as experiment. wasn’t actually planning on doing an offer quite yet. I was thinking I could grow my email list for my children’s books. And then at the end of the camp, there were so many parents that said how much they loved it and that they would be willing to pay for it. And they wanted, they were begging for me to make a product out of it. And I thought about it over the weekend and

20:46
I decided to go for it. actually emailed you. Oh, yeah, I said, Go, go, go. I you’re like, go for it. Let’s try. And then so I put that offer out and we had 180 people. Yeah, 180 people sign up for it. Let’s put some numbers. So that first free class you were teaching people is teaching kids how to illustrate essentially, right? Yeah, there was a different there was a different theme every day. So there was animation day and there was

21:14
drawing day, there was painting day. So there was a different theme every day. And then over the camp, what ended being is we then broke that up into a week of one topic. Okay. And then this was all conducted over zoom, right? All over zoom. Yeah, all over zoom. Okay. So when you put out that, that you were putting out a paid camp, and you said you got 180 people, how much did you decide to charge? How’d you come up with those prices and just all the logistics involved?

21:42
Yeah, so we charge super cheap. was $47 for three weeks. It’s one hour a day. And, and we, we came up with that price because I know from online marketing and selling courses, $47 is a pretty low ticket item. And I honestly cared about having everyone that was struggling be able to afford it. So I did that out of just making sure that

22:08
we gave a lot of value and then it was affordable to everyone. So that was the first offer. And in terms of coming up to the price, especially since it’s your first time, you kind of just got a pick. So I definitely was very conscious that I wanted to make this affordable and to go for volume. so that’s what we did. So our total revenue was about $8,500.

22:35
And then I took that $8,500, I spent $1,000 on Teachable, so that way can put the replays up there. And then I thought immediately, wow, this works. That was zero ad spin. Let’s put ads into this thing. So for the Teachable stuff, like were people paying to access those videos without the live instruction? No, we did not sell the replays at that point. Oh, okay. Yeah. It was just, so the promise was you would get live instruction for your kid.

23:04
And then if they miss class or if they want to go back and catch something they miss, they could watch the replay the next day. And we actually got it now to the same day, who get the replays up the same day. see. Just just for the people listening out there, if you guys don’t have kids, like during the summer when COVID hit, like, I was going nuts, because I wasn’t sure what my kids were gonna do all day. Yeah, because you know, it was really scary in the beginning, we actually kept them indoors, like

23:33
We didn’t even go out at all for a while. And I know your program was just like a godsend and it was dirt cheap. Like we would have paid a lot more than $47 to participate. that’s one of the, yeah, it was very smart. Yeah. Well, you know, we wanted to make it affordable for the person that was worried about losing their job and needed a respite from the kids, you know? Yeah. You’re stuck in one place. so I think the pricing was…

24:01
was good because it really did help a lot of people and it made it affordable for everyone. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP.

24:29
So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry,

24:59
you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

25:15
So then you notice that it worked and then it came time to scale. This is kind of like a different issue because everyone has kids. So I’m just kind of curious. Did you run Facebook ads like wide open? You know, it’s interesting because I, when you say wide open, do you mean? mean like very minimal, like targeting, like people, parents essentially, and just let it go. Yes. So I put all the interests that I thought would hit and then

25:44
When you spend more money with Facebook, Facebook notices that and then they give you a call and say, Hey, would you like an expert to help you spend more money? And so I said, yes. And then they signed me this guy named Ray who’s awesome guy. Hey Ray, if you’re out there listening, hello. But he, he pretty much said the same thing you just said. It’s like, said, wow, you’re doing such a good job right now with targeting. think you’re, I think you can just expand this thing. And so he helped me scale some

26:15
custom audiences. And then we even did no targeting. Basically, you just say everyone on Facebook, algorithm, go figure it out. And that’s doing okay, too. So by okay, so you read you you mentioned some numbers earlier, you said like, was it 50 cents a lead? Yeah, so this is the fun part. For all the digital markers out there, I was getting Facebook ads for about anywhere between 50 to $1 20 a lead and

26:44
I was able to get it down to about 80 cents a lead, but then I ran this up viral contest. So once you opted in to the free week, you could share and you could win prizes and you can win an iPad. And that was going like gangbusters over the summer. Pretty much for every single lead I bought, I got a free one through the contest. Nice. What was the quality of those leads like? Good.

27:13
People were sharing in all their mommy groups and their parent groups. Ah, that’s brilliant. It was insane. I have not been able to get up viral to replicate that. Actually, I replicated that success twice, but recently up viral has changed their… they’re updating their software and they messed it up. It’s not working as well as it used to. Interesting. Because up viral just gives you additional entries if they share it, right? Right.

27:43
But there’s there’s all the you know with digital marketing there’s all devils in the details so the way that they I was able to embed before I was able to bed embed the Sign-up form on my own website and so I can control the design And then I could lead that to a landing page that was on their landing page that had all the features But now they changed it to where I have to use their landing page on the front end to be able to use their line back in I see

28:11
has been that one changes change everything. I actually use viral sweep. Oh, it’s very flexible. It’s there’s a whole bunch of companies that do the same thing. I just got her viral sweep. used to run that group giveaway company. I don’t know if you remember that. I remember. Yeah. And so we kind of toured all the different ones. And yeah, don’t know. Yeah, we like viral sweep. It’s they’re all the same to me. I actually never really used up viral actually, because it was one of the newer entrants, I think at the time. I’ll send you some screenshots you will and

28:40
Google Sheet that I track all my leads in. Because just the numbers are insane. can we talk about that? So what was the ad that worked? mean, I would imagine it’s very similar to your Storyteller Academy, right? Just straight to the point. Yep. Yep. It’s so the form that I generally use is, hey, if you know, hey, your target customer, are you interested? Or do you have this problem? If so, then sign up here. So for this case, it was, hey, parents, do have kids that are stuck at home?

29:10
they need something to do? Do they love drawing and painting? Well, sign up for this free week. Sign up here. So you were still doing the free week as a lead gen or Yeah, so we would run the paid camp for three weeks. And then we would do a free week promotion. And then we would do another paid camp for three weeks. And then we did another paid from then we did another free camp and then we did another it’s like a no brainer then man. So we just continued that so

29:38
I every single time just took the profits and reinvested that all in Facebook ads. And I was just like, let’s just see how far this could go. And so the second, so the second camp, I invested $7,000 into it. And I think we bought 18,000 leads or so. And then we got 800 customers.

30:03
Oh my goodness. Okay. And then we did the same thing. then on camp number three, I got even smarter. I had a customer base now and so I pre-sold to my customer base. If you want to join the next paid camp, you can save 20 bucks. And then I took the, I think we had something like $25,000 budget. And so I took that and I put that to Facebook ads.

30:31
And then we got 1800 customers. when you’re running your Facebook ads, are you just literally doing it for a week? Yes. At a time? Okay. Just for a week. And then just for the just for the week to get people into the free week. And the free week is free classes. It’s a really great week. And our conversion rate was 4.5 to 5%. Crazy. Yeah. So it’s, it’s, it was doing really well. And so the third camp we had, had

31:00
1800 customers like 70, $70,000 of revenue for three weeks. It’s not bad. Oh, no, that’s fantastic. So we’re talking about lots of money per day on your Facebook ads for that focused week, right? Right. Yeah, we were spending four to $5,000 a day. Right. And then for those of you guys listening that that sounds like a lot, right? Did it faze you or did you work yourself up to that point? Or just based on Storyteller Academy, you already used for these used to these amounts?

31:28
Oh, I was getting leads at 50 cents. I knew that the more I could buy leads at 50 cents, there’s no, there’s just the chances of you losing money is so small. It’s probably less than a percent. Right. This is like every single dollar I have, I’m going to put into Facebook ads because the work that you do to deliver the course and experience is the same. You know, if I teach a hundred kids versus I teach 10,000 kids, it’s not that different.

31:54
Yeah, can we talk about your setup then? you’ve we talked before this and you said you had like, what was it like 12,000 people on it once or something crazy like that? So this is probably a good segue to the summer camp. So I ran three regular camps. And then I had customers already asking me, what are you doing for summer? Like we’ve been with you from the first camp three months ago. And I’m trying to plan my my kids summer schedule. What are you doing the summer?

32:22
And so I knew there was a lot of demand for the summer and I had my customers telling me you need to put together a summer camp now. And so I ran the numbers and I was like, wow, I think we can make a lot of money this summer, which would be great. Cause then I could, I can take that money and fund an afterschool program. And so what I did was I took, I budgeted $50,000 in, in ad spend.

32:48
And I ran the contest. We were able to still get leads at 50 cents a lead on average at $50,000. I wasn’t sure I going be to do that. Okay. I’ll do that. Yeah. It was a lot of lookalike audiences worked really well for that. And we enrolled 4,700 students over the summer. Is this at $47? No, we upped it. We upped it. So I knew that this was going to be a, want to group the summer into a longer program and charge more.

33:17
Because you just wanted them to buy once. And so we charge $127 for the five-week camp, which is still… Still a no-brainer, actually. Yeah, it’s completely… It’s in my heart to make sure this is affordable to everybody because a lot of times, these after-school programs are for people who only afford them and they do make a difference in a kid’s life. It’s the difference of finding a new hobby or skill that you love and doing later.

33:47
Is this 50 cents per lead including the up viral promotion? Yes. Okay. Yeah, so probably pre up viral is probably about 90 cents 95 still dirt cheap. Good Lord. Okay. Yeah. What about running a wide open or what we talked about earlier is was that more expensive than your lookalikes? Slightly maybe like 20 or 30 % more. Okay. Yeah, so I think it sounds obvious now but when when you think about it is pretty much anybody who has a kid is

34:17
a potential. Oh yeah, exactly. Targeting doesn’t matter as much. Targeting still does actually matter because you can like I’m running ads now and I can still get some interest under a dollar lead. Facebook ads, think also we had the perfect storm for being able to launch an online program because Facebook ads also did decrease in cost. They’re back to normal now I feel. Yeah, they’re they’re they’re 30 % higher.

34:46
dropped down for 30%. So they were on sale and now they’re back to normal. So can we talk about some of the metrics? So you got 100,000 people. How 110. So based on that, like, how did you know approximately how many you could convert? Let’s say your Facebook ads were more expensive. How did you figure out your break even point? Well, I just knew from our last three camps that our conversion rate was north of 4 % for four to 4.5%. And so

35:16
I was planning on spending $50,000 and trying to build my email list to over 100,000. And so I just took simple math, 100,000 times it by 4%, that’s 4,000. I actually assumed my conversion rate was gonna be lower because that’s much higher scale. And if you go up higher in scale, you think your conversion rate would probably dip, right? Right, but they didn’t, obviously. It didn’t. It was basically 4.7%.

35:46
Yeah. Yeah. And, and so we just made way more money than I thought we were going to make because we had more customers. And actually we wouldn’t even made more, but we had to close enrollment because we actually do have a fixed number of seats in our summer camp since it’s over zoom. The zoom meetings can only hold a thousand people.

36:12
I’m sure most people in this world never hit that limit. Yeah, we hit that limit. Actually, we had some other problems. People, the camp was so popular that people were sharing the link, the paid link. And then we had a little, we had, you know, we had some early issues. It was not all easy. Sure. Yeah, actually, I want to get into those details a little bit. Like, what are your expenses and all this outside of the ad costs? Yeah, so outside the ad costs,

36:40
These are the biggest expenses. I pay all my instructors really well. In fact, for the summer camp, I paid each instructor just teach one week. Initially it was going to be $5,000. And since we did so well, I doubled their rates. And then we had to expand. Like there was so much demand. I actually asked them to teach one more time slot. So some teachers were teaching four times a day. And then I

37:08
I paid them another $2,000 to do that. that’s four hours a day of instruction, essentially. it’s four hours a day, but it’s pretty exhausting because it’s like performing. It is Yeah, no, totally. Yeah. Yeah. So they had an hour break in between, but they made really good money. I think $12,000 for one week of work is it is that’s excellent. How did the logistics work on the zoom call? So you have 1000 people on let’s say, yeah. Is there how do they

37:36
Is it just one-sided communication or can they ask questions? they can’t. we have a moderator. There’s actually a lot of people behind the scenes. So I’d say the biggest expense is actually just people to run it and to plan everything. There’s actually a lot that goes into that. then servicing 4,700 customers. Like if anything goes wrong, everyone sends you an email and you literally have 3,000, 4,000 emails in inbox all at once.

38:04
We hired at the peak, think 12 folks in the Philippines to help us process emails. And even that was enough. Like if I could have done over, I would have hired 20. So how does that work? Were you guys using a help desk and how did you divvy up the work? Yeah. So we, we actually found, um, this new company is called help wise H L P W I S C. And I got on a amazing lifetime deal. I think it’d be like,

38:32
60 bucks for it, best 60 bucks I ever spent. Oh my goodness, okay. Yeah. And it’s great. Basically it works just like Zendesk or these other programs, but actually I think it works better. It’s cleaner and simpler. you have agents on there and you basically have, people can, they have a shared inbox and people can just assign themselves an email or you can have a manager that

39:02
basically reads the emails and signs them to certain people. And then you have canned responses that you personalize. So you don’t want to send out just a canned response. You want to make sure that you’re answering all of that. of course. Yeah, yeah, that’s how we did it. And that’s probably was the hardest part is actually in terms of logistics, there were a lot of errors and mistakes with like links. Sometimes there’s a link sharing problem. And so

39:31
when people get their link, they get really upset. Of course. Of course. Yeah. And then, or a lot of people also just don’t read so they don’t know where to go. So half the emails were, where do I go? Where’s this link? And email delivery is also another nightmare because not everyone gets the email. So we’ve been working on a fix for that, but the link sharing was a really big issue. How do you solve the link sharing issue? We’re still solving it now. Okay.

39:58
How we solved it was we had to painstakingly download who came to the webinar or to the free class, I mean to the paid class, and we cross-referenced it and we emailed people and just said, you pay for this link. Or if we didn’t do it an accusatory way because people have different emails, we just verified and said, we noticed that this email isn’t registered with us.

40:25
do use it for email? Otherwise, here’s the link to the cart. So we did that and then we actually had to, we had to change links and we had to pre-register everyone. So then everyone got through Zoom, a pre-registered link. So it’s their link with the token of their email in it. But that was a huge tech pain because then we had to, we had to through webhooks and API,

40:54
link them in. someone like you is probably like, that’s probably really easy for you, but someone like Well, no, no, no. It’s an interesting problem. That’s kind of why I asked if you had solved it. But we- So that’s how we solved it then, but we’re still working on solving that now. Okay. Trying to have the web- So that part solved it for us in sense that we can send you a unique link that no one else could use. You could not forward that link to someone else. Right. But it doesn’t solve the problem of

41:24
People still, even if you send them their link in email, don’t get it. They just don’t get the link because it’s in their junk box or for what I guess you could use SMS or Messenger for that. Yes, that’s a good idea. But with Messenger, not everyone has Facebook. Oh, that’s true. That’s true. So SMS, it also gets complicated. SMS is we have different people in different countries. So what we’re trying to do, I mean, that’s a smaller use case, but.

41:53
What we’re trying to do is we’re trying to have the Zoom webinar launched inside of a class, inside of a paid membership. And so they just log in and it’s the same place. So they know where to go. And then if it’s inside a paywall, then they can’t. Yeah, that’s how I do my course. Right. But the problem is we’re actually, shouldn’t say we a podcast, but like inside the paid course, they’re launching the Zoom app where they can still share the link.

42:23
So people were savvy with Zoom. Yeah, that makes sense. Yeah, so it’s still a problem. So Ari, let’s talk about the different businesses that you started in your journey. So we didn’t actually go into depth on the e-commerce one as much, but given that this was your first business, like if you were to start all over again, and you decide to continue on with it, what changes would you have made? Number one, would not have manufactured in the US. That was

42:53
too ambitious. The only way would manufacture in the US is if you have enough capital. And I’m saying to me, I wouldn’t start a manufacturing in the US without hundreds of thousands of dollars in capital. I just feel like it’s just so labor intensive equipment. all the- You could lease your machine too, right? You chose to buy it outright, I remember. Yes. Well, I bought a lease to own. Okay. Yeah. And you know, the picture was still, it’s like 20 grand. was,

43:23
It wasn’t super expensive, but the hard part is the manufacturing, packaging, all these, you just can’t do that at scale unless you have a bigger operation with volume and you spend all your time figuring out those logistics when all that time you need to be figuring out how to get the core customer and what the price point is and having a product market fit. Right. So that was what I learned. I would, I, if I had to do that business again,

43:51
I would say I’m going to lose money in the beginning just to find my product market fit in my marketing. I would probably just pay printers here in the U S and sell and sell my product at a loss knowing that I just need to get product market fit and know my margins. And at the same time contact all the manufacturers in Asia and get, and be able to produce this thing at volume. And then building your customer list too, because I’m sure if someone bought one decal, they’re going to buy you from you.

44:21
more often. Exactly. So I would have planned if I would do that business again, I would plan, you know, four or five months of testing and getting your manufacturer set up in Asia, getting your first order as soon as possible. And meanwhile, just fulfilling your current orders and learning at a loss, because you’re setting up the pipeline for for the whole business. That’s what I would do differently. And in terms of the pros and cons,

44:48
of running like Storytel Academy and then now your new business. Can you just kind of comment on that? What you see? Yeah. So I’ve learned how hard it to run a physical prodding business because you are shipping good, you are selling good that probably is even at a lower price point. The margins are smaller and you have to fund the next

45:18
the next order, right? So you know, because you run it. And I feel like it’s, I just feel like it’s a lot more work. It’s a lot harder. I feel like, so from my perspective, I feel like when you’re doing e-commerce, you have to deal with less people. For us, like, I don’t like dealing with people and workers. And so you kind of scale with products as opposed to human labor, which is what you have to do more when it’s like a course or a more hands-on type of thing. That is true. Yeah, that is true. There’s positive and negatives. So

45:49
I think the positive to online courses is it’s easier to scale in numbers and, and, know, your delivery is so easy. It’s basically an automated email, right? Yeah. But you have to have more people to answer customer service. It’s a relationship. It’s built. It’s when you scale, you do actually scale with customer service and instructors and your program becomes much more complicated. So I think it’s a lot more work in that sense.

46:16
And then I’ve thought about this a lot too, and this is probably different than the way you’re running things. But for me, like the e-commerce store is a much more sellable asset than the other stuff that I have. For me, I do this for fun. So it’s probably not as much of a factor, but maybe for people listening who are just doing this from a sellability perspective, I feel like e-commerce and maybe SaaS carry higher multiples and are more sellable in general. Yeah. You know, what’s interesting is I’ve learned a lot from digital marketer with how they

46:46
basically change their business model from being courses to more of a SaaS they’re trying to replicate. And this is actually why a membership is so much more valuable is that you can actually, especially the way I’m building creativity school, this can be a very sellable asset later because it actually same with Storytel Academy. I’m actually working on getting my face off the brand and not being the main person because you basically have an online education program.

47:15
And if you can prove that you have these marketing funnels to acquire customers and they stay for two years, that is cashflow. And I think you can easily sell it, sell that. Yeah. It turns into kind of like a Udemy. so exactly. Right. It’s a very niche Udemy and actually probably the better example would be Linda.com Linda.com sold to LinkedIn for a lot of money and they were around for a long time, but yeah.

47:46
I think you can do that in a very niche way, which is what we’re trying to do with Creativity School. Yeah. And the beauty of all this is, I guess with the digital end is there’s no cost of goods and that sort of thing. It’s just human capital. And then for physical products, once you have like a steady thing going and a customer list, it’s just a matter of contacting the factory and ordering more. Right. So I guess there’s just different pros and cons.

48:12
Yeah, a lot more upfront money, I think required for physical products. Yes. Digital products. Yes. You started with nothing right for your digital stuff, right? Yeah. What I started with is just a small budget for ads and just, I mean, if you’re out there and you’re thinking about starting it, it’s just getting experiences, doing it, putting yourself out there and start, start getting an audience, whether it’s through Facebook ads or social media.

48:39
So let’s talk about some of the other cool things that are going on in your life. You want to talk about, are you allowed to talk about the other stuff or? Yeah, I can talk about it, but I probably can’t say any names. Oh yeah. Don’t say any names, but it’s just, it’s just a lot of exciting stuff going on. Do you want to talk, talk about the movie or? Yeah. So the mix mix is my children’s book that uses color theory to talk about race and diversity. And you know, it’s been such a powerful book to talk about black lives matter. And, and so there’s been

49:08
Hollywood interests in it just recently. So we’re actually in negotiations right now to sell the option rights. But when you sell your property or even the option, you’re selling all the merchandising, all the other, they want everything because they’re going to invest a lot of money into producing this thing. So it’s been a quite interesting journey of learning all the terms and what rights mean and all the accounting, the ways that studios account.

49:38
Yeah, it’s fun, but also stressful because there’s lots of long meetings with accountants and lawyers on what things mean. And then it’s full steam ahead with creativity school, right? Yeah, so we’re starting a whole new school. And actually, enrollment ends in mid-September. I think it’s the 13th. But we’re launching an after-school program. And people can…

50:07
have a whole year of our education for their kids for $175. Which is ridiculously cheap. So yeah, there’s a lot. Yeah. Awesome. Hey, where can people find you if they want to sign up for these? know, I bet a lot of listeners have kids. Yeah, www.re.com arre.com. That’s where you’ll be able to find creativity school in the future. We will have creativity school.com up but we don’t have that website built yet since Oh, amazing. You got that domain.

50:36
I bought it. Wow, that’s a really good domain. Yeah, it costs $4,000, but it’s totally worth it. Oh, yeah, totally. That’s not that expensive at all. No, not at all. Well, I guess we’ll have to have you back on after you get your Hollywood deal. You know, what’s actually interesting is, so I’m holding the publishing rights. So I have I’ll have the publishing rights so I can still make my own sequels and series of books. And I think that that is actually going to be

51:06
the next business is really growing mixed as a brand. So I still hold those rights. You can withhold some rights. I mean, in a way, like a lot of the stuff was like the perfect storm, right? Black Lives Matter with mixed. Mix was an awesome book. And then I don’t want to frame these things as positives, really, but like the COVID basically caused parents to have their kids at home, which really has, you know,

51:31
really boosted e-commerce as well as all the in your programs as well. So I’m just really happy that it’s that you capitalize on all these things. Thanks. And you know, I think Steve, the takeaway that I have is, and this, was a moment when COVID hit a lot of things I had that plan had planned. I was going to freelance for this app company that was building this reading app that disappeared, that job disappeared. I have the summer camp.

51:58
that was going to pay $10,000 was the job that disappeared. And I actually had a moment of fear where I was thinking, oh my gosh, these things I was counting on was going to disappear. How am I going to respond to this? And I thought to myself, how can I help? I think like all these terrible things have happened. You can look at silver lining and see how you can add value and give to people and truly give. And then that actually turns into the best top of funnel.

52:28
because people feel that sincerity and your offer just has to help them with their problem. And then it becomes a very straightforward transition of like, you want help with this and this is how can help you. That’s a great way to think about it. hopefully all you guys listening out there, you can follow Ari’s model. Ari’s a hard worker and he’s a go-getter and he’s always learning new things. Thanks, Steve. The next thing for me to learn is actually…

52:57
Blogging with you and Tony so buggy about that a little bit later. Sounds good. Are you any time man? All right. Take care

53:09
Hope you enjoyed that episode. It always makes me super happy to see students in my course doing great. And I love how Ari quickly pivoted during COVID-19 to create an incredible new business. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 338. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

53:36
So head on over to mywifecooderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecooderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog,

54:06
If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!